PENN NATIONAL GAMING INC
10-K, 2000-03-20
RACING, INCLUDING TRACK OPERATION
Previous: BUSH BOAKE ALLEN INC, 10-K405, 2000-03-20
Next: DEFINED ASSET FUNDS MUNICIPAL INVT TR FD MULTISTATE SER 78, 497, 2000-03-20




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

       FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

              X: ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                   For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999
                                -----------------

                                       OR

            TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

              For the transition period from _________ to _________

                         Commission File Number 0-24206

                           PENN NATIONAL GAMING, INC.

             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                         Wyomissing Professional Center
                         825 Berkshire Blvd., Suite 200

       PENNSYLVANIA               23-2234473      Wyomissing, Pennsylvania 19610
       ----------------------     ----------     ------------------------- -----
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. Employer (Address of principal executive
 incorporation or organization) Identification No.) offices)          (Zip Code)


         Registrant's telephone number, including area code 610-373-2400
                                  ------------

                    Securities registered pursuant to Section
                               12(b) of the Act:

                                      None

                    Securities registered pursuant to Section
                               12(g) of the Act:

                               Title of Each Class

                      Common stock par value .01 per share

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports)  and  (2)  has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No ___
<PAGE>

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. X

Aggregate  market value of the voting common stock held by  nonaffiliates of the
Registrant as of March 14, 2000 was approximately $111,809,813.

Number of Shares of Common Stock outstanding as of March 14, 2000 - 14,907,975

                       Documents Incorporated by Reference

Registrants  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  with  respect  to annual  meeting  of
Shareholders to be held on May 17, 2000.

THIS REPORT INCLUDES "FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION
27A OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND SECTION 21E OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934, AS AMENDED.  ALL STATEMENTS  OTHER THAN STATEMENTS OF HISTORICAL  FACTS
INCLUDED  IN THIS  REPORT  LOCATED  ELSEWHERE  HEREIN  REGARDING  THE  COMPANY'S
OPERATIONS,   FINANCIAL   POSITION  AND  BUSINESS   STRATEGY,   MAY   CONSTITUTE
FORWARD-LOOKING   TERMINOLOGY  SUCH  AS  "MAY",  "WILL",   "EXPECT",   "INTEND",
"ESTIMATE",  "ANTICIPATE",  "BELIEVE" OR "CONTINUE"  OR THE NEGATIVE  THEREOF OR
VARIATIONS  THEREON OR SIMILAR  TERMINOLOGY.  ALTHOUGH THE COMPANY BELIEVES THAT
THE EXPECTATIONS REFLECTED IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS ARE REASONABLE AT
THIS TIME, IT CAN GIVE NO ASSURANCE  THAT SUCH  EXPECTATIONS  WILL PROVE TO HAVE
BEEN  CORRECT.  IMPORTANT  FACTORS  THAT COULD  CAUSE  ACTUAL  RESULTS TO DIFFER
MATERIALLY  FROM  THE  COMPANY'S  EXPECTATIONS  ("CAUTIOUNARY  STATEMENTS")  ARE
DISCLOSED IN THIS REPORT AND IN OTHER  MATERIALS  FILED WITH THE  SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION.  ALL SUBSEQUENT WRITTEN AND ORAL FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
ATTRIBUTABLE  TO THE  COMPANY  OR PERSONS  ACTING ON ITS  BEHALF  ARE  EXPRESSLY
QUALIFIED IN THEIR ENTIRETY BY THE CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS.

References to "Penn National Gaming" or the "Company" include Penn National
Gaming, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

                                       2
<PAGE>



                                     PART 1

ITEM 1                     BUSINESS

GENERAL

         The Company,  which began  operations in 1972, is a diversified  gaming
and pari-mutuel  wagering  company that owns an 89% interest in the Charles Town
entertainment  complex which includes  1,500 gaming  machines and a thoroughbred
racetrack in Charles Town, West Virginia. The Company also owns and operates two
racetracks and ten off-track wagering facilities ("OTWs") in Pennsylvania, and a
50% owned joint venture, Pennwood Racing Group, which owns and operates Freehold
Raceway and under a long-term  lease  operates  Garden State Park in New Jersey.
The Company's Pennsylvania racetracks include Penn National Race Course, located
outside  Harrisburg,  one of two thoroughbred  racetracks in  Pennsylvania,  and
Pocono Downs,  located outside  Wilkes-Barre,  one of two harness  racetracks in
Pennsylvania.  The Company  intends to develop one  additional OTW that has been
allocated to it under Pennsylvania law, after which it will operate 11 of the 23
OTWs currently  authorized in  Pennsylvania.  Between 1994 and 1999, the Company
increased total wagers at a compound annual growth rate of 8.4% by expanding its
simulcast and OTW operations.

STRATEGY

         The Company has been a leading  operator  in the  pari-mutuel  wagering
industry through its horse racing expertise and its numerous wagering locations.
In developing its existing  locations,  the Company will, when possible,  expand
them to include gaming machines, entertainment facilities and other amenities to
increase  customer   satisfaction  and  broaden  market   penetration  of  these
facilities.  The Company plans to increase revenue  significantly by focusing on
the following strategic objectives:

         Focus on Gaming  Machine  Operations.  The  Company  continues  to seek
legislation to permit it to operate gaming machines at its racetracks where they
are not now  permitted  and to expand  legislation  in West  Virginia  to create
additional  gaming  opportunities.  Legislation has been passed in West Virginia
which  allows for coin out and reel slot  machines at race  tracks.  In December
1999 the Company installed an additional 565 coin out, reel slot machines at the
Charles Town Entertainment  Complex.  The Company intends to convert some or all
of its  current  machines  to coin out and,  as demand  dictates,  increase  the
maximum number of machines with reel slot machines.

         Continue Development of Existing Facilities. Based on increasing demand
at the Company's  Charles Town  Entertainment  Complex,  the Company  intends to
implement a master planned  development of this facility in an effort to further
penetrate  the primary  market for this  facility and to broaden its appeal as a
destination based  entertainment  facility serving the  Baltimore/Washington  DC
metropolitan area.

     Acquisitions.  The Company  intends to grow it's  gaming and  entertainment
industry presence through select acquisitions of regional properties in emerging
gaming markets.  In evaluating  acquisition  candidates,  the Company intends to
focus its  resources on  under-developed  properties  which,  with  management's
focus,  can generate  improved  operating  performance by  encouraging  customer
loyalty among value conscious  regional customers and by upgrading the amenities
offered at these  facilities.  In expanding the Company's gaming and destination
based entertainment offerings, the Company expects to diversify its revenue base
and to broaden its geographical  presence.  In implementing  this strategy,  the
Company  intends to complete the recently  announced  acquisitions of the Casino
Magic Bay St. Louis and the Boomtown  Biloxi  properties  in  Mississippi.  (See
pending Mississippi acquisition below.)

         Expand  Pari-mutuel  Operations.  The  Company  plans  (subject  to the
receipt of remaining regulatory approvals, including site approvals) to open and
operate an additional OTW in East Stroudsburg,  Pennsylvania.  We also intend to
seek  legislation  in other  jurisdictions,  principally  New Jersey through the
Company's investment in Pennwood Group to operate additional OTWs. Additionally,
during the past five years, the Company has expanded its simulcasting operations
and  taken   advantage  of  favorable   changes  in  pari-mutuel   wagering  and
simulcasting  laws in  various  states  and  the  expanded  use of  simulcasting
                                       3
<PAGE>

technology.  In order to promote wagering, the Company has increased and expects
to continue to increase full-card import simulcasts from premier racetracks. The
Company also intends to increase export simulcasting of races from Company-owned
tracks to out-of-state racetracks, OTWs, casinos and other gaming facilities.

PENDING MISSISSIPPI ACQUISITION

         On  December  10,  1999,  the  Company   entered  into  two  definitive
agreements to purchase all of the assets of the Casino Magic hotel, casino, golf
resort,  recreational vehicle (RV) park and marina in Bay St. Louis, Mississippi
and  the  Boomtown   Biloxi  casino  in  Biloxi,   Mississippi,   from  Pinnacle
Entertainment,  Inc., formerly known as Hollywood Park, Inc. (NYSE:PNK) for $195
million. The agreements are contingent upon each other. In addition to acquiring
all of the operating  assets and related  operations of the Casino Magic Bay St.
Louis and Boomtown  Biloxi  properties,  the Company will enter into a licensing
agreement to use the Boomtown and Casino Magic names and marks at the properties
being  acquired.  The  transaction  is  subject to  certain  closing  conditions
including  the approval of the  Mississippi  Gaming  Commission,  financing  and
expiration of the applicable  Hart-Scott-Rodino  waiting period.  As part of the
agreement,  the Company paid a deposit of $5 million to an escrow account, which
is refundable if certain  conditions  are not met. In connection  with financing
the  Mississippi  acquisition,  the Company  will  explore a number of financing
alternatives, which may include repaying or redeeming its existing debt.

         Casino Magic Bay St. Louis started  operations  in September  1992 on a
permanently  moored  barge in a 17 acre  marina  with the  adjoining  land based
facilities  situated  on 591  acres.  The  facility  in  Bay  St.  Louis  offers
approximately  39,500 square feet of gaming space,  with 1,132 slot machines and
42 table games.  The land based  building is three  stories  with a  restaurant,
buffet, snack bar, gift shop, and a live entertainment lounge. In December 1994,
Casino  Magic Bay St.  Louis also opened the Casino Magic Inn; a 201 room hotel,
including four deluxe and 20 junior suites.  The property also contains an 1,800
seat arena, which hosts  approximately 50 events annually,  including  televised
boxing matches,  concerts and other special events.  With the late 1997 addition
of the 18 hole Bridges Golf Resort,  Casino Magic Bay St. Louis is positioned as
a full vacation resort destination.

         Boomtown  Biloxi,  which  occupies nine acres on Biloxi,  Mississippi's
back bay,  is  located  one-half  mile from  Interstate  110,  the main  highway
connecting  Interstate  10  (the  main  thoroughfare   connecting  New  Orleans,
Louisiana and Mobile,  Alabama) and the Gulf of Mexico.  Boomtown Biloxi,  began
operations  in July 1994,  and  consists of a  land-based  facility  that houses
non-gaming  operations and 33,000 square foot casino  constructed on a 400 x 100
foot barge  permanently  moored to the  land-based  building.  The casino offers
1,030  slot  machines,  37 table  games and  other  gaming  amenities  including
restaurants,  a western  dance  hall/cabaret  and a 20,000  square  foot  family
entertainment center.

TRACKPOWER

     In July 1999, the Company entered into an agreement with  Trackpower,  Inc.
(OTC BB: TPWR) ("Trackpower") to serve as the exclusive pari-mutuel wagering hub
operator for Trackpower.  Trackpower provides  direct-to-home  digital satellite
transmissions  of horse racing to its  subscriber  base. The initial term of the
contract is for five years with an additional  five-year option  available.  The
Company  pays  Trackpower a  commission  on all new  revenues  earned from their
subscriber  base.  As an additional  incentive to enter into the  contract,  the
Company  received  warrants  to  purchase  5,000,000  shares of common  stock of
Trackpower  at prices  ranging  from  $1.58 per  share to $2.58 per  share.  The
warrants  vest at 20% per year and expire on April 30,  2004.  The fair value of
the warrants  issued will be amortized  over the vesting period or one year from
the  anniversary  date  of the  agreement.  As a  result  of the  transition  of
operations  in 1999,  the amount to be amortized  as a reduction of  commissions
earned in 1999 by Trackpower was not material.

     In March 2000, the Company  entered into a letter of intent with Trackpower
and eBet Limited  ("eBet")  which that,  if a definitive  agreement is executed,
will replace and restate the above  agreement.  Under the terms of the letter of
intent,  the  Company  and  eBet  will  contribute  various  assets,  equipment,
management  agreements  relating to our telephone  account  wagering systems and
business  operations to Trackpower.  Under the proposed  agreement,  the Company
will  continue to receive  the same level of income as in 1999.  The Company and
eBet will each receive  18,000,000  shares of Trackpower common stock as well as
warrants to purchase  additional  shares  exercisable  at $1.00 per share.  Upon
completion of the proposed  transaction the Company and eBet will each own 26.5%
of Trackpower  prior to  considering  the exercises of options or warrants.  The
agreement is subject to due diligence, regulatory and other approvals.
                                       4
<PAGE>

ACQUISITIONS

New Jersey Joint Venture

     On January 28, 1999,  pursuant to a First  Amendment  to an Asset  Purchase
Agreement by and among Greenwood New Jersey, Inc.  ("Greenwood"),  International
Thoroughbred  Breeders  Inc.,  Garden State Race Track,  Inc.,  Freehold  Racing
Association,  Atlantic City  Harness,  Inc. and Circa 1850,  Inc.,  the original
parties to an Asset Purchase  Agreement entered into as of July 2, 1998, and the
Company  (the  "Agreement"),  and  pursuant to which the Company  entered into a
joint  venture  ("Joint  Venture"),  the Company,  along with its Joint  Venture
partner,  Greenwood,  agreed to purchase certain assets of the Garden State Race
Track and Freehold Raceway, both located in New Jersey (the "Acquisition").

     The  purchase  price for the  Acquisition  was  approximately  $46  million
(subject to reduction of certain  disputed  items,  for which  amounts have been
placed in escrow).  On July 29, 1999,  after  receiving the necessary  approvals
from the New  Jersey  Racing  Commission  and the  necessary  consents  from the
holders of its 10.625%  Senior Notes due 2004,  Series B, the Company  completed
its investment in the Joint Venture,  pursuant to which Pennwood Inc. was formed
with Greenwood New Jersey, Inc. (a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Greenwood Racing,
Inc. the owner of Philadelphia  Park Race Track).  Pursuant to the Joint Venture
Agreement,  the  Company  agreed to  guarantee  severally:  (i) up to 50% of the
obligation of the Joint Venture under its Put Option  Agreement  ($17.5 million)
with Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC ("CSFB"); (ii) up to 50% of
the Joint  Venture  obligation  for the seven year lease at Garden  State  Park;
(iii) up to 50% of the Joint Venture  obligation to  International  Thoroughbred
Breeders,  Inc. for the contingent purchase price notes ($10.0 million) relating
to the operation, subject to passage by the New Jersey legislature, by the Joint
Venture of OTWs and  telephone  wagering  accounts in New  Jersey.  The Owner of
Garden  State Park,  International  Thoroughbred  Breeders,  Inc.,  announced on
January  25,  2000 that it had  entered  into an  agreement  for the sale of the
Garden  State  Park  property,  excluding  a 10-acre  parcel  owned by our joint
venture, to Turnbury/Cherry  Hill, LLC. The closing of this agreement of sale is
scheduled to occur on or before April 15, 2000. If the sale of Garden State Park
is  completed,  our  lease at Garden  State  Park  will be  terminated  180 days
following the closing of the sale. In conjunction with the closing,  the Company
entered into a Debt Service  Maintenance  Agreement with Commerce Bank, N.A. for
the funding of a $23.0 million credit  facility to the Joint Venture.  The Joint
Venture  Agreement  provides  for a limited  obligation  of the Company of $11.5
million  subject to  limitations  provided for in the Company's  10.625%  Senior
Notes Indenture.  The Company's investment in the Joint Venture is accounted for
under the equity method,  original investments are recorded at cost and adjusted
by the Company's  share of income or losses of the Joint Venture.  The income or
loss of the Joint Venture is included in earnings of  unconsolidated  affiliates
in the  accompanying  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  for the  year  ended
December 31, 1999.

GAMING MACHINE OPERATIONS AT CHARLES TOWN ENTERTAINMENT COMPLEX

     On November 5, 1996,  Jefferson County, West Virginia approved a referendum
authorizing  the  installation  and operation of gaming  machines at the Charles
Town Entertainment  Complex.  As a result,  the Company  consummated the Charles
Town  Acquisition on January 15, 1997. In April 1997,  the Company  reopened the
Charles Town Entertainment Complex,  featuring live racing, dining and simulcast
wagering.  In September 1997, the Company  expanded  wagering  opportunities  by
installing gaming machines at the Charles Town Entertainment Complex. Since that
time,  we have  increased the number of slot machines from 400 machines to 1,500
machines as of March 14, 2000. We intend to increase the number of slot machines
if demand  warrants  and if approved by the West  Virginia  Lottery  Commission.
Presently,  there is no statutory cap on the number of slot machines that may be
installed at a location. Of the 1,500 machines,  565 machines are coin out, reel
slot machines that we installed  following  the passage of  legislation  in West
Virginia in April 1999 permitting this type of gaming machine. The remaining 935
slot machines are dollar bill-fed video slot machines that replicate traditional
spinning reel slot machines and also feature video card games, such as blackjack
and poker.  We intend to convert  some or all of the 935 video slot  machines to
coin out to increase the number of machines with reel slot machines.
                                       5
<PAGE>
RACING AND PARI-MUTUEL OPERATIONS

     Pari-mutuel  wagering on  thoroughbred or harness racing is pooled wagering
in which a pari-mutuel  wagering  system totals the amounts  wagered and adjusts
the payouts to reflect the relative  amounts bet on different horses and various
possible outcomes.  The pooled wagers are (i) paid out to bettors as winnings in
accordance with the payoffs determined by the pari-mutuel  wagering system, (ii)
paid to the applicable regulatory or taxing authorities and (iii) distributed to
the track's horsemen in the form of "purses" which encourage owners and trainers
to enter their  horses in that  track's  live  races.  The balance of the pooled
wagers is retained by the wagering facility.  Pari-mutuel  wagering is currently
authorized in more than 40 states in the United States,  all provinces in Canada
and approximately 100 other countries around the world.

     Gaming  and  wagering  companies,  such  as  the  Company,  that  focus  on
pari-mutuel  horse race wagering  derive revenue  through wagers placed at their
own  tracks,  at their  OTWs and on their  own races at the  tracks  and OTWs of
others. While some states, such as New York, operate off-track betting locations
that are  independent  of  racetracks,  in other states  (such as  Pennsylvania)
racetrack  ownership  and  operation  is a  precondition  to OTW  ownership  and
operation.  Owning a racetrack in such a state,  then,  is akin to an "admission
ticket" to the OTW  business.  Over the past several  years,  attendance at live
racing has generally declined;  however the decline in revenues from live racing
has been more than  offset  by an  increase  in  telephone  wagering,  off-track
wagering and gaming machine operations.

     The Company's  racing and  pari-mutuel  revenues have been derived from (i)
wagering on the Company's live races (a) at the Company's racetracks, (b) at the
Company's  OTWs, (c) at other  Pennsylvania  racetracks and OTWs and (d) through
telephone wagering,  as well as wagering at the Company's  racetracks on certain
stakes races run at out-of-state  racetracks  (collectively,  referred to in the
Company's financial statements as "pari-mutuel  revenues from live races"), (ii)
wagering on full-card import simulcasts at the Company's racetracks and OTWs and
through telephone wagering (collectively, referred to in the Company's financial
statements as "pari-mutuel  revenues from import  simulcasting")  and (iii) fees
from wagering on export  simulcasting  Company races at  out-of-state  locations
(referred to in the Company's financial statements as "pari-mutuel revenues from
export  simulcasting").  The  Company's  other  revenues  have been derived from
admissions,  program sales,  food and beverage sales and concessions and certain
other ancillary activities.

Pari-Mutuel Revenues

     Revenues from Company races consist of the total amount  wagered,  less the
amount paid as winning wagers.  Of the amount not returned to bettors as winning
wagers, a portion is paid to the state in which the track is located,  a portion
is distributed  to the track's  horsemen in the form of "purses" and the balance
is retained by the wagering facility.  The Pennsylvania Racing Act specifies the
maximum  percentages of each dollar wagered on horse races in Pennsylvania which
can be retained by the Company  (prior to required  payments to the horse owners
(the  "Horsemen")  in  Pennsylvania  and  applicable  taxing  authorities).  The
percentages  vary, based on the type of wager;  the average  percentage which is
retained by the Company has approximated 20%. The balance of each dollar wagered
must be paid out to the public as winning wagers. With the exception of revenues
derived from wagers at the Company's racetracks and OTWs, the Company's revenues
on each race are determined  pursuant to such maximum  percentage and agreements
with the other  racetracks and OTWs at which  wagering is taking place.  Amounts
payable to the Pennsylvania  Horsemen are determined under agreements ("Horsemen
Agreements")  with the  Pennsylvania  Horsemen and vary depending upon where the
wagering is  conducted  and the  racetrack  at which such races take place.  The
Pennsylvania  Horsemen receive their share of such wagering as race purses.  The
Company retains a higher percentage of wagers made at its own facilities than of
wagers made at other  locations.  The West  Virginia  Racing Act  provides for a
similar   disposition  of   pari-mutuel   wagers  placed  at  the  Charles  Town
Entertainment  Complex,  with the average  percentage of wagers  retained by the
Company having been approximately 20% (prior to required payments to the Charles
Town  Horsemen and to  applicable  West Virginia  taxing  authorities  and other
mandated beneficiary organizations).

Simulcasting

     The Company has been transmitting simulcasts of its races to other wagering
locations and receiving simulcasts of races from other locations for wagering by
its customers at Company  facilities  year-round for more than five years.  When
customers place wagers on import  simulcast  races, the Company receives revenue
                                       6
<PAGE>
and incurs expense in substantially  the same manner as it would if the race had
been run at one of the  Company's  own  tracks:  of the amount not  returned  to
bettors as winning  wagers,  a portion is paid to the state in which the Company
wagering facility is located,  a portion is paid to the purse fund for the horse
owners or trainers  (thoroughbred  or harness) of the Company's  racetrack  with
which the wagering  facility is  associated,  a portion is paid to the racetrack
from which the race is simulcast and the balance is retained by the Company. The
Company believes that full-card import  simulcasting,  in which all of the races
at a non-Company track are import simulcast to a Company wagering facility,  has
improved the wagering  opportunities for its customers and thereby increased the
amount wagered at Company facilities. When the Company export simulcasts Company
races for wagering at non-Company  locations,  it receives a fixed percentage of
the amounts  wagered on that race from the  location to which the  simulcast  is
exported,  while incurring minimal  additional  expense.  During the years ended
December 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively, the Company received import simulcasts
from  approximately  77  and  89  racetracks,  respectively,  including  premier
racetracks such as Belmont Park, Church Hill Downs,  Gulfstream Park,  Hollywood
Park,  Santa Anita and Saratoga and  transmitted  export  simulcasts  of Company
races to 126 and 108 locations, respectively.

     Pursuant  to an  agreement  among the  members of the  Pennsylvania  Racing
Association,  the  Company  and the two other  Pennsylvania  racetracks  provide
simulcasts  of all their  races to all of each  other's  facilities  and set the
commissions  payable on such races.  In  addition,  the  Company has  short-term
agreements  with  various  racetracks  throughout  the  United  States to import
simulcast  from, and export  simulcast to, their  facilities;  these  agreements
include  import  simulcasts  of major stakes  races.  The Company  believes that
import   simulcasting  of  out-of-state   races,   including  full  card  import
simulcasting,  is  beneficial  economically  to the  Company  because  it  makes
available  wagering on higher  quality races which tends to increase the size of
the average wager.

Telephone Wagering

     In 1983, the Company  pioneered  Telebet,  Pennsylvania's  first  telephone
account wagering system. A telebet customer opens an account by depositing funds
with the Company.  Account holders can then place wagers by telephone on Company
races and  import  simulcast  races to the extent of the funds on deposit in the
account; any winnings are posted to the account and are available for withdrawal
or future wagers. In December 1995, Pocono Downs instituted Dial-A-Bet, a
similar telephone account betting system.

OTWs

     The Company  operates ten of the 20 OTWs now open in  Pennsylvania  and has
the right to operate one of the three  remaining OTWs that have been  authorized
in  Pennsylvania.  The  Company's  OTWs are  located in  Allentown,  Carbondale,
Chambersburg,  Erie, Hazleton,  Johnstown,  Lancaster, Reading, Williamsport and
York,  Pennsylvania.  At OTWs,  customers can place wagers on  thoroughbred  and
harness races  simulcast from the Company's  racetracks and on import  simulcast
races from other tracks around the country.  Under the Pennsylvania  Racing Act,
only licensed thoroughbred and harness racing associations, such as the Company,
can operate OTWs or accept  customer  wagers on simulcast  races at Pennsylvania
racetracks.

                                       7
<PAGE>

Operating Data of the Company

     The following  table  summarizes  certain key operating  statistics for the
Company's  pari-mutuel  operations and their respective OTWs,  including the pro
forma  presentation of data assuming the acquisition of Pocono Downs occurred on
January 1, 1995:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31

                                      -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1995          1996          1997         1998        1999
                                      -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT AVERAGE DAILY PURSES)
<S>                                      <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
NUMBER OF LIVE RACING DAYS:
Penn National Race Course                       204           206           212          206         153
Pocono Downs                                    135           134           134          135         130
Charles Town Races                                -             -           159          206         213
TOTAL ATTENDANCE: (4)

Penn National Race Course (1)               430,128        370,898      339,487      304,220     209,364
Pocono Downs (1)                            242,870        377,830      370,090      263,591     200,368
Reading OTW                                 246,012        214,314      178,237      159,818     123,126
Chambersburg OTW                            143,554        132,447      125,448      105,384      86,894
York OTW                                    232,109        238,610      225,672      213,929     170,677
Lancaster OTW                                     -         92,641      158,003      142,027     115,519
Williamsport OTW                                  -             -        81,797       66,378      54,257
Johnstown OTW                                     -             -             -       25,411      68,794
Erie OTW                                    116,367       113,169        94,429       99,726      96,543
Allentown OTW                               272,491       271,706       252,909      258,237     228,933
Carbondale OTW                                    -             -             -       62,757      77,580
Hazleton OTW                                      -             -             -       60,706      66,328
                                      -------------------------------------------------------------------
Total paid attendance (1)                 1,683,531     1,811,615     1,826,072    1,762,184   1,498,383
                                      ===================================================================

TOTAL WAGERING: (1) (2)
Penn National Race Course                $   85,661 $      75,708 $      69,687 $     70,155 $    60,018
Pocono Downs                                 57,784        53,190        47,217       38,867      33,134
Charles Town Races                                -             -        40,195       69,659      79,847
Reading OTW                                  42,810        41,320        30,811       29,178      25,312
Chambersburg OTW                             24,365        25,024        24,899       22,336      21,083
York OTW                                     42,140        49,864        45,245       43,873      38,470
Lancaster OTW                                     -        13,079        29,292       29,131      24,964
Williamsport OTW                                  -             -         9,684       10,461       8,865
Johnstown OTW                                     -             -             -        3,977      10,931
Erie OTW                                     29,379        27,200        21,767       20,737      19,795
Allentown OTW                                56,440        56,216        58,681       56,719      53,397
Carbondale OTW                                    -             -             -       10,284      16,430
Hazleton OTW                                      -             -             -        9,926      13,474
Penn National Telebet                         8,281         8,423         9,473       10,333      11,839
Pocono Downs Dial-A-Bet                          75         5,510         8,179        9,088      12,145

Export simulcasting:
    Penn National Race Course               113,639       148,702       181,281      194,939     130,719
    Pocono Downs                             30,121        32,493        26,426       23,986      17,764
    Charles Town Races                            -             -             -            -      22,876
                                      -------------------------------------------------------------------
Total wagering                           $  490,695 $     536,729 $     602,836 $    653,649 $   601,063
                                      ===================================================================
</TABLE>
                                       8
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                      -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1995          1996          1997         1998        1999
                                      -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT AVERAGE DAILY PURSES)
<S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
AVERAGE DAILY PURSES:
Penn National Race Course                $   57,897    $   62,328    $   60,623   $   63,374   $  74,523

Pocono Downs                                 42,314        42,313        40,149       41,363      42,677

Charles Town Races                                -             -        25,805       50,985      67,329
                                      -------------------------------------------------------------------
Total average daily purse                $  100,211    $  104,641    $  126,577   $  155,722   $ 184,529
                                      ===================================================================

GROSS MARGIN FROM WAGERING: (3)
Penn National Race Course                $   24,915    $   27,955    $   28,669   $   29,068   $  24,761

Pocono Downs                                 17,838        17,805        16,920       18,820      19,151

Charles Town Races                                -             -         3,099        5,878       6,995
                                      -------------------------------------------------------------------

Total gross margin from wagering         $   42,753    $   45,760    $   48,688   $   53,766   $  50,907
                                      -------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)      Does not reflect attendance for wagering on simulcasts when live racing
         is not  conducted  (i) for all periods  presented,  in the case of Penn
         National Race Course (ii) for the year ended  December 31, 1995, in the
         case of Pocono Downs.

(2)      Wagering on certain stakes races is included in wagering on the Penn
         National Race Course races.

(3)      Amounts  equal  total  pari-mutuel  revenues,  less  purses paid to the
         Horsemen,  taxes payable and simulcast  commissions  or host track fees
         paid to other racetracks.

(4)      Does not include attendance for Charles Town Races.

Live Racing

     The following  table  summarizes the Company and its affiliates live racing
facilities:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

RACING FACILITY               LOCATION               DATE OPENED/STATUS              OPERATIONS CONDUCTED
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>                    <C>                             <C>
Penn National Race Course     Grantville, PA         Constructed in 1972;            Live thoroughbred racing;
                                                     operated by the Company         simulcast wagering; dining;
                                                     since 1972                      telephone account wagering

Pocono Downs                  Plains Township, PA    Constructed in 1965;            Live harness racing;
                                                     operated by the Company         simulcast wagering; dining;
                                                     since November 1996             telephone account wagering

Charles Town Races            Charles Town, WV       Charles Town Races was          Gaming operations;
at the Charles Town                                  constructed in 1933;            Live thoroughbred racing;
Entertainment Complex                                acquired by Charles Town        simulcast wagering; dining
                                                     Joint Venture on January
                                                     15, 1997; refurbished in
                                                     1997 and reopened as the
                                                     Charles Town Entertainment
                                                     Complex
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

AFFILIATE FACILITY            LOCATION               DATE OPENED/STATUS                  OPERATIONS CONDUCTED
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>                   <C>                               <C>
Freehold Raceway             Freehold, NJ          Freehold Raceway was              Live harness racing; simulcast
                                                   constructed in 1986;              wagering; dining
                                                   acquired by Pennwood
                                                   Racing, our 50% owned
                                                   Joint Venture

Garden State Park            Cherry Hill, NJ       Constructed in 1985; Leased by    Live thoroughbred and harness racing;
                                                   Pennwood Racing, our 50%          simulcast wagering; dining
                                                   owned Joint Venture
</TABLE>
                                       9
<PAGE>

         The Penn  National  Race Course is located on  approximately  225 acres
approximately  15 miles northeast of Harrisburg,  100 miles west of Philadelphia
and 200 miles east of Pittsburgh.  There is a total  population of approximately
1.4  million  persons  within a 35 mile  radius and  approximately  2.2  million
persons within a 50-mile  radius of the Penn National Race Course.  The property
includes a one mile  all-weather  thoroughbred  racetrack  and a  7/8-mile  turf
track. The property also includes  approximately  400 acres surrounding the Penn
National Race Course which are available for future expansion or development.

         The   Penn    National    Race    Course's   main   building   is   the
grandstand/clubhouse,  which is  completely  enclosed  and  heated  and,  at the
clubhouse  level,  fully  air-conditioned.   The  building  has  a  capacity  of
approximately  15,000 persons with seating for  approximately  9,000,  including
1,400 clubhouse dining seats.  Several other dining facilities and numerous food
and beverage  stands are situated  throughout the facility.  Television sets for
viewing live racing and  simulcasts  are located  throughout  the facility.  The
pari-mutuel  wagering  areas are divided  between  those  available for on-track
wagering and those available for simulcast wagering.

         The Penn National Race Course includes stables for approximately  1,250
horses, a blacksmith shop, veterinarians' quarters, jockeys' quarters, a paddock
building,  living quarters for grooms, a cafeteria and recreational  building in
the backstretch area and water and sewage treatment plants.  Parking  facilities
for approximately 6,500 vehicles adjoin the Penn National Race Course.

         The Company has  conducted  live  racing at Penn  National  Race Course
since  1972,  and has held at least 204 days of live  racing at the  facility in
each of the last five years except  1999,  in which only 153 days of live racing
were held as a result of a Horsemen  action.  The Horsemen action was settled on
March 23,  1999.  Penn  National  Race  Course  is one of only two  thoroughbred
racetracks in Pennsylvania.  Post time at Penn National Race Course is 7:30 p.m.
on Wednesdays, Fridays and Saturdays and 5:00 p.m. on Sundays and holidays.

         On  November  27,  1996,  the  Company  acquired  Pocono  Downs  for an
aggregate  purchase  price of  $48.2  million  plus  approximately  $730,000  in
acquisition-related fees and expenses. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the
purchase  agreement,  the Company  will be required to pay the sellers of Pocono
Downs an additional  $10.0 million if, within five years after the  consummation
of the acquisition of Pocono Downs,  Pennsylvania authorizes any additional form
of gaming in which the Company may  participate.  The $10.0  million  payment is
payable in annual installments of $2.0 million a year for five years,  beginning
on the date that the Company first offers such additional form of gaming.  As of
March 7,  2000,  no such  additional  form of  gaming in  Pennsylvania  has been
adopted, therefore no such payment is due at this time.

         Pocono Downs is located on approximately  400 acres in Plains Township,
outside Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania. There is a total population of approximately
785,000  persons within a 35 mile radius and  approximately  1.5 million persons
within a 50-mile  radius of Pocono  Downs.  The  property  includes  a  5/8-mile
all-weather,  lighted  harness  track.  Pocono  Downs's main  buildings  are the
grandstand and the clubhouse.  The clubhouse is completely enclosed,  heated and
fully air-conditioned.  The grandstand has enclosed,  heated and air-conditioned
seating  for  approximately  500 persons and  permanent  open-air  stadium-style
seating for  approximately  2,500 persons.  The clubhouse is a tiered dining and
wagering facility that seats approximately  1,000 persons.  The clubhouse dining
area seats 500 persons.  Television  sets for viewing live racing and simulcasts
are located throughout the facility along with pari-mutuel wagering areas.

         A two-story  14,000 square foot building  which houses the Pocono Downs
offices is located on the  property.  Pocono  Downs also  includes  stables  for
approximately  950 horses,  five  paddock  stables,  quarters  for  grooms,  two
blacksmith shops and a cafeteria for the Harness  Horsemen.  Parking  facilities
for approximately 5,000 vehicles adjoin the track.

         The acquisition of Pocono Downs was consummated  following the last day
of racing at Pocono Downs for the 1996 season.  The Company  resumed live racing
at Pocono Downs in April 1997.  The Company  conducted  135 and 130 days of live
harness   racing  at  the  facility   during  1998  and  1999  racing   seasons,
respectively. Post time at Pocono Downs is 7:15 p.m.

         On  January  15,  1997,   the  Charles  Town  Joint  Venture   acquired
substantially  all of the assets of  Charles  Town  Races for an  aggregate  net
purchase price of approximately $16.0 million plus approximately $2.2 million in
acquisition-related  fees and expenses.  Prior to its acquisition by the Charles
Town Joint Venture, Charles Town Races conducted live thoroughbred horse racing,
                                       10
<PAGE>

on-site  pari-mutuel  wagering  on live  races  run at  Charles  Town  Races and
wagering on import simulcast races. The Company has refurbished and reopened the
facility as the Charles Town Entertainment  Complex, which features live racing,
dining,  simulcast wagering and, effective September 1997, gaming machines.  The
cost of the  refurbishment,  exclusive of the cost of the gaming  machines,  was
approximately $27.8 million.

     The  Charles  Town  Entertainment  Complex  is  located  on a portion  of a
250-acre  parcel in  Charles  Town,  West  Virginia,  which is  approximately  a
60-minute drive from Baltimore,  Maryland and a 70-minute drive from Washington,
D.C. There is a total population of  approximately  3.1 million persons within a
50-mile radius and approximately 9.0 million persons within a 100-mile radius of
the  Charles  Town  Entertainment  Complex.  The  property  includes  a 3/4-mile
thoroughbred  racetrack.  The Charles Town Entertainment Complex's main building
is the  grandstand/clubhouse,  which is  completely  enclosed  and  heated.  The
clubhouse  dining room has seating for 600.  Additional  food and beverage areas
are situated throughout the facility.  The property surrounding the Charles Town
Entertainment  Complex,  including  the  site  of the  former  Shenandoah  Downs
Racetrack,  is available for future expansion or development.  In addition,  the
Company  has a right of first  refusal  for an  additional  250  acres  that are
adjacent  to  the  Charles  Town   Entertainment   Complex.   The  Charles  Town
Entertainment Complex also includes stables,  ample parking and water and sewage
treatment facilities.

         The Charles Town Races  reopened in April 1997.  The Company  conducted
206 and 213 days of  thoroughbred  racing at the  facility  during 1998 and 1999
racing seasons,  respectively.  Post time at the Charles Town Races is 7:15 p.m.
on Thursdays,  Fridays and Saturdays  and 1:00 p.m. on Sundays.  Although  other
regional  racetracks  offer nighttime  thoroughbred  racing,  Penn National Race
Course and Charles Town Races are the only  racetracks  in the Eastern time zone
conducting  year-round  nighttime  thoroughbred horse racing,  which the Company
believes  increases  its  opportunities  to export  simulcast  its races  during
periods in which other racetracks are not conducting live racing.

         The Freehold  Raceway was  constructed in 1986 and the grandstand is an
approximately  150,000 square foot,  five level,  steel frame,  enclosed,  fully
heated and air conditioned facility. The grandstand can accommodate up to 10,000
spectators,  including  seating for approximately  2,500  spectators,  and has a
sit-down  restaurant  as  well  as  seven  food  concession  stands.  Additional
facilities  include receiving barns with an adjacent paddock area,  parking lots
to accommodate 2,500 vehicles and a two story administration building.

         The Garden  State Park was  constructed  in 1985 and the  reconstructed
grandstand and clubhouse is an  approximately  500,000 square foot, seven level,
steel frame, glass enclosed,  fully heated and air-conditioned  facility with an
adjacent   multi-level  glass  thoroughbred  paddock  area.  The  clubhouse  can
accommodate up to 24,000 spectators,  including seating for approximately  9,500
spectators,  and  contains  three  sit-down  restaurants  as  well  as  17  food
concession stands. The Company is not currently using a portion of the clubhouse
due to a  decrease  in  business  levels at Garden  State Park over the last few
years as a result of  year-round  simulcasting  and less  live  racing at Garden
State Park.  The  backstretch  area  includes  27 barns and  stables  capable of
accommodating  approximately  1,500 horses, a harness paddock, a training track,
dormitories,  cafeteria and recreation buildings for backstretch  personnel,  an
administration  building  and  other  service  buildings.   Reconstruction  also
included restoration of the main dirt and turf tracks,  installation of lighting
for nighttime racing, paving of parking facilities to accommodate  approximately
4,000 automobiles,  landscaping,  fencing and other amenities. The approximately
56,000  square  foot,  1-1/2  story  pavilion  is used by the Company for closed
circuit  television  events  (racing  as  well  as  other  sporting  events  and
non-sporting events), wagering,  concerts, special events, concessions and other
conveniences.   The  pavilion  has  seating  capacity  for  approximately  1,500
spectators.

                                       11
<PAGE>



OTWs

         The Company's  OTWs provide  areas for viewing  import  simulcasts  and
televised sporting events, placing pari-mutuel wagers and dining. The facilities
also provide convenient parking.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

FACILITY/LOCATION             DATE OPENED/STATUS                       SIZE (SQ.FT.)     COST (1)       OWNED/LEASED
- -----------------             ------------------                       -------------     --------       ------------
<S>                           <C>                                      <C>               <C>             <C>
Penn National Facilities
Lancaster, PA                 Opened 7/96                              24,000            $  2,700,000    Leased
Reading, PA                   Opened 5/92                              22,500            $  2,100,000    Leased
Williamsport, PA              Opened 2/97                              14,000            $  3,000,000    Owned
York, PA                      Opened 3/95                              25,000            $  2,200,000    Leased
Chambersburg, PA              Opened 4/94                              12,500            $  1,500,000    Leased
Johnstown, PA                 Opened 9/98                              14,220            $  1,300,000    Leased
Pocono Downs Facilities
Allentown, PA                 Opened 7/93                              28,500            $  5,207,000    Owned
Carbondale, PA                Opened 3/98                              13,000            $  2,661,000    Owned
Erie, PA                      Opened 5/91                              22,500            $  3,575,000    Owned
Hazleton, PA                  Opened 3/98                              13,000            $  1,868,000    Leased
East Stroudsburg, PA          License authorized; approval to          12,000            $  2,000,000    Leased (2)
                              operate pending; site selected                                             (estimated)
</TABLE>


(1)   Consists of original construction costs, equipment and, for owned
      properties, the cost of land and building.

(2)   The Company is licensed to operate one additional OTW and has identified a
      site to operate the OTW facility in Stroudsburg,  Pennsylvania, subject to
      receipt of all applicable approvals to operate this site.

         The  Company  considers  its  properties  adequate  for  its  presently
anticipated purposes.

MARKETING AND ADVERTISING

         The Company seeks to increase  wagering by broadening its customer base
and increasing the wagering activity of its existing  customers.  To attract new
customers,  the Company seeks to increase the racing  knowledge of its customers
through its television  programming,  and by providing "user friendly" automated
wagering systems and comfortable surroundings. The Company also seeks to attract
new customers by offering various types of promotions including family fun days,
premium give-away programs, contests and handicapping seminars.

Charles Town Gaming Machine Marketing and Player Tracking Programs

         Our  marketing  efforts,  at the  Charles  Town  Entertainment  Complex
include print and radio  advertising  and are focused on the  Washington,  D.C.,
Baltimore,  Maryland,  Northern  Virginia,  Eastern  West  Virginia and Southern
Pennsylvania  markets.  In 1999,  we installed a  computerized  player  tracking
system, called Player's Choice, at the Charles Town Entertainment Complex, which
has helped to further  refine our  marketing  efforts.  This system is the first
player  tracking  system  installed in West Virginia.  Our database  consists of
approximately  70,000  players as of March 3 2000.  Our  marketing  efforts also
include a bus program and numerous cash and merchandise give-aways.

Pari-mutuel Player Tracking Program

         In 1999,  we installed a  computerized  player  tracking for all of the
Company's  pari-mutuel  locations.  This system,  called Player's Choice, allows
customer to accumulate points, at any of our facilities which are redeemable for
admission,   programs,   food  and  beverage  etc.  Our  database   consists  of
approximately 15,000 players as of March 3, 2000.
                                       12
<PAGE>

Televised Racing Program

         The   Company's   Racing  Alive   program  is  televised  by  satellite
transmission  commencing  approximately  one hour  before post time on each live
racing  day at the  Penn  National  Race  Course.  The  program  provides  color
commentary  on the races at the Penn National  Race Course  (including  wagering
odds, past performance information and handicapper analysis),  general education
on betting and handicapping,  interviews with racing  personalities and featured
races from other  thoroughbred  racetracks across the country.  The Racing Alive
program  is  shown  at the  Penn  National  Race  Course  and on  various  cable
television  systems in Pennsylvania  and is transmitted to all OTWs that receive
the Penn National Race Course races.  The Company has expanded  Racing Alive and
created additional televised  programming to cover racing at Pocono Downs and at
other  harness  racing  venues  throughout  the  United  States.  The  Company's
satellite  transmissions  are  encoded so that only  authorized  facilities  can
receive the program.

Automated Wagering Systems

         To make wagering more "user  friendly" to the novice and more efficient
for the expert,  the Company leases Autotote  Corporation's  automated  wagering
equipment.  These  wagering  systems  enable the customer to choose a variety of
ways to place a bet through touch-screen  interactive terminals and personalized
portable  wagering  terminals,  provide  current  odds  information  and  enable
customers to place bets and credit winning tickets to their accounts. Currently,
more  than 35% of all  wagers  at Penn  National  are  processed  through  these
self-service terminals and Telebet.

Modern Facilities

         The Company provides a comfortable,  upscale environment at each of its
OTWs,  including a full bar, a range of restaurant  services and an area devoted
to  televised   sporting  events.  The  Company  believes  that  its  attractive
facilities appeal to its current customers and to new customers, including those
who have not previously visited a racetrack.

PURSES; AGREEMENTS WITH HORSEMEN

     The  agreements  with the Horsemen at each of the Company's  racetracks set
forth the purses.  The continuation of these agreements is required to allow the
Company to conduct live racing and export and import simulcasting.  (See "Racing
and Pari-Mutuel Operations").

     The Penn National Race Course  Thoroughbred  Horsemen Agreement was entered
into in February 1996, and expired on February 15, 1999.  After failing to reach
an agreement,  the  Pennsylvania  Thoroughbred  Horsemen  stopped racing at Penn
National Race Course on February 16, 1999 and withdrew their  permission for the
Company to import  simulcast races from other  racetracks.  This resulted in the
closure of Penn  National  Race  Course and its six OTW  facilities  at Reading,
Chambersburg, York, Lancaster, Williamsport and Johnstown. The Company continued
its efforts to  negotiate a new  agreement  with the  Pennsylvania  Thoroughbred
Horsemen and on March 23, 1999 the Company signed a new Horsemen  agreement with
the  Pennsylvania  Thoroughbred  Horsemen  with an initial  term that expires on
January 1, 2004. As a result of the action the Company  incurred a non-recurring
$1,250,000  expense,  primarily related to costs incurred to maintain the closed
facilities  inclusive of employee  salaries  and rents,  for  Horsemen's  Action
Expense. Live racing at the Penn National Race Course resumed on April 23, 1999.
We  believe  that  this new  agreement  will not have a  material  impact on our
operating  expenses  at  the  Penn  National  Race  Course  and  its  OTWs.  The
Pennsylvania  Harness  Horsemen  Agreement  was entered  into in November  1994,
became  effective in January 1995 and expired in January  2000.  On December 17,
1999 the Company signed a new Horsemen  Agreement with the Pennsylvania  Harness
Horsemen  which  became  effective  January  16, 2000 and expires on January 16,
2003.  The Company has an agreement with the Charles Town Horsemen which expires
on December 31, 2000. On February 24, 2000 the Charles Town  Horsemen  agreed to
extend the  contract to December  31,  2002.  See  Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations  -  "Liquidity  and
Capital Resources."
                                       13
<PAGE>

COMPETITION

     The Company faces  significant  competition for wagering dollars from other
racetracks and OTWs in Pennsylvania  and neighboring  states (some of which also
offer  other  forms  of  gaming),  other  gaming  venues  such  as  casinos  and
state-sponsored  lotteries,  including  the  Pennsylvania  Lottery  and the West
Virginia  Lottery.  The Company may also face competition in the future from new
OTWs or from new  racetracks.  From time to time,  Pennsylvania  has  considered
legislation  to permit  other  forms of gaming.  Although  Pennsylvania  has not
authorized   any  form  of  casino  or  other  gaming,   if  additional   gaming
opportunities   become   available   in  or  near   Pennsylvania,   such  gaming
opportunities  could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  business,
financial condition and results of operations.

     The Company's  live races compete for wagering  dollars and simulcast  fees
with live  races and races  simulcast  from  other  racetracks  both  inside and
outside Pennsylvania  (including several in New York, New Jersey, West Virginia,
Ohio, Maryland and Delaware).  The Company's ability to compete successfully for
wagering dollars is dependent,  in part, on the quality of its live horse races.
The quality of horse races at some  racetracks  that  compete  with the Company,
either by live races or simulcasts, is higher than the quality of Company races.
The Company  believes that there has been some improvement over the last several
years in the quality of the horses racing at the Penn National Race Course,  due
to higher purses being paid as a result of the Company's increased  simulcasting
activities,  however,  there can be no  assurance  that the Company can continue
such improvement.

     The Company's OTWs compete with the OTWs of other Pennsylvania  racetracks,
and new OTWs may  compete  with the  Company's  existing  or  proposed  wagering
facilities.  Competition  between OTWs  increases  as the distance  between them
decreases.  For example,  the Company believes that its Allentown OTW, which was
acquired in the acquisition of Pocono Downs and which is  approximately 50 miles
from the Penn National Race Course and 35 miles from the Company's  Reading OTW,
has drawn some patrons from the Penn National  Race Course,  the Reading OTW and
the Company's telephone wagering system; and, the Company's Lancaster OTW, which
is  approximately  31 miles from the Penn National Race Course and 25 miles from
the  Company's  York OTW,  has drawn some patrons  from the Penn  National  Race
Course, the York OTW and the Company's telephone wagering system.  Moreover, the
Company believes that a competitor's OTW in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, which
is  approximately 23 miles from the Reading OTW, has drawn some patrons from the
Reading OTW.  Although  only two  competing  OTWs remain  authorized  by law for
future  opening,  the opening of a new OTW in close  proximity to the  Company's
existing or future OTWs could have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.

     The Company's gaming machine  operations face competition from other gaming
machine venues in West Virginia and in neighboring states (including Dover Downs
in Dover,  Delaware,  Delaware Park in northern Delaware,  Harrington Raceway in
southern  Delaware  and the casinos in Atlantic  City,  New  Jersey).  Venues in
Delaware and New Jersey,  in addition to video gaming machines,  currently offer
mechanical slot machines that feature physical spinning reels,  pull-handles and
the  ability to both  accept and pay out coins.  Legislation  has been passed in
West Virginia,  which allows for coin out and reel slot machines at race tracks.
In December  1999, the Company  installed 565 coin out, reel slot machines.  The
Company  intends to convert some or all of its current  machines to coin out and
increase the maximum number of machines with reel slot machines.  The failure to
attract or retain  gaming  machine  customers at the Charles Town  Entertainment
Complex, whether arising from such competition or from other factors, could have
a material adverse effect upon the Company's  business,  financial condition and
results of operations.

EFFECT OF INCLEMENT WEATHER AND SEASONALITY

     Because horse racing is conducted outdoors, variable weather contributes to
the  seasonality of the Company's  business.  Weather  conditions,  particularly
during  the  winter  months,  may  cause  races to be  canceled  or may  curtail
attendance.  Because a substantial  portion of the Company's  racetrack expenses
are fixed,  the loss of  scheduled  racing  days  could have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

     For the year ended  December 31, 1999,  the Company  canceled a total of 15
racing days  because of inclement  weather.  The severe  winter  weather in 1996
                                       14
<PAGE>

resulted in the closure of the Company's OTW  facilities for two days in January
1996.  Because of the Company's growing  dependence upon OTW operations,  severe
weather  that causes the  Company's  OTWs to close could have an adverse  effect
upon the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

     Attendance  and wagering at the Company's  facilities  have been  favorably
affected by special racing events which stimulate interest in horse racing, such
as the  Triple  Crown  races  in May and June and the  heavier  racing  schedule
throughout  the country  during the second and third  quarter of the year.  As a
result,  the Company's  revenues and net income have been greatest in the second
and third quarters of the year,  and lowest in the first and fourth  quarters of
the year.

REGULATION AND TAXATION

General

     Certain  of  the   Company's   subsidiaries   are   authorized  to  conduct
thoroughbred  racing and harness racing in Pennsylvania  under the  Pennsylvania
Racing Act. Such subsidiaries are also authorized, under the Pennsylvania Racing
Act and the Federal Horseracing Act, to conduct import simulcast  wagering.  The
Charles Town Joint  Venture is subject to the  provisions  of the West  Virginia
Racing  Act,  which  governs the conduct of  thoroughbred  horse  racing in West
Virginia,  and the West Virginia  Video Lottery Act, which governs the operation
of gaming  machines in West  Virginia.  The Company's  live racing,  pari-mutuel
wagering  and  gaming  machine  operations  are  contingent  upon the  continued
governmental  approval of such operations as forms of legalized  gaming.  All of
the  Company's  current  and  proposed   operations  are  subject  to  extensive
regulations and could be subjected at any time to additional or more restrictive
regulations, or banned entirely.

Pennsylvania Racing Regulations

     The  Company's  horse racing  operations  at Penn  National Race Course and
Pocono Downs are subject to extensive  regulation under the Pennsylvania  Racing
Act, which  established the Pennsylvania  State Horse Racing  Commission and the
State  Harness   Racing   Commission   (together,   the   "Pennsylvania   Racing
Commissions")  which are  responsible  for,  among other  things,  (i)  granting
permission  annually to maintain racing  licenses and schedule race meets,  (ii)
approving,  after a public  hearing,  the  opening  of  additional  OTWs,  (iii)
approving  simulcasting  activities,  (iv)  licensing all  officers,  directors,
racing  officials and certain  other  employees of the Company and (v) approving
all contracts entered into by the Company affecting racing, pari-mutuel wagering
and OTW operations.

     As in  most  states,  the  regulations  and  oversight  applicable  to  the
Company's  operations in  Pennsylvania  are intended  primarily to safeguard the
legitimacy  of  the  sport  and  its  freedom  from  inappropriate  or  criminal
influences. The Pennsylvania Racing Commissions have broad authority to regulate
in the best interests of racing and may, to that end, disapprove the involvement
of certain  personnel  in the  Company's  operations,  deny  approval of certain
acquisitions  following their consummation or withhold permission for a proposed
OTW site for a variety of reasons,  including community opposition. For example,
the Pennsylvania State Thoroughbred  Racing Commission withheld approval for the
Company's  initial site for its Lancaster  OTW, but the Company  applied and was
ultimately  approved for another site in  Lancaster,  which opened in July 1996.
The Pennsylvania  legislature also has reserved the right to revoke the power of
the Pennsylvania Racing Commissions to approve additional OTWs and could, at any
time,  terminate   pari-mutuel  wagering  as  a  form  of  legalized  gaming  in
Pennsylvania or subject such wagering to additional restrictive regulation; such
termination would, and any further  restrictions  could, have a material adverse
effect  upon  the  Company's  business,   financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.

     The  Company  may not be able to obtain  all  necessary  approvals  for the
continued operation or expansion of its business. Even if all such approvals are
obtained,  the regulatory  process could delay  implementation  of the Company's
plans to open additional OTWs. The Company has had continued permission from the
Pennsylvania  State Horse Racing  Commission  to conduct live racing at the Penn
National  Race Course since it commenced  operations  in 1972,  and has obtained
permission from the Pennsylvania State Harness Racing Commission to conduct live
racing  at  Pocono  Downs.   Currently,   the  Company  has  approval  from  the
Pennsylvania  Racing Commissions to operate the ten OTWs that are currently open
and the one additional OTW the Company proposes to open. A Commission may refuse
to grant  permission to open additional OTWs or to continue to operate  existing
facilities.  The failure to obtain  required  regulatory  approvals would have a
material  adverse effect upon the Company's  business,  financial  condition and
results of operations.
                                       15

<PAGE>

West Virginia Racing and Gaming Regulation

     The  Company's  operations  at the Charles Town  Entertainment  Complex are
subject to  regulation  by the West Virginia  Racing  Commission  under the West
Virginia Racing Act, and by the West Virginia Lottery  Commission under the West
Virginia Video Lottery Act. The powers and responsibilities of the West Virginia
Racing Commission under the West Virginia Racing Act are  substantially  similar
in scope and effect to those of the Pennsylvania  Racing  Commissions and extend
to the  approval  and/or  oversight  of all  aspects of racing  and  pari-mutuel
wagering  operations.  The Charles Town Joint Venture has obtained from the West
Virginia Racing Commission a license to conduct racing and pari-mutuel  wagering
at the Charles Town Entertainment  Complex.  Pursuant to the West Virginia Video
Lottery  Act,  the  Company  has  obtained  approval  for the  installation  and
operation of a total of 1,500 gaming machines at the Charles Town  Entertainment
Complex.  The  Company  purchased  and  installed  565 reel  spinning,  coin-out
machines,  which were open to the  public on  December  16,  1999  bringing  the
Company's  total gaming  machines at the Charles Town  Entertainment  Complex to
1,500.  Installing  and operating  additional  machines  would require  approval
pursuant to the West Virginia Lottery act.

State and Federal Simulcast Regulation

     The Federal Interstate Horseracing Act, the Pennsylvania Racing Act and the
West Virginia Racing Act require that the Company have a written  agreement with
each applicable horsemen's organization in order to simulcast races. The Company
has entered into the Horsemen Agreements, and in accordance therewith has agreed
on the allocations of the Company's  revenues from import simulcast  wagering to
the purse funds for the Penn National Race Course, Charles Town Races and Pocono
Downs.  Because the Company  cannot  conduct  import  simulcast  wagering in the
absence of the Horsemen  Agreements,  the  termination  or  non-renewal  of such
Horsemen  Agreements  could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.

Taxation and Fees

     The Company believes that the prospect of significant additional revenue is
one of the primary reasons that  jurisdictions  permit  legalized  gaming.  As a
result,  gaming companies are typically subject to significant taxes and fees in
addition to normal  federal and state income taxes,  and such taxes and fees are
subject to increase at any time.  The Company  pays  substantial  taxes and fees
with  respect to its  operations.  From time to time,  federal  legislators  and
officials have proposed  changes in tax laws, or in the  administration  of such
laws,  affecting  the gaming  industry.  It is not  possible to  determine  with
certainty the likelihood of changes in tax laws or in the administration of such
laws.  Such changes,  if adopted,  could have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

Compliance with Other Laws

     The Company  and its OTWs are also  subject to a variety of other rules and
regulations, including zoning, construction and land-use laws and regulations in
Pennsylvania  and West Virginia  governing  the serving of alcoholic  beverages.
Currently,   Pennsylvania  laws  and  regulations  permit  the  construction  of
off-track wagering facilities,  but may affect the selection of a particular OTW
site because of parking,  traffic flow and other similar considerations,  any of
which  may  serve to delay  the  opening  of  future  OTWs in  Pennsylvania.  By
contrast,  West Virginia law does not permit the operation of OTWs.  The Company
derives a significant  portion of its other  revenues from the sale of alcoholic
beverages to patrons of its facilities.  Any  interruption or termination of the
Company's  existing  ability to serve alcoholic  beverages would have a material
adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition and results of
operations.

Restrictions on Share Ownership and Transfer

     The  Pennsylvania  Racing Act requires  that any  shareholder  proposing to
transfer  beneficial  ownership  of 5% or more of the  Company's  shares file an
affidavit with the Company setting forth certain  information about the proposed
transfer and  transferee,  a copy of which the Company is required to furnish to
the Pennsylvania Racing Commissions.  The certificates  representing the Company
                                       16
<PAGE>

shares owned by 5% beneficial  shareholders are required to bear certain legends
prescribed by the Pennsylvania  Racing Act. In addition,  under the Pennsylvania
Racing Act, the Pennsylvania Racing Commissions have the authority to order a 5%
beneficial  shareholder  of the  Company to  dispose of his Common  Stock of the
Company if it determines that continued ownership would be inconsistent with the
public  interest,  convenience  or  necessity  or the best  interest  of  racing
generally.  The West Virginia Video Lottery Act provides that a transfer of more
than 5% of the voting stock of a corporation which controls the license may only
be to persons who have met the licensing requirements of the West Virginia Video
Lottery Act or which transfer has been pre-approved by the West Virginia Lottery
Commission.  Any transfer that does not comply with this  requirement  voids the
license.

Internal Revenue Service Regulations

     The Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, requires operators of casinos located
in the United States to file information  returns for U.S.  citizens,  including
names and addresses of winners,  for keno and slot machine winnings in excess of
certain  amounts.  The IRS also requires  operators to withhold taxes on certain
keno,  bingo and slot machine winnings of nonresident  aliens.  We are unable to
predict  the extent,  if any, to which such  requirements,  if  extended,  might
impede or otherwise  adversely  affect  operations of, and/or income from,  such
other games.

     Regulations  adopted by the  Financial  Crimes  Enforcement  Network of the
United States  Treasury  Department  and the gaming  regulatory  authorities  in
certain domestic  jurisdictions in which we operate casinos, or in which we have
applied for  licensing  to operate a casino,  require the  reporting of currency
transactions  in excess of  $10,000  occurring  within a gaming  day,  including
identification of the patron by name and social security number.  This reporting
obligation  commenced  in May 1985 and may have  resulted  in the loss of casino
revenues to  jurisdictions  outside the United States which are exempt from such
regulations.

ITEM 2  PROPERTIES

See, ITEM 1 - BUSINESS - "RACING AND PARI-MUTUEL OPERATIONS"

     A solid waste landfill  ("Landfill")  is on a parcel of land we own that is
adjacent  to Pocono  Downs.  The East Side  Landfill  Authority  (the  "Landfill
Authority"),  which  operated  the  Landfill  from 1970 until 1982,  disposed of
municipal  waste on behalf of four  municipalities.  The  Landfill is  currently
subject  to  a  closure   order  issued  by  the   Pennsylvania   Department  of
Environmental  Resources ("PADER") which the four municipalities are required to
implement  pursuant to a 1986  Settlement  Agreement among the former trustee in
bankruptcy for Pocono Downs,  the Landfill  Authority,  the  municipalities  and
PADER (the  "Settlement  Agreement").  According to the Company's  environmental
consulting firm, the Landfill closure is  substantially  complete.  To date, the
municipalities  obligated  to  implement  the  closure  order  pursuant  to  the
Settlement Agreement have been fulfilling their obligations under the Settlement
Agreement. In addition, the Company may be liable for future claims with respect
to  the  Landfill  under  the  federal  Comprehensive   Environmental  Response,
Compensation  and Liability Act and analogous  state laws. The Company may incur
expenses in connection  with the Landfill in the future,  which expenses may not
be reimbursed  by the  municipalities.  Any such expenses  could have a material
adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition and results of
operations.

Other Property and Equipment

     The Company currently leases 5,974 square feet of office space in an office
building in Wyomissing,  Pennsylvania for the Company's  executive offices.  The
lease  expires  in April  2000 and  provides  for an  annual  minimum  rental of
$97,968.  The office building is owned by an affiliate of Peter M. Carlino,  the
Chairman and Chief Executive  Officer of the Company.  The Company believes that
the lease  terms are not less  favorable  than lease  terms that could have been
obtained from an unaffiliated third party.

     The  Company  currently  leases an  aircraft  from a company  owned by John
Jacquemin,  a director of the Company.  The lease expires in September  2007 and
provides for monthly  payments of $8,356.  The Company  believes  that the lease
terms are not less favorable than lease terms that could have been obtained from
an unaffiliated third party.
                                       17
<PAGE>

EMPLOYEES AND LABOR RELATIONS

     At March 1, 2000, the Company had 1,870 permanent employees,  of whom 1,252
were  full-time  and 618  part-time.  Employees  of the  Company who work in the
admissions  department  and  pari-mutuels  department  at the Penn National Race
Course,  Pocono Downs and the OTWs are represented  under collective  bargaining
agreements  between the Company and Sports Arena Employees' Union Local 137. The
agreements extend until September 30, 2002 for track employees and September 30,
2001 for OTW employees. The pari-mutuel clerks at Pocono Downs voted to unionize
in June 1997. The Company has held  negotiations  with this union,  but does not
have a contract to date.  Failure to reach  agreement  with this union would not
result in the suspension or termination of the Company's license to operate live
racing  at  Pocono  Downs  or  to  conduct  simulcast  or  OTW  operations.  The
pari-mutuel  clerks and racing  valets at Charles Town are  represented  under a
collective  bargaining  agreement  with the West  Virginia  Division  of  Mutuel
Clerks,  which expires on December 31, 2000. The West Virginia Video Lottery Act
also  requires  that the operator of the Charles Town  Entertainment  Complex be
subject to a written  agreement with the pari-mutuel  clerks in order to operate
gaming  machines,  this  agreement  expires on December  31,  2000.  The Company
believes that its relations with its employees are satisfactory.

ITEM 3  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         In December  1997,  Amtote  international,  Inc.  ("Amtote"),  filed an
action  against the Company  and the  Charles  Town Joint  Venture in the United
States  District  Court  for the  Northern  District  of West  Virginia.  In its
complaint, Amtote (i) states that the Company and the Charles Town Joint Venture
allegedly  breached  certain  contracts with Amtote and its  affiliates  when it
entered into a wagering  services  contract with a third party (the "Third Party
Wagering Services  Contract"),  and not with Amtote,  effective January 1, 1998,
(ii) sought  preliminary and injunctive  relief through a temporary  restraining
order  seeking to prevent  Charles Town Joint  Venture from (a) entering  into a
wagering services contract with a party other than Amtote and (b) having a third
party provide such wagering  services,  (iii) sought  declaratory relief through
September 2004 and (iv) sought unspecified  compensatory damages, legal fees and
costs  associated  with the action and other legal and  equitable  relief as the
Court deemed just and appropriate. On December 24, 1997, a temporary restraining
order was issued,  which prescribed  performance  under the Third Party Wagering
Contract.  On  January  14,  1998,  a  hearing  was  held to rule on  whether  a
preliminary  injunction  should  have  been  issued  or  whether  the  temporary
restraining  order should have been lifted.  On February 20, 1998, the temporary
restraining  order was lifted by the  court.  The  Company  then  pursued  legal
remedies in order to terminate Amtote and proceed under the Third Party Wagering
Services Contract. This matter was tried before the State Court of West Virginia
on June 17, 1999. On September 30, 1999 the United States District Court for the
Northern District of West Virginia  rendered a decision in favor of Amtote.  The
Court  awarded  liquidated  damages to Amtote in  connection  with the Company's
cancellation of the Amtote contract,  which cancellation  enabled the Company to
enter into a computerized  pari-mutuel  wagering  service  contract with another
company  to  provide  such  services  to  three  of its  racetracks  and its ten
off-track  wagering  facilities.  On February 11,  2000,  the Company and Amtote
entered  into a  settlement  agreement  in which the Company paid Amtote in full
satisfaction of the judgment the sum of $1.5 million.

         The Company  submitted an  application  to the  Tennessee  State Racing
Commission (the  "Tennessee  Commission") in October 1997 for an initial license
for the development and operation of a harness track and an OTW at a site in the
city of Memphis (the "Tennessee  Development  Project"). A land use plan for the
construction  of a 5/8-mile  harness track,  clubhouse and  grandstand  area was
approved in October  1997 by the Land Use Hearing  Board for the City of Memphis
and County of Shelby. Tennessee Downs, Inc. ("Tennessee Downs"), a subsidiary of
the  Company,  was  determined  to be  financially  suitable  by  the  Tennessee
Commission and a public comment hearing before the Tennessee Commission was held
in November 1997. In December 1997,  the Company  received the necessary  zoning
and land development approvals from the Memphis City Council. In April 1998, the
Tennessee Commission granted a license to Tennessee Downs, which would expire on
the  earlier  of: (i)  December  31, 2000 or (ii) the  expiration  of  Tennessee
Commission's  term on June  30,  1998,  if such  term  was not  extended  by the
Tennessee  State  Legislature.  The Tennessee  State  Legislature  voted against
extending  the  life  of  the  Tennessee  Commission,   allowing  the  Tennessee
Commission's  term to expire on June 30, 1998. The Tennessee  Commission  held a
meeting on May 29, 1998 at which it rejected the Company's request: (i) to grant
Tennessee  Downs an  extended  timeframe  for the  effectiveness  of its  racing
license;  and (ii) to operate a temporary simulcast facility.  On July 28, 1998,
                                       18
<PAGE>

Tennessee Downs filed for a preliminary  injunction and a declaratory  ruling on
the legal status of racing in Memphis.  On November  23,  1998,  the court ruled
that the  Tennessee  Racing  Control  Act had not been  repealed  and  cannot be
repealed by  implication  by  dissolving  the Tennessee  Commission.  It was the
opinion of the court that because the Tennessee  Racing  Control Act is still in
force,  horse-racing and pari-mutuel betting is a legal unregulated  activity in
Tennessee.  This decision was appealed by the Tennessee  Attorney  General and a
hearing was held before the Court of Appeals on June 21, 1999. On July 30, 1999,
the Court of Appeals in Tennessee dissolved the injunction.  The appellate court
reversed the lower court ruling on the basis of  jurisdiction.  On September 28,
1999,  Tennessee  Downs filed its application for Permission to Appeal and brief
to the Supreme Court of Tennessee.  Tennessee  Downs took a direct appeal to the
Supreme  Court of the State of  Tennessee so that it may continue its efforts to
develop and operate a harness track in Tennessee. In the appeal, Tennessee Downs
asked the Supreme Court to take the  jurisdictional  question from the appellate
court and to review the  substantive  issue of whether  pari-mutuel  wagering on
horse  racing is lawful in  Tennessee  under the  existing  statute  without the
Tennessee  Commission.  Costs  incurred as of December  31, 1999  regarding  the
Tennessee  license  amounted to $534,135.  On February 11, 2000,  the  Tennessee
Supreme Court denied Tennessee  Down's  application for permission to appeal the
decision of the Court of Appeals. As a result of this decision,  Tennessee Downs
has taken a charge  against  earnings in 1999 of $535,000 for costs incurred for
its Tennessee  racing  license and does not  anticipate  future  involvement  in
Tennessee.

ITEM 4 SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

         None

                                     PART II

ITEM 5 MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

         The  Company's  Common  Stock is quoted on The Nasdaq  National  Market
under the  symbol  "PENN".  The  following  table  sets  forth  for the  periods
indicated the high and low sales prices per share of the Company's  Common Stock
as reported on The Nasdaq National Market.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            HIGH                         LOW
<S>               <C>                                                  <C>                         <C>
                  1997

                  First Quarter                                        $  18.250                   $  14.000
                  Second Quarter                                          19.625                      13.750
                  Third Quarter                                           20.125                      14.625
                  Fourth Quarter                                          19.250                       8.750

                  1998

                  First Quarter                                        $  13.125                    $  8.875
                  Second Quarter                                          12.000                       6.813
                  Third Quarter                                            9.125                       5.125
                  Fourth Quarter                                          10.313                       5.500

                  1999

                  First Quarter                                        $  10.000                    $  5.813
                  Second Quarter                                           9.938                       7.250
                  Third Quarter                                           10.375                       8.250
                  Fourth Quarter                                           9.563                       7.500

</TABLE>


         The closing sale price per share of Common Stock on The Nasdaq National
Market on March 14,  2000,  was  $7.50.  As of March 14,  2000,  there  were 692
holders of record of Common Stock.
                                       19
<PAGE>

DIVIDEND POLICY

         Since the  Company's  initial  public  offering of Common  Stock in May
1994,  the  Company has not paid any cash  dividends  on its Common  Stock.  The
Company  intends to retain all of its earnings to finance the development of the
Company's  business,  and thus, does not anticipate paying cash dividends on its
Common Stock for the  foreseeable  future.  Payment of any cash dividends in the
future will be at the  discretion of the  Company's  Board of Directors and will
depend  upon,  among  other  things,   future  earnings,   operations,   capital
requirements,  the  general  financial  condition  of the  Company  and  general
business  conditions.  Moreover,  the Company's  existing  credit  facility (the
"Credit Facility")  prohibits the Company from authorizing,  declaring or paying
any dividends  until the Company's  commitments  under the Credit  Facility have
been  terminated and all amounts  outstanding  thereunder  have been repaid.  In
addition,  future  financing  arrangements may prohibit the payment of dividends
under certain conditions.

                                       20
<PAGE>



ITEM 6  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

         The following selected  consolidated  financial data of the Company for
the years  ended  December  31,  1995,  1996,  1997,  1998 and 1999,  except for
Operating Data, are derived from financial  statements that have been audited by
BDO Seidman, LLP independent certified public accountants, adjusted as described
in the notes below. The selected  consolidated  financial data should be read in
conjunction with the consolidated  financial statements of the Company and Notes
thereto,  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and
Results of Operations" and the other financial information included herein.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                          ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   1995       1996     1997 (1)       1998       1999
                                                          ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA
Revenue
    Pari-mutuel revenues
      Live races                                             $   21,376  $  18,727   $ 27,653     $  26,893  $ 20,760
      Import simulcasting                                        27,254     27,653     59,810        68,136    71,369
      Export simulcasting                                         2,142      3,347      5,279         5,810     4,733
  Gaming revenue                                                      -          -      5,712        37,396    55,125
  Admissions, programs and other racing revenue                   3,704      4,379      5,678         6,280     6,256
  Concessions revenues                                            3,200      3,389      7,404         9,550    12,117
Earnings from unconsolidated affiliates                             -            -          -             -     1,098
                                                          ------------------------------------------------------------
Total revenues                                                   57,676     62,834     111,536      154,065   171,458
                                                          ------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING EXPENSES
  Purses, stakes, and trophies                                   12,091     12,874      22,335       29,141    31,290
  Direct salaries, payroll taxes and employee benefits            7,699      8,669      16,200       19,134    19,519
  Simulcast expenses                                              9,084      9,215      12,982       13,809    13,422
  Pari-mutuel taxes                                               4,963      5,356       9,506        9,281     8,895
  Lottery taxes and administration                                    -          -       1,874       14,749    21,545
  Other direct meeting expenses                                   7,576      8,536      18,087       24,029    22,916
  Concessions expenses                                            2,125      2,349       5,605        7,929    11,030
  Other operating expenses                                        5,002      4,942       8,735       10,787    13,060
  Horsemen's action expenses                                          -          -           -            -     1,250
  Depreciation and amortization                                     881      1,433       4,040        5,748     8,679
  Litigation expense                                                  -          -           -            -     1,500
Site development and restructuring changes                            -          -       2,437            -       535
                                                          ------------------------------------------------------------
Total operating expenses                                         49,421     53,374     101,801      134,607   153,641
                                                          ------------------------------------------------------------
Income from operations                                            8,255      9,460       9,735       19,458    17,817
                                                          ------------------------------------------------------------
Other income (expenses)
  Interest income (expense), net                                    198       (156)     (3,656)      (7,549)   (7,299)
  Other                                                              10          -          (2)         113        (8)
                                                          ------------------------------------------------------------
Total other income (expenses)                                       208       (156)     (3,658)      (7,436)   (7,307)
                                                          ------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes and extraordinary item                 8,463      9,304       6,077       12,022    10,510
Taxes on income                                                   3,467      3,794       2,308        4,519     3,777
                                                          ------------------------------------------------------------

Income before extraordinary item                                  4,996      5,510       3,769        7,503     6,733

Extraordinary item - loss on early extinquishment of debt,
   net of income taxes of $1,001.                                     -          -           -        1,482         -
                                                          ------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                       21

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                      ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1995       1996     1997 (1)       1998        1999
                                                      ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<S>                                                       <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>
Net income                                                $   4,996  $   5,510    $   2,287   $  7,503   $   6,733
                                                       ============================================================
PER SHARE DATA:
Basic  income per share before extraordinary item         $    0.39  $    0.41    $    0.25   $   0.50    $    .45
Basic net income per share                                $    0.39  $    0.41    $    0.15   $   0.50    $    .45

Diluted income per share before extraordinary item        $    0.38  $    0.40    $    0.24   $   0.49    $    .44
Diluted net income per share                              $    0.38  $    0.40    $    0.15   $   0.49    $    .44

WEIGHTED SHARES OUTSTANDING:
Basic                                                        12,906     13,302       14,925     15,015      14,889
Diluted                                                      13,017     13,822       15,458     15,374      15,223

OPERATING DATA: (Unaudited)
Pari-mutuel wagering
Live races                                                $ 102,145  $  89,327   $  128,090  $ 122,686   $  96,238
Import simulcasting                                         142,499    170,814      298,459    336,191     345,650
Export simulcasting                                          72,252    112,871      176,287    194,772     159,175
                                                      ------------------------------------------------------------

Total pari-mutuel wagering                                $ 316,896  $ 373,012   $  602,836  $ 653,649   $ 601,063
                                                       ============================================================

Gross profit from wagering (2)                            $  24,915  $  27,955   $   48,688  $  53,766   $  50,907
                                                       ============================================================
BALANCE SHEET DATA as of DECEMBER 31:
Cash and cash equivalents                                 $   7,514  $   5,634   $   21,854  $   6,826   $   9,434
Working capital (deficiency)                                  4,134       (509)      15,226      1,911      (7,369)
Total assets                                                 27,532     96,723      158,878    160,798     190,600
Total debt                                                      390     47,517       80,336     78,256      91,213
Shareholders' equity                                         20,802     27,881       53,856     59,036      66,272

- ------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Management believes that the following  calculation of Earnings Before Interest,
Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization ("EBITDA") and adjusted EBITDA are relevant
to shareholders:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                       <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
Income from operations                                    $  8,255    $  9,460    $  9,735   $  19,458   $  17,817
add back depreciation and amortization                         881       1,433       4,040       5,748       8,679
                                                        ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------

EBITDA                                                       9,136      10,893      13,775      25,206      26,496
add back Horsemens action expense                               --          --          --          --       1,250
Litigation expense                                              --          --          --          --       1,500
Site development and restructuring charges                      --          --       2,437          --         535
                                                        ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------

Adjusted EBITDA                                           $  9,136    $ 10,893   $  16,212   $  25,206   $  29,781
                                                        =========== =========== =========== =========== ==========
</TABLE>

              EBITDA is not a measure of financial  performance  under Generally
Accepted  Accounting  Principles  ("GAAP"),  but is used by  some  investors  to
determine  a  company's  ability to service  or incur  indebtedness.  EBITDA and
Adjusted  EBITDA are not  calculated  by all  entities  in the same  fashion and
accordingly,  may not be an appropriate  measure of performance.  Neither EBITDA
nor Adjusted  EBITDA should be considered in isolation  from, or as a substitute
for, net income (loss),  cash flows from operations,  or cash flow data prepared
in accordance with GAAP.

(1)   Reflects the November 27, 1996  acquisition of Pocono Downs and the
      January 15, 1997  acquisition of a joint venture  interest in
      the Charles Town Entertainment Complex.  See "Business-Acquisitions."

(2)   Amounts equal total  pari-mutuel  revenues,  less purses paid to Horsemen,
      taxes payable to Pennsylvania and simulcast commissions or host track fees
      paid to other  racetracks.  Figures for the years ended  December 31, 1995
      and 1996 do not include purses paid at Penn National Speedway.

                                       22
<PAGE>


 ITEM 7  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
                  OF OPERATIONS

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The  percentage  of the Company's  revenue  derived from gaming  operations  has
increased  over the last few years as a result of the gaming  operations  at the
Charles Town  Entertainment  Complex.  The Company  expects that the Mississippi
Acquisition  and the  continued  expansion  of the  Charles  Town  Entertainment
Complex will cause this trend to continue.  In the future the Company expects to
alter the presentation of certain of its financial information to better capture
this trend. An example of a type of  presentation  that the Company is likely to
use is presented below.

The results of operations by property level are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                   Charles Town Racing and Gaming       Penn National and OTWs            Pocono Downs and OTWs
                      1997       1998        1999       1997       1998       1999       1997       1998      1999
                      ----       ----        ----       ----       ----       ----       ----       ----      ----
<S>                <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
Revenues
Gaming             $ 5,739    $37,716     $55,564   $      -    $     -    $     -    $     -    $     -   $     -
Racing               9,211     15,382      18,954     60,261     60,281     51,302     31,203     33,121    33,767
Other                1,533      3,785       5,254      3,302      3,339      4,308      2,255      2,455     2,555
                 --------------------------------- -------------------------------- -------------------------------
Total revenues      16,483     56,883      79,772     63,563     63,620     55,610     33,458     35,576    36,322

Expenses
Gaming               5,446     28,958      38,672          -          -          -          -          -         -
Racing               9,566     15,585      18,766     45,815     45,276     41,441     22,203     22,748    23,169
Other*               2,111      5,237       6,554      5,329      5,305      6,334      3,784      4,109     4,199
                 --------------------------------- -------------------------------- -------------------------------

Total expenses      17,123     49,780      63,992     51,144     50,581     47,775     25,987     26,857    27,368

EBITDA
Gaming                 293      8,758      16,892          -          -          -          -          -         -
Racing                (355)      (203)        188     14,446     15,005      9,861      9,000     10,373    10,598
Other                 (578)    (1,452)     (1,300)    (2,027)    (1,966)    (2,026)    (1,529)    (1,654)   (1,644)
                ---------------------------------- -------------------------------- -------------------------------

Total EBITDA       $  (640)   $ 7,103     $15,780   $ 12,419    $13,039    $ 7,835    $ 7,471    $ 8,719   $ 8,954
                ================================== ================================ ===============================
- ----------------
</TABLE>

*Other expenses includes property level general and administrative  expenses and
excludes corporate overhead and non-recurring expenses.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

         Revenues in 1999 increased by  approximately  $17.4 million or 11.3% to
$171.5 million from $154.1 million in 1998. Operating expenses in 1999 increased
by approximately $19.0 million or 14.1% to $153.6 million from $134.6 million in
1998. Included in operating expenses were non-recurring expenses in 1999 for the
Horsemen's  strike  ($1.3  million)  at Penn  National  Race  Course,  Tennessee
development and licensing  expenses ($.5 million) and litigation  expenses ($1.5
million) to settle a lawsuit with a totalisator company.  Income from operations
decreased by $1.6 million or 8.4% to $17.8 million in 1999 from $19.4 million in
1998 due to the Horsemen's strike and non-recurring expenses. Other expenses for
the year ended  December  31,  1999 and 1998  consisted  of  approximately  $7.3
million and $7.4  million,  respectively,  of net interest  primarily due to the
10.625%  Senior  Notes  and the  Revolving  Credit  Facility.  Taxes  on  income
decreased  by $.7 million to $3.8  million in 1999 from $4.5 million in 1998 and
net income  decreased  by $.8 million or 10.3% to $6.7 million in 1999 from $7.5
million in 1998 due substantially to the factors described.
                                       23
<PAGE>

Charles Town Entertainment Complex

         Revenues  increased at Charles Town by  approximately  $22.9 million or
40.2% to $79.8  million  in 1999 from  $56.9  million  in 1998.  Gaming  revenue
increased by $17.8  million or 47.3% to $55.6 million in 1999 from $37.7 million
in 1998 due to the addition of 136 new video  lottery  machines and 565 new reel
spinning,  coin-out slot machines  during the year. At year-end there were 1,500
gaming  machines  in  operation  compared to 799  machines in 1998.  The average
number of machines increased to 923 in 1999 from 704 in 1998 and the average win
per  machine  increased  to $163 in 1999  from  $145  in  1998.  Racing  revenue
increased by $3.5 million or 23.0% to $18.9  million in 1999 from $15.4  million
in 1998.  The live meet  consisted of 213 race days in 1999 compared to 206 race
days in 1998  and a change  in the  schedule  from a  Wednesday  afternoon  race
program to a Thursday evening race program to accommodate  export  simulcasting.
Charles Town began  exporting its live race program to tracks across the country
on June 5, 1999 and generated  export  simulcasting  revenues of $.9 million for
the year.  Concession  revenues increased by approximately $1.5 million or 40.0%
to $5.3 million in 1999 from $3.8  million in 1998 due to  increased  attendance
for gaming,  racing, and the expansion of the concession areas,  dining room and
buffet area.  Operating  expenses  increased by $14.2  million or 28.6% to $64.0
million in 1999 from $49.8  million in 1998 due to the  increase in direct costs
associated with additional wagering on horse racing and gaming machine play, the
addition of gaming  machines and floor space (new  temporary  gaming  facility),
export  simulcast  expenses and expanded  concession  and dining  capability and
capacity.   In  addition  to  the  operating   expenses,   Charles  Town  had  a
non-recurring  expense of $1.5 million in litigation settlement expenses for the
settlement of a lawsuit involving a former totalisator company vendor.

Penn National Race Course and its OTW Facilities  (Penn National Race Course)

         Penn  National  Race Course had a decrease in revenue of  approximately
$8.0 million or 12.6% to $55.6 million in 1999 from $63.6  million in 1998.  The
decrease was due primarily to the  expiration of the  Horsemen's  Agreement that
resulted in the closure of the  facilities  from  February 16 to March 24, 1999.
Penn National  re-opened  for  simulcast  wagering on March 25, live racing on a
limited  basis on April 23 and resumed a full live racing  schedule  the week of
June 26, 1999. For the year 1999,  Penn National ran 153 live race days compared
to 206 live race days in 1998 and has run  nine-race  cards  instead of ten-race
cards since the April  reopening.  Of the  scheduled 210 live races for 1999, 46
race days were lost due to the strike and 11 days were  cancelled due to weather
compared  to 4 days  cancelled  due to weather in 1998.  Expenses  decreased  by
approximately  $2.8 million or 5.6% to $47.8  million in 1999 from $50.6 million
in 1998.  Included  in the 1999  expenses  is $1.3  million  for the  Horsemen's
strike.  The results of operations  also includes the operation of the Johnstown
OTW facility for 12 months in 1999 compared to 3 months in 1998.

Pocono Downs and its OTW Facilities (Pocono Downs)

         Pocono  Downs  live  race  meet,  which  runs from  April to  November,
consisted of 130 race days in 1999 compared to 135 races days in 1998.  Revenues
at Pocono Downs  increased by $.7 million or 2.1% to $36.3  million in 1999 from
$35.6 million in 1998.  The increase  resulted from a full year of operations at
the Carbondale ($1.4 million) and Hazleton ($.8 million) OTWs that was offset by
a decrease in revenue at the Pocono Downs Racetrack ($1.0 million). The decrease
was due to the close  proximity  of the two new OTWs to the track.  Revenue also
decreased at the racetrack due to a 7.1% decrease in export  simulcast  wagering
on Pocono live races due to the  temporary  closing of the barn area last winter
due to the Company  making  improvements  to the track that resulted in starting
the racing season with a shortage of horses. Expenses increased by approximately
$.5 million or 1.9% to $27.4 million in 1999 from $26.9 million in 1998.

New Jersey Joint Venture

         On July 29, 1999, after receiving the necessary  approvals from the New
Jersey  Racing  Commission  and the  necessary  consents from the holders of its
10.625% Senior Notes due 2004, Series B, the Company completed its investment in
the Joint Venture.  The Joint Venture operates Freehold Raceway and Garden State
Race Track. Summarized results of operations of the unconsolidated Joint Venture
(commencing  on July 30,  1999) for the period  ended  December 31, 1999 include
$28.0 million in revenue,  $23.0  million in operating  expenses $5.0 million in
EBITDA and net income of $2.2 million. The Company's 50% share of the net income
or $1.1 million is recorded as "Earnings from unconsolidated  affiliates" on the
income statement.
                                       24
<PAGE>

Capital Expenditures

         The Company had capital  expenditures of $13.2 million in 1999 compared
to  $22.3  million  in  1998.   Capital   expenditures   at  Charles  Town  were
approximately  $12.1 million for the construction of a new outdoor paddock,  the
purchase and construction of a new temporary  gaming facility,  and the purchase
of additional  gaming  machines and player  tracking  system and other projects.
Capital  expenditures  at Penn National and its OTW facilities ($.6 million) and
Pocono Downs and its OTW  facilities  ($.5  million)  were for normal  equipment
replacement  and  leasehold   improvements.   As  a  result,   depreciation  and
amortization  increased  $2.9 million or 51.0% to $8.7 million in 1999 from $5.8
million in 1998.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

         Revenue in 1998  increased by  approximately  $42.5 million or 38.1% to
$154.0 million in 1998 from $111.5 million in 1997.  Operating  expenses in 1998
increased by approximately  $32.8 million or 32.2% to $134.6 million from $101.8
million in 1997.  Included in operating expenses were non-recurring  charges for
site development and restructuring expenses of $2.4 million in 1997. Income from
operations  increased by approximately  $9.7 million or 100.0 % to $19.4 million
in 1998 from $9.7 million in 1997.  Other  expenses  increased by  approximately
$3.8 million of 106.4 % to $7.4  million in 1998 from $3.6 million in 1997.  Net
interest expense increased by $3.9 million  (primarily due to the 10 5/8% Senior
Notes issued  December  1997).  Other income in 1998 of $113,000  consisted of a
gain on the sale of Casino Magic  Corporation stock of $148,000 offset by a loss
on the repurchase of the Company's Senior Notes in the amount of $35,000.  Taxes
on income increased by  approximately  $2.2 million to $4.5 million in 1998 from
$$2.3 million in 1997. The extraordinary item in 1997 consisted of a loss on the
early  extinquishment of debt in the amount of $1,482,000,  net of income taxes.
The loss consists  primarily of write-offs of deferred  finance costs associated
with the  retired  bank  notes and legal  and bank  fees  relating  to the early
extinquishment  of the debt. Net income increased by approximately  $5.2 million
to $7.5 million in 1998 from $2.3  million in 1997 due to the factors  described
above.

Charles Town Races

         Charles  Town Races was  purchased  in January of 1997 and began racing
operations on April 30, 1997 and video lottery  machine  operations on September
10, 1997. Revenues at Charles Town increased by $40.4 million or 276.3% to $56.9
million in 1998 from $15.1 million in 1997. Video lottery machines  increased by
$32.0 million as a result of a full year of operations in 1998 compared to three
and one-half  months of operations in 1997.  Racing  revenues  increased by $6.2
million due to a racing  season of 206 live race days at the Charles  Town Races
in 1998  compared  to 159 live  races  days in 1997 and the  opening  of the new
simulcast-racing center in January 1998. Concession and other revenues increased
by $2.2  million  due to the  increased  attendance  and the  opening of the new
buffet area during the year.  Operating expenses increased at Charles Town Races
by $32.6  million or 190.7% to $49.8 million in 1998 from $17.1 million in 1997.
The increase was due primarily to the video lottery  operations ($23.5 million),
racing  operations  ($6.0 million) and concession and other  operating  expenses
($3.1 million).

Penn National Race Course and its OTW Facilities (Penn National Race Course)

         Penn  National  Race  Course  had  a  small   increase  in  revenue  of
approximately  $57,000 or .1% to $63.6  million  in 1998 from  $63.5  million in
1997.  Revenues  increased  at the track ($.3  million)  due to an  increase  in
on-track wagering and export simulcast  wagering and the purchase and opening of
the Johnstown OTW ($.9 million) on September 1, 1998.  The increases were offset
by a decrease in revenues at  Chambersburg  OTW ($.6 million) due to the opening
of the Charles Town Facility, Reading ($.3 million) and York ($.3 million). Penn
National Race Course had a net decrease in operating  expenses of $.6 million or
1.1% to $50.6  million in 1998 from $51.1  million in 1997.  The net decrease in
operating  expenses was due to an increase in expenses at the new  Johnstown OTW
($.8  million)  offset by a decrease in operating  expenses at the racetrack and
other OTW facilities ($1.4 million).

Pocono Downs and its OTW Facilities (Pocono Downs)

         Revenues at Pocono Downs  resulted in a net increase of $2.1 million or
6.3% to $35.6  million  in 1998 from  $33.5  million in 1997.  The  increase  in
revenue was  primarily due to the opening of new  facilities  in Hazleton  ($2.2
                                       25
<PAGE>

million) and  Carbondale  ($2.4  million).  This was offset by a decrease at the
Wilkes-Barre  racetrack  ($2.1  million) due to the proximity of the two new OTW
facilities  and  decreases  at  Allentown  OTW ($.3  million)  and Erie OTW ($.2
million).  Pocono Downs had a net increase in operating  expenses of $.9 million
or 3.3% to $26.9 million in 1998 from $26.0 million in 1997. The net increase in
operating expenses was due to the opening of the Hazleton OTW ($1.9 million) and
the  Carbondale  OTW ($1.8  million).  The  increase was offset by a decrease in
operating expenses at the Wilkes-Barre  racetrack ($1.8 million),  Allentown OTW
($.6 million) and Erie OTW ($.4 million).

Capital Expenditures

         The Company had capital  expenditures of $22.3 million in 1998 compared
to $29.4 million in 1997.  Capital  expenditures in 1998 consisted of renovation
and  refurbishment  of the Charles Town facility and racetrack  ($1.1  million),
completion of the Hazleton and  Carbondale OTW facilities  ($3.2  million),  the
purchase of the Johnstown  facility  ($1.3  million),  the purchase of the GTech
video lottery machines and central  monitoring system ($13.0 million),  and $3.7
million  in  capital   expenditures  at  other   facilities.   Depreciation  and
amortization  increased  by $1.7  million or 42.3% to $5.7  million in 1998 from
$4.0 million in 1997. The increase was due primarily to depreciation  associated
with new  facilities  for Charles  Town Gaming  (September  1997),  Charles Town
Simulcast Center (January 1998),  Hazleton and Carbondale OTW facilities  (March
1998) and Johnstown OTW (September 1998).

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Historically,  the  Company's  primary  sources of  liquidity  and  capital
resources  have  been  cash  flow from  operations,  borrowings  from  banks and
proceeds from issuance of equity securities.

     Net cash provided from operating  activities was $22.5 million for the year
ended  December 31,  1999.  This  consisted of net income and non-cash  expenses
($14.3  million),  an increase in accounts  receivable  ($1.0  million) due from
other  tracks,  an  increase in accounts  payable  and accrued  expenses  due to
construction at Charles Town ($5.6 million),  an increase in purses due horsemen
($1.2 million) an increase in taxes,  other than income taxes ($1.0 million) due
to a change in payment  schedules for Pennsylvania  pari-mutuel  taxes and other
changes in certain assets and liabilities (-$.6 million).

     Cash flows used in  investing  activities  for the year ended  December 31,
1999 ($29.8 million) consisted of the Company's investment in and advance to the
New Jersey Joint Venture ($11.7 million), a cash escrow deposit for the purchase
of the Mississippi casinos ($5.0 million),  capital expenditures at Charles Town
for the  outdoors  paddock and jockey  quarters  ($.9  million),  new  temporary
structure for slot machines  ($1.8  million)  additional  gaming  machines ($4.9
million) player tracking system ($1.3 million) and other projects ($3.1 million)
and  equipment  replacement  and building  improvements  at Penn  National  ($.6
million) and Pocono Downs ($.5 million) facilities.

     Cash flows provided by financing  activities  ($9.9  million)  consisted of
borrowings  under the credit  facility  ($24.3 million) for the New Jersey Joint
Venture ($11.5 million), Charles Town expansion ($9.7 million), and to fund part
of the escrow deposit ($3.1 million) for the purchase of the Mississippi assets,
proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants ($.5 million). This was
offset by principal payments on long-term debt ($11.4 million),  and an increase
in  financing  costs  ($3.5  million)  for  amending  the  credit  facility  and
bondholder agreement.

     The  Company  is  subject  to  possible   liabilities   arising   from  the
environmental condition at the Landfill adjacent to Pocono Downs.  Specifically,
the Company may incur  expenses in  connection  with the landfill in the future,
which  expenses  may not be  reimbursed  by the four  municipalities,  which are
parties to the  Settlement  Agreement.  The  Company is unable to  estimate  the
amount, if any, that it may be required to expend.

     In 2000, the Company  anticipates  spending  approximately $21.5 million on
capital   expenditures  at  its  racetrack  and  OTW  facilities.   The  Company
anticipates   expending   approximately   $18.2  million  at  the  Charles  Town
Entertainment  Complex for player tracking ($.7 million),  new slot machines and
conversion kits ($2.1 million),  paddock casino and interior  renovations  ($7.4
million),  machinery and equipment  ($2.0 million) and other projects  including
structured parking facility, design and planning for a new hotel ($6.0 million).
The Company also plans to spend approximately $261,000 at Pocono Downs, $550,000
at Penn National,  $400,000 at the OTW facilities for building  improvements and
equipment  and $2.0 million on building  improvements  and equipment for its new
OTW facility in East Stroudsburg, Pennsylvania. 26
<PAGE>

         The  Company  entered  into its  Credit  Facility  with  Bankers  Trust
Company,  as Agent in 1996.  This credit  facility  was amended and  restated on
January 29, 1999 with First Union National Bank replacing Bankers Trust Company,
as Agent. The Credit Facility, as amended,  provides for a $20 million revolving
Credit Facility,  including a $3 million sub-limit for standby letters of credit
and a $5 million term loan. Under the terms of the credit facility,  as amended,
the Company  borrowed an additional  $11.5 million which was used to finance its
share of the New  Jersey  Joint  Venture  (see  Note 4).  The  revolving  credit
facility is secured by  substantially  all of the assets of the Company,  except
for the assets of the Charles Town Entertainment  Complex.  The revolving Credit
Facility provides for certain covenants,  including those of a financial nature.
The $5.0 million term loan was repaid on December  16,  1999.  At the  Company's
option,  the revolving  facility may bear interest at the highest of: (1) 1/2 of
1% in excess of the federal  reserve  reported  certificate of deposit rate, (2)
the rate that the bank group  announces  from time to time as its prime  lending
rate and (3) 1/2 of 1% in excess of the  federal  funds rate plus an  applicable
margin of up to 2% or the  revolving  facility may also bear  interest at a rate
tied to a eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin of up to 3%. The outstanding
amount under this Credit  Facility as of December 31, 1999 was $12.9  million at
an interest rate of 8.93%.  Mandatory  repayments of the revolving  facility are
required in an amount equal to a percentage  of the net cash  proceeds  from any
issuance or incurrence of equity or funded debt by the Company,  that percentage
to be dependent upon the then outstanding  balance of the revolving facility and
the Company's leverage ratio.  Mandatory  repayments of varying  percentages are
also required in the event of either asset sales in excess of stipulated amounts
or defined excess cash flow.

         On December 13, 1999,  the Company  entered into a $20.0 million Senior
Secured  Multiple  Draw Term Loan with Bank of  America,  as an Agent for a bank
group.  The term loan is  payable  in  quarterly  installments  of $1.3  million
principle  plus  interest.   The  loan  is  secured  by  gaming   equipment  and
improvements at the Charles Town facility.  The term loan is being used to repay
the $5.0  million  First  Union  term  loan and  finance  gaming  equipment  and
improvements at the Charles Town facility. At the Company's option the term loan
may bear  interest  at the  highest  of: (1) 1/2 of 1% in excess of the  federal
reserve  reported  certificate of deposit rate, (2) the rate that the bank group
announces  from  time to time as its  prime  lending  rate  and (3) 1/2 of 1% in
excess of the federal funds rate plus an applicable margin of up to 1.75% or the
facility  may also bear  interest  at a rate tied to a  eurodollar  rate plus an
applicable  margin of up to 2.75%.  The  outstanding  amount  under this  credit
facility as of December 31, 1999 was $ 9.1 million at an interest rate of 8.91%.

         On  March  23,  1999,  the  Company  signed  a new  agreement  with the
Pennsylvania  Thoroughbred  Horsemen,  replacing  the  previous  agreement  that
expired on February  16, 1999.  This new contract  will result in an increase in
future operating  expenses,  which expenses may be offset in whole or in part by
changes in revenue mix or revenue increases going forward.  These  developments,
therefore,  may decrease  earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and
amortization  ("EBITDA") in future periods;  however,  management  believes that
such decreases, if any, will not result in any material decrease in EBITDA.

         In connection with the Company's agreement to acquire all of the assets
of Casino Magic Bay St. Louis and  Boomtown  Biloxi,  the Company will explore a
number of financing  alternatives,  which may involve  repaying or redeeming its
existing  debt.  The Company  would expect to use part of the proceeds  from the
refinancing to make certain improvements to the Mississippi properties.

         The Company currently estimates that the cash generated from operations
and  available  borrowings  under the credit  facilities  will be  sufficient to
finance its current  operations and planned  capital  expenditure  requirements.
There can be no  assurance,  however,  that the Company  will not be required to
seek  additional  capital,  in addition  to that  available  from the  foregoing
sources.  The Company may, from time to time,  seek  additional  funding through
public  or  private  financing,  including  equity  financing.  There  can be no
assurance that adequate funding will be available as needed or, if available, on
terms acceptable to the Company.

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

         All of the Company's  debt  obligations at December 31, 1999 were fixed
rate obligations,  and Management,  therefore, does not believe that the Company
has any material market risk from its debt obligations.

                                       27
<PAGE>






ITEM 8   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
                                                            Page No.

         Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants      29
         Consolidated financial statements
             Balance sheets                                   30-31
             Statements of income                             32-33
             Statements of shareholders' equity                  34
             Statements of cash flows                         35-36
         Notes to consolidated financial statements           37-38

                                       28
<PAGE>


Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants

Penn National Gaming, Inc.
  and Subsidiaries

Wyomissing, Pennsylvania

We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets of Penn National
Gaming,  Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1999, and the related
consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended  December 31,  1999.  These  consolidated
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial
statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance about whether the  consolidated  financial  statements are
free of material  misstatement.  An audit includes  examining,  on a test basis,
evidence  supporting the amounts and disclosures in the  consolidated  financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as evaluating  the overall
consolidated  financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that our  audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  financial  position of Penn  National
Gaming,  Inc. and Subsidiaries at December 31, 1998 and 1999, and the results of
their  operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended  December  31,  1999 in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania                   \s\ BDO Seidman, LLP
                                             --------------------
February 29, 2000  except                        BDO Seidman, LLP
for Note 11 which is as of
March 7, 2000

                                       29
<PAGE>


                   Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                           Consolidated Balance Sheets

                 (In thousands, except share and per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31,                                                                              1998           1999
                                                                                 -----------------------------
<S>                                                                                <C>           <C>
Assets

Current assets

     Cash and cash equivalents                                                     $     6,826   $      9,434
     Accounts receivable                                                                 3,840          4,779
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                           2,131          1,793
     Deferred income taxes                                                                 458            888
     Prepaid income taxes                                                                  859          1,088
                                                                                 -----------------------------

Total current assets                                                                    14,114         17,982
                                                                                 -----------------------------

Property, plant and equipment, at cost
     Land and improvements                                                              26,969         27,988
     Building and improvements                                                          66,918         70,870
     Furniture, fixtures and equipment                                                  29,772         36,195
     Transportation equipment                                                              527            860
     Leasehold improvements                                                              9,579          9,802
     Leased equipment under capitalized lease                                              824              -
     Construction in progress                                                            1,847          1,980
                                                                                 -----------------------------

                                                                                       136,436        147,695
     Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                                     15,684         20,824
                                                                                 -----------------------------

Net property, plant and equipment                                                      120,752        126,871
                                                                                 -----------------------------

Other assets

     Investment in and advances to unconsolidated affiliate                                  -         12,862
     Cash in escrow                                                                          -          5,000
     Excess of cost over fair market value of net assets acquired
         (net of accumulated amortization of $2,002 and $2,611,
         respectively)                                                                  22,442         21,582
     Deferred financing costs                                                            2,403          5,014
     Miscellaneous                                                                       1,087          1,289
                                                                                 -----------------------------

Total other assets                                                                      25,932         45,747
                                                                                 -----------------------------

                                                                                   $   160,798   $    190,600
                                                                                 -----------------------------
</TABLE>

See  accompanying  summary  of  significant  accounting  policies  and  notes to
consolidated financial statements.

                                       30
<PAGE>


                   Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                           Consolidated Balance Sheets

                 (In thousands, except share and per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31,                                                                             1998          1999
                                                                                 ---------------------------
<S>                                                                               <C>           <C>
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

Current liabilities

     Current maturities of long-term debt and
         capital lease obligations                                                $       168   $     5,160
     Accounts payable                                                                   6,217        10,210
     Purses due horsemen                                                                  887         2,114
     Uncashed pari-mutuel tickets                                                       1,597         1,351
     Accrued expenses                                                                   1,063         2,694
     Accrued interest                                                                     468           433
     Accrued salaries and wages                                                           752         1,098
     Customer deposits                                                                    548           800
     Taxes, other than income taxes                                                       503         1,491
                                                                                 ---------------------------
Total current liabilities                                                              12,203        25,351
                                                                                 ---------------------------

Long-term liabilities

     Long-term debt and capital lease obligations,
         net of current maturities                                                     78,088        86,053
     Deferred income taxes                                                             11,471        12,924
                                                                                 ---------------------------

Total long-term liabilities                                                            89,559        98,977
                                                                                 ---------------------------

Commitments and contingencies

Shareholders' equity

     Preferred stock, $.01 par value, authorized 1,000,000 shares;
         issued none                                                                        -             -
     Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized 20,000,000 shares;
         issued and outstanding 15,164,080 and 15,314,175, respectively                   152           153
     Treasury stock, 424,700 shares at cost                                            (2,379)       (2,379)
     Additional paid-in capital                                                        38,025        38,527
     Retained earnings                                                                 23,238        29,971
                                                                                 ---------------------------
Total shareholders' equity                                                             59,036        66,272
                                                                                 ---------------------------
                                                                                  $   160,798   $   190,600
                                                                                 ---------------------------
</TABLE>

See  accompanying  summary  of  significant  accounting  policies  and  notes to
consolidated financial statements.

                                       31
<PAGE>


                   Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Subsidiaries
                        Consolidated Statements of Income
                      (In thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31,                                                         1997          1998           1999
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>            <C>
Revenues
     Pari-mutuel revenues

         Live races                                                      $    27,653   $    26,893    $    20,760
         Import simulcasting                                                  59,810        68,136         71,369
         Export simulcasting                                                   5,279         5,810          4,733
     Gaming revenue                                                            5,712        37,396         55,125
     Admissions, programs and other racing revenues                            5,678         6,280          6,256
     Concessions revenues                                                      7,404         9,550         12,117
       Earnings from unconsolidated affiliates                                     -             -          1,098
                                                                      --------------------------------------------

Total revenues                                                               111,536       154,065        171,458
                                                                      --------------------------------------------

Operating expenses

     Purses, stakes and trophies                                              22,335        29,141         31,290
     Direct salaries, payroll taxes and employee benefits                     16,200        19,134         19,519
     Simulcast expenses                                                       12,982        13,809         13,422
     Pari-mutuel taxes                                                         9,506         9,281          8,895
     Lottery taxes and administration                                          1,874        14,749         21,545
     Other direct meet expenses                                               18,087        24,029         22,916
     Concessions expenses                                                      5,605         7,929         11,030
     Other operating expenses                                                  8,735        10,787         13,060
     Horsemen's action expenses                                                    -             -          1,250
     Depreciation and amortization                                             4,040         5,748          8,679
     Litigation settlement                                                         -             -          1,500
     Site development and restructuring charges                                2,437             -            535
                                                                      --------------------------------------------

Total operating expenses                                                     101,801       134,607        153,641
                                                                      --------------------------------------------

Income from operations                                                         9,735        19,458         17,817
                                                                      --------------------------------------------

Other income (expenses)
     Interest (expense)                                                       (4,591)       (8,374)        (8,667)
     Interest income                                                             935           825          1,368
     Other                                                                        (2)          113             (8)
                                                                      --------------------------------------------

Total other (expenses)                                                        (3,658)       (7,436)        (7,307)
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

See  accompanying  summary  of  significant  accounting  policies  and  notes to
consolidated financial statements.

                                       32
<PAGE>


                   Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Subsidiaries
                        Consolidated Statements of Income
                      (In thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31,                                                         1997          1998           1999
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>            <C>
Income before income taxes and extraordinary item                        $     6,077   $    12,022    $    10,510
Taxes on income                                                                2,308         4,519          3,777
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
Income before extraordinary item                                               3,769         7,503          6,733
Extraordinary item
     Loss on early extinguishment of debt,
         net of income taxes of $1,001                                         1,482             -              -
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
Net income                                                               $     2,287   $     7,503    $     6,733
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
Per share data
     Basic
         Income before extraordinary item                                $       .25   $       .50    $       .45
         Extraordinary item                                                      .10             -              -
                                                                      --------------------------------------------

         Net income                                                      $       .15   $       .50    $       .45
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
     Diluted
         Income before extraordinary item                                $       .24   $       .49    $       .44
         Extraordinary item                                                      .09             -              -
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
         Net income                                                      $       .15   $       .49    $       .44
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
Weighted shares outstanding
     Basic                                                                    14,925        15,015         14,837
     Diluted                                                                  15,458        15,374         15,196
</TABLE>

See  accompanying  summary  of  significant  accounting  policies  and  notes to
consolidated financial statements.

                                       33
<PAGE>


                   Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Subsidiaries
                 Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity
                        (In thousands, except share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 Additional
                                                 Common Stock       Treasury        Paid-In         Retained
                                             ----------------------
                                                   Shares   Amount     Stock        Capital         Earnings         Total
                                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>          <C>     <C>          <C>                <C>          <C>
Balance, January 1, 1997                       13,355,290   $  134  $      -     $   14,299         $ 13,448     $ 27,881
Issuance of common stock                        1,725,000       17         -         22,914                -        22,931
Exercise of stock options and warrants             72,290        1         -            154                -           155
Tax benefit related to                                                     -
     stock options exercised                            -        -                      602                -           602
Net income for the year                                 -        -         -              -            2,287         2,287
                                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, December 31, 1997                     15,152,580      152         -         37,969           15,735        53,856
Exercise of stock options and warrants             11,500        -         -             56                -            56
Acquisition of treasury stock                           -        -    (2,379)             -                -        (2,379)
Net income for the year                                 -        -         -              -            7,503         7,503
                                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, December 31, 1998                     15,164,080      152    (2,379)        38,025           23,238        59,036
Exercise of stock options and warrants            150,095        1        -             502                -           503
Net income for the year                                 -        -        -               -            6,733         6,733
                                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, December 31, 1999                     15,314,175   $  153  $ (2,379)    $   38,527         $ 29,971     $  66,272
                                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

See  accompanying  summary  of  significant  accounting  policies  and  notes to
consolidated financial statements.

                                       34
<PAGE>


                   Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Subsidiaries
                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                                 (In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31,                                                         1997          1998           1999
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
     Net income                                                          $     2,287   $     7,503    $     6,733
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
         provided by operating activities
              Depreciation and amortization                                    4,040         5,748          8,679
              Write-off of deferred financing costs                                -           376              -
              Income from unconsolidated affiliates                                -             -         (1,098)
              Extraordinary loss relating to early
                  extinguishment of debt, before income
                  tax benefit                                                  2,483             -              -
              Deferred income taxes (benefit)                                    (97)          390          1,023
              Decrease (increase) in
                  Accounts receivable                                          2,036        (1,583)          (939)
                  Prepaid expenses and other current assets                      111          (690)           338
                  Prepaid income taxes                                        (3,003)        2,144           (229)
                  Miscellaneous other assets                                    (258)         (463)          (202)
              Increase (decrease) in
                  Accounts payable                                             2,339        (1,188)         3,993
                  Purses due horsemen                                         (1,421)          887          1,227
                  Uncashed pari-mutuel tickets                                   168            93           (246)
                  Accrued expenses                                             1,155        (1,364)         1,631
                  Accrued interest                                               225           142            (35)
                  Accrued salaries and wages                                     306           (61)           346
                  Customer deposits                                               50            78            252
                  Taxes, other than income taxes                                 257          (146)           988
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities                                     10,678        11,866         22,461
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
Cash flows from investing activities
     Expenditures for property, plant and equipment                          (29,196)      (22,333)       (13,243)
     Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired                           (18,248)            -              -
     (Increase) in prepaid acquisition costs                                    (176)            -              -
       Investment in and advances to unconsolidated affiliate                      -             -        (11,764)
       Cash in escrow                                                              -             -         (5,000)
       Other                                                                       -             -            251
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
Net cash (used in) investing activities                                      (47,620)      (22,333)       (29,756)
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

See  accompanying  summary  of  significant  accounting  policies  and  notes to
consolidated financial statements.

                                       35
<PAGE>



                   Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Subsidiaries
                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                                 (In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31,                                                         1997          1998           1999
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>            <C>
Cash flows from financing activities
     Proceeds from sale of common stock                                  $    23,086   $        56    $       503
     Acquisition of treasury stock                                                 -        (2,379)             -
     Tax benefit related to stock options exercised                              602             -              -
     Proceeds from long-term debt                                            111,167         9,000         24,350
     Principal payments on long-term debt
         and capital lease obligations                                       (78,348)      (11,080)       (11,393)
     (Increase) in unamortized financing costs                                (3,345)         (158)        (3,557)
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities                           53,162        (4,561)         9,903
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents                          16,220       (15,028)         2,608
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                               5,634        21,854          6,826
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                               $    21,854   $     6,826    $     9,434
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

See  accompanying  summary  of  significant  accounting  policies  and  notes to
consolidated financial statements.

                                       36
<PAGE>

1.      Summary of                 Basis of Presentation
        Significant
        Accounting
        Policies

               The  consolidated  financial  statements  include the accounts of
               Penn National Gaming, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively the
               "Company").    All   significant    intercompany   accounts   and
               transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain prior
               years'  amounts  have been  reclassified  to  conform to the 1999
               presentation.

               Description of Business

               The Company provides pari-mutuel  wagering  opportunities on live
               and  simulcast  thoroughbred  and  harness  horse  races  at  two
               racetracks and ten off-track wagering facilities ("OTWs") located
               in Pennsylvania and pari-mutuel wagering  opportunities and video
               gaming  machines at Charles  Town Races,  the  Company's  Charles
               Town, West Virginia  thoroughbred  racetrack.  The Company's sole
               operating segment is gaming activities.

               At each of its three racetracks, the Company conducts pari-mutuel
               wagering on  thoroughbred  and harness  races from the  Company's
               racetracks and simulcasts from other racetracks. The Company also
               simulcasts  its Penn  National Race Course and Pocono Downs races
               for  wagering  at  other  racetracks  and  OTWs,   including  all
               Pennsylvania   racetracks   and   OTWs  and   locations   outside
               Pennsylvania.  Wagering on Penn  National  Race Course and Pocono
               Downs races and races simulcast from other racetracks also occurs
               through the Company's Pennsylvania  racetracks' telephone account
               betting network.

               Glossary of Terminology

               The following is a listing of  terminology  used  throughout  the
               financial statements:

               The  Company's  racetracks  -  Penn  National  Race  Course  near
               Harrisburg,   Pennsylvania,   Pocono  Downs  near   Wilkes-Barre,
               Pennsylvania  and  Charles  Town  Races  in  Charles  Town,  West
               Virginia.

               Gaming machines - Video lottery terminal and coin operated gaming
               machines.

               OTW - Off-track wagering location.

               Pari-mutuel wagering - All wagering at the Company's  racetracks,
               at the Company's OTWs and all wagering on the Company's  races at
               other racetracks and OTWs.

               Telebet - Telephone account wagering.

               Totalisator  services - Computer services provided to the Company
               by  various  totalisator  companies  for  processing  pari-mutuel
               betting odds and wagering proceeds. 37
<PAGE>

               Pari-mutuel revenues -

               Live races - The Company's share of pari-mutuel  wagering on live
               races within  Pennsylvania  and West Virginia and certain  stakes
               races from racetracks  outside of Pennsylvania  and West Virginia
               after payment of the amount returned as winning wagers.

               Import  simulcasting  - The  Company's  share of  wagering at the
               Company's  racetracks,  at the  Company's  OTWs and by Telebet on
               full cards of races simulcast from other racetracks.

               Export   simulcasting  -  The  Company's  share  of  wagering  at
               out-of-state locations on live races conducted by the Company.

               Gaming revenue - The Company's  share of net winnings from gaming
               wins and losses.

A summary of pari-mutuel wagering for the periods indicated is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   Year ended December 31,                     1997           1998           1999
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                      (in thousands)
<S>                                     <C>           <C>            <C>
   Pari-mutuel wagering on
       the Company's live races         $   128,090   $    122,686   $     96,238
   Pari-mutuel wagering on
       simulcasting
       Import simulcasting from
            other racetracks                298,459        336,191        345,650
       Export simulcasting to out
            of Pennsylvania
            wagering facilities             176,287        194,772        159,175
                                     ---------------------------------------------
   Total pari-mutuel wagering           $   602,836   $    653,649   $    601,063
                                     ---------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

    Racing Meet

    The racing  seasons  for the past three years
    consisted  of the  following  number  of live
    race days:

  Year ended December 31,          1997          1998            1999
  --------------------------------------------------------------------
  Penn National Race Course         212           206             153
  Pocono Downs                      134           135             130
  Charles Town Races                159           206             213
                                       38
<PAGE>

               Depreciation and Amortization

               Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and amortization of
               leasehold  improvements are computed by the straight-line  method
               at rates adequate to allocate the cost of applicable  assets over
               their estimated  useful lives.  Depreciation and amortization for
               the years ended  1997,  1998 and 1999,  amounted  to  $3,193,000,
               $4,705,000, and $7,124,000, respectively.

               The  excess of cost over fair  value of net  assets  acquired  is
               being  amortized  on the  straight-line  method over a forty-year
               period. Amortization expense for 1997, 1998 and 1999, amounted to
               $578,000,  $613,000,  and  $609,000,  respectively.  The  Company
               evaluates the recoverability of the goodwill  quarterly,  or more
               frequently  whenever  events and  circumstances  warrant  revised
               estimates and considers whether the goodwill should be completely
               or partially written off or the amortization period accelerated.

               The Company  reviews the carrying  values of its  long-lived  and
               identifiable  intangible assets for possible  impairment whenever
               events or changes in  circumstances  indicates  that the carrying
               amount of the assets may not be recoverable based on undiscounted
               estimated  future  operating cash flows. As of December 31, 1999,
               the Company has determined that no impairment has occurred.

               Income Taxes

               The Company  recognizes  deferred tax  liabilities and assets for
               the  expected  future tax  consequences  of events that have been
               recognized in the Company's financial  statements or tax returns.
               Under  this  method,  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  assets are
               determined   based  on  the  difference   between  the  financial
               statement   carrying   amounts   and  tax  bases  of  assets  and
               liabilities  using  enacted  tax  rates in effect in the years in
               which the differences are expected to reverse.

               Customer Deposits

               Customer  deposits  represent  amounts  held by the  Company  for
               telephone wagering.

               Cash and Cash Equivalents

               The  Company  considers  all  cash  balances  and  highly  liquid
               investments  with original  maturities of three months or less to
               be cash equivalents.

               Net Income Per Common Share

               Basic net income per share includes no dilution and is calculated
               by dividing net income by the weighted  average  number of common
               shares outstanding for the period.  Dilutive net income per share
               reflects the potential dilution of securities that could share in
               the net income of the Company  which consist of stock options and
               warrants (using the treasury stock method).

               Deferred Financing Costs

               Deferred  financing  costs  which are  incurred by the Company in
               connection  with debt are charged to operations  over the life of
               the underlying indebtedness using the interest
                                       39
<PAGE>

               method adjusted to give effect to any early repayments.  In 1999,
               the  Company  paid a consent  fee to the  holders of its  10.625%
               Senior  Notes in the amount of  $2,243,000  for  approval  of its
               investment  in  the  New  Jersey  Joint  Venture  (see  Note  3).
               Amortization of deferred financing costs for 1997, 1998 and 1999,
               amounted to $269,000, $430,000, and $946,000, respectively.

               Concentration of Credit Risk

               Financial  instruments which  potentially  subject the Company to
               credit risk consist of cash equivalents and accounts receivable.

               The Company's policy is to limit the amount of credit exposure to
               any  one  financial   institution  and  place   investments  with
               financial  institutions  evaluated as being  creditworthy,  or in
               short-term money market and tax-free bond funds which are exposed
               to minimal  interest  rate and credit risk. At December 31, 1999,
               the Company had bank deposits  which exceeded  federally  insured
               limits by approximately  $5,235,000 and money market and tax-free
               bond funds of  approximately  $400,000.  Concentration  of credit
               risk, with respect to accounts receivable,  is limited due to the
               Company's credit evaluation process. The Company does not require
               collateral from its customers.  The Company's receivables consist
               principally of amounts due from other  racetracks and their OTWs.
               Historically,  the  Company  has  not  incurred  any  significant
               credit-related losses.

               Fair Value of Financial Instruments

               The following  methods and  assumptions  are used to estimate the
               fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is
               practical to estimate.

               Cash and Cash Equivalents:  The carrying amount  approximates the
               fair value due to the short maturity of the cash equivalents.

               Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease  Obligations:  The fair value of
               the Company's  long-term  debt and capital lease  obligations  is
               estimated  based  on the  quoted  market  prices  for the same or
               similar issues or on the current rates offered to the Company for
               debt  of the  same  remaining  maturities.  The  carrying  amount
               approximates  fair  value  since  the  Company's  interest  rates
               approximate current interest rates.

               Use of Estimates

               The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with
               generally accepted  accounting  principles requires management to
               make estimates and assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts
               of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and
               liabilities  at the  date  of the  financial  statements  and the
               reported amounts of revenue and expenses at the reporting period.
               Actual results could differ from those estimates.

               Recent Accounting Pronouncements

               In June 1998,  the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued
               Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting
               for Derivative  Instruments" ("SFAS 133 as amended by SFAS 137").
               SFAS 137 delays the effective date of  implementation of SFAS 133
               by one year. SFAS 133 establishes accounting and
                                       40

<PAGE>

               reporting  standards for derivative  instruments  and for hedging
               activities.  SFAS  133  requires  that an  entity  recognize  all
               derivatives  as either  assets or  liabilities  and measure those
               instruments at fair market value. Presently, the Company does not
               use  derivative  instruments  either in hedging  activities or as
               investments.  Accordingly,  the Company believes that adoption of
               SFAS 133 will have no impact on its financial position or results
               of operations.

               The  Company  has no  comprehensive  income  items as  defined in
               Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 130, "Reporting
               Comprehensive Income".

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

2.      Long-Term Debt             Long-term debt and capital lease obligations are as follows:
        and Capital Lease
        Obligations

                                  December 31,                                                1998         1999
                                                                                      --------------------------
                                                                                                 (In thousands)
<S>                               <C>                                                    <C>          <C>

                                  Long-term debt
                                       $80 million Senior Notes,

                                         due December 15, 2004 with interest at
                                         10.625% per annum payable semi-annually.
                                         The notes are unsecured and are
                                         unconditionally guaranteed by certain
                                         subsidiaries of the Company.
                                                                                         $  69,000    $  69,000

                                       Revolving credit facility payable to a bank
                                         group (see additional information below
                                         under Credit Facilities).                           9,000       12,900

                                       Term loan payable to a bank group due
                                         on December 31, 2002 with interest at
                                         various rates. This note is secured by certain
                                         assets of the Company (see additional
                                         information below  under Term Loan).                    -        9,100

                                       Other notes payable                                     246          213

                                  Capital lease obligations                                     10            -
                                                                                      --------------------------
                                                                                            78,256       91,213
                                  Less current maturities                                      168        5,160
                                                                                      --------------------------
                                                                                         $  78,088    $  86,053
                                                                                      --------------------------
</TABLE>

               Credit Facilities

               On January 28, 1999, the Company entered into a second  amendment
               and restatement of the Credit Facility.  The Credit Facility,  as
               amended,  provides for a $20 million  revolving  credit facility,
               including a $3 million  sublimit  for standby  letters of credit,
               which matures in December 2002 and a $5 million term loan.  Under
               the  terms  of the  Credit  Facility,  as  amended,  the  Company
               borrowed an additional  $11.5 million,  of which $11.2 million of
               the  proceeds  was used to  finance  its share of the New  Jersey
               Joint  Venture  (see Note 3). The  revolving  credit  facility is
               secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company, except
               for the assets of the Charles Town facility. The revolving credit
               facility  provides for certain  covenants,  including  those of a
               financial  nature.  The $5.0  million  term  loan was  repaid  on
               December 16, 1999. 41
<PAGE>

               At the Company's option, the revolving facility may bear interest
               at the highest of: (1) 1/2 of 1% in excess of the federal reserve
               reported  certificate of deposit rate, (2) the rate that the bank
               group  announces  from time to time as its prime lending rate and
               (3)  1/2 of 1% in  excess  of the  federal  funds  rate  plus  an
               applicable margin of up to 2% or the revolving  facility may also
               bear  interest  at a rate  tied  to a  eurodollar  rate  plus  an
               applicable margin of up to 3%. The outstanding  amount under this
               credit  facility as of December 31, 1999 was $12.9  million at an
               interest rate of 8.93%.

               Mandatory repayments of the revolving facility are required in an
               amount equal to a percentage  of the net cash  proceeds  from any
               issuance or  incurrence  of equity or funded debt by the Company,
               that percentage to be dependent upon the then outstanding balance
               of the  revolving  facility  and the  Company's  leverage  ratio.
               Mandatory  repayments of varying percentages are also required in
               the event of either asset sales in excess of  stipulated  amounts
               or defined excess cash flow.

               At December  31,  1999,  the Company was  contingently  obligated
               under letters of credit with face amounts aggregating $2,015,000.
               This  amount  includes  $1,786,000  relating  to  the  horsemens'
               account  balances,  and  $100,000  for  Pennsylvania  pari-mutuel
               taxes.

               Term Loan

               On December  13, 1999 the Company  entered  into a $20.0  million
               Senior  Secured  Multiple  Draw Term Loan with Bank of America as
               Agent for a bank  group.  The term loan is payable  in  quarterly
               installments of $1.3 million principal plus interest. The loan is
               secured by gaming  equipment and improvements at the Charles Town
               Entertainment  Complex. At the Company's option the term loan may
               bear  interest  at the  highest of  (1)1/2of  1% in excess of the
               federal  reserve  reported  certificate  of deposit rate, (2) the
               rate that the bank group announces from time to time as its prime
               lending rate and (3)1/2of 1% in excess of the federal  funds rate
               plus an applicable margin of up to 1.75% or the facility may also
               bear  interest  at a rate  tied  to a  eurodollar  rate  plus  an
               applicable  margin of up to 2.75%.  The outstanding  amount under
               this credit facility as of December 31, 1999 was $ 9.1 million at
               an interest rate of 8.91%.

               Debt Offering

               On December 12, 1997, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries
               (as  guarantors)  entered into a purchase  agreement for the sale
               and issuance of  $80,000,000  aggregate  principal  amount of its
               10.625% Senior Notes due 2004 (the "Offering").  The net proceeds
               of the Offering were used for repayment of existing indebtedness,
               for  capital  expenditures  and for general  corporate  purposes.
               Interest  on the notes will  accrue  from their date of  original
               issuance  (the "Issue  Date") and will be payable  semi-annually,
               and commenced in 1998. The notes will be redeemable,  in whole or
               in part,  at the option of the Company in 2001 or  thereafter  at
               the redemption prices set forth in the Offering, plus accrued and
               unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

               The notes are general unsecured senior obligations of the Company
               and rank  equally in right of payment to any  existing and future
               unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company and senior in right of
               payment with
                                       42
<PAGE>

               all existing and future subordinated indebtedness of the Company.
               The notes are unconditionally  guaranteed (the "Guarantees") on a
               senior basis by certain of the  Company's  existing  subsidiaries
               (the  "Subsidiary   Guarantors").   The  Guarantees  are  general
               unsecured  obligations  of the  Subsidiary  Guarantors  and  rank
               equally in right of payment to any unsubordinated indebtedness of
               the Subsidiary  Guarantors and rank senior in right of payment to
               all other subordinated  obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors.
               The notes are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all
               secured  indebtedness  of  the  Company,  including  indebtedness
               incurred under the amended $20 million revolving credit facility.

               On September 3, 1998, the Company  repurchased $11 million of the
               10.625%  Senior Notes due 2004 at 97.25% of the principal  amount
               ($10,697,500)  plus accrued interest of $253,229 in public market
               trading.  In conjunction  with the  repurchase of the notes,  the
               Company   recorded  a  write-off  of  deferred   financing  costs
               associated   with  this  portion  of  the  long-term   debt.  The
               extinguishment  of these notes did not result in any material net
               loss.

                                   The following is a schedule of future minimum
                                   repayments  of long-term  debt as of December
                                   31, 1999:

                                  December 31,

                                                               (In thousands)

                                      2000                       $      5,160
                                      2001                              4,138
                                      2002                             12,915
                                      2003                                  -
                                      2004                             69,000
                                                                 -------------
                                  Total minimum payments               91,213
                                  Current maturities                    5,160
                                                                 -------------
                                  Total noncurrent maturities    $     86,053
                                                                 -------------

3.      Commitments
        and
        Contingencies

               Operating Agreements

               In November 1997, the Company signed a new  Totalisator  services
               and equipment  agreement for all of its  subsidiaries.  Effective
               November 1, 1999 the terms of the  contract  were amended and the
               contract was extended through May 31, 2005. The amended agreement
               provides for annual  payments based on a specified  percentage of
               the total  amount  wagered at the  Company's  facilities  with no
               minimum annual payment.

               The Company is also liable under  numerous  operating  leases for
               automobiles,  other equipment and buildings, which expire through
               2004.  Total rental expense under these  agreements was $807,000,
               $1,169,000, and $1,296,000 for the years ended December 31, 1997,
               1998, and 1999, respectively.

                                   The  future  lease  commitments  relating  to
                                   noncancelable operating leases as of December
                                   31, 1999 are as follows:

                                                                 (In thousands)

                                      2000                          $   1,468
                                      2001                              1,387
                                      2002                              1,218
                                      2003                              1,124
                                      2004                              1,069
                                        Thereafter                      1,794
                                                                      --------
                                                                    $   8,060
                                                                      --------
                                       43

<PAGE>

               On February 26, 1996,  the Company  entered into a joint  venture
               agreement   (the  "Charles  Town  Joint   Venture")  with  Bryant
               Development Company and its affiliates ("Bryant"),  the holder of
               an option to purchase  substantially all of the assets of Charles
               Town Racing  Limited  Partnership  and Charles  Town Races,  Inc.
               (together,  "Charles  Town")  relating to the  Charles  Town Race
               Track  and  Shenandoah   Downs   (together,   the  "Charles  Town
               Entertainment  Complex")  in  Jefferson  County,  West  Virginia.
               Bryant had acquired its option from  Showboat  Operating  Company
               ("Showboat").  Showboat  has  retained an option  (the  "Showboat
               Option") to operate any casino at the Charles Town  Entertainment
               Complex in return for a management  fee (to be  negotiated at the
               time, based on rates payable for similar  properties) and a right
               of first  refusal to  purchase or lease the site of any casino at
               the Charles Town  Entertainment  Complex proposed to be leased or
               sold and to purchase any interest proposed to be sold in any such
               casino on the same terms  offered by a third  party or  otherwise
               negotiated  with the  Charles  Town  Joint  Venture.  The  rights
               retained  by  Showboat  under the  Showboat  Option  extend for a
               period of five years  from  November  6, 1996,  the date that the
               Charles Town Joint  Venture  exercised its option to purchase the
               Charles Town Races, and expires  thereafter unless legislation to
               permit  casino gaming at the Charles Town  Entertainment  Complex
               has been adopted  prior to the end of the  five-year  period.  If
               such  legislation  has been adopted prior to such time,  then the
               rights of Showboat  continue for a reasonable time (not less than
               24 months) to permit completion of negotiations.

               While the  express  terms of the  Showboat  Option do not specify
               which activities at the Charles Town Entertainment  Complex would
               constitute  operation  of a casino,  Showboat has agreed that the
               installation  and  operation  of  gaming  devices  linked  to the
               lottery  (like the gaming  machines the Company has installed and
               will  continue  to install)  at the  Charles  Town  Entertainment
               Complex's   racetrack  would  not  trigger  Showboat's  right  to
               exercise the Showboat Option.

               Pursuant  to the terms of the  Pocono  Downs  purchase  agreement
               dated  November 27, 1996, the Company will be required to pay the
               sellers of Pocono Downs an additional $10 million if, within five
               years after the  consummation  of the Pocono  Downs  acquisition,
               Pennsylvania  authorizes any  additional  form of gaming in which
               the Company may  participate.  The $10 million  payment  would be
               payable  in annual  installments  of $2 million  for five  years,
               beginning  on  the  date  that  the  Company  first  offers  such
               additional form of gaming.

               Profit Sharing Plans

               The Company has a profit  sharing  plan under the  provisions  of
               Section  401(k) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  called The Penn
               National  Gaming,  Inc.  Profit  Sharing Plan (the "Penn National
               401(k)  Plan")  that  cover all  eligible  employees  who are not
               members of a bargaining unit. The plan enables employees choosing
               to participate to defer a portion of their salary in a retirement
               fund  to  be   administered   by  the  Company.   The   Company's
               contributions  to the Penn National 401(k) Plan are set at 50% of
               employees  elective  salary  deferrals  which may be made up to a
               maximum of 6% of  employee  compensation  for  employees  of Penn
               National  Race Course and Pocono  Downs.  Charles Town  employees
               receive an annual  employer  contribution  based on an allocation
               formula  that  is  derived  from  a  total   retirement   expense
               calculated  as .25% of the daily mutual handle and .5% of the net
               44

<PAGE>

               video lottery  revenues.  The Company made  contributions  to the
               plan of approximately  $145,000,  $172,000 and $169,000,  for the
               years ended December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively.

               The  Company  also has a defined  contribution  plan  called  the
               Charles  Town  Races  Future  Service  Retirement  Plan  covering
               substantially  all of its union  employees.  Charles  Town  makes
               monthly  contributions equal to the amount accrued for retirement
               expense,  which is  calculated as .25% of the daily mutual handle
               and .5% of the net video lottery  revenues.  Total  contributions
               for the  years  ended  December  31,  1997,  1998 and  1999  were
               $114,000, $185,000 and $239,000, respectively.

               OTW and Operating Facilities

               On  July On July  14,  1998,  the  Company  entered  into a lease
               agreement for an OTW facility in East  Stroudsburg.  The lease is
               for approximately 14,000 square feet at the Eagle's Glen Shopping
               Plaza located in East Stroudsburg, Pennsylvania. The initial term
               of the  lease  is for ten  years  with two  additional  five-year
               renewal  options  available.  On  November  6, 1998,  the Company
               submitted  its  application  for  approval  by  the  Pennsylvania
               Harness  Racing  Commission.   The  Pennsylvania  Harness  Racing
               Commission  approved the  application  on February 23, 1999.  The
               Company  was denied  building  and  zoning  permits by the zoning
               office of the  Borough  of East  Stroudsburg  and  filed  suit on
               November  13, 1998 to obtain the permits.  On May 17,  1999,  the
               Court of Common  Pleas of  Monroe  County  granted  a  peremptory
               judgment in favor of the  Company  that  directed  the Borough of
               East  Stroudsburg  and its zoning  officer to issue the  required
               building and zoning  permits to construct the OTW  facility.  The
               Company  started  construction  on the  $2  million  facility  in
               February 2000 with a projected opening date in the second quarter
               of 2000.

               On March 23,  1999,  the Company  entered  into a new  four-year,
               nine-month  purse  agreement with the  Horsemen's  Benevolent and
               Protection  Association,  which  represents  the  horsemen at the
               Company's  Penn  National  Race Course  facility  in  Grantville,
               Pennsylvania. The agreement ended an action by the horsemen which
               began on  February  16,  and  caused  the  Company  to close Penn
               National Race Course and its six affiliated  OTWs. As a result of
               the  action  the  Company  incurred  a  non-recurring  $1,250,000
               expense,  primarily  related to costs  incurred to  maintain  the
               closed  facilities  inclusive of employee salaries and rents, for
               Horsemen's Action Expense. The initial term of the agreement ends
               on January 1, 2004 and automatically  renews for another two year
               period, without change, unless notice is given by either party at
               least ninety days prior to the end of the initial term. 45
<PAGE>
               On June 30,  1999,  all the race  tracks  in West  Virginia  (the
               "Tracks"),   entered  into  a  hardware  and  software   purchase
               agreement (the  "Agreement") with  International  Game Technology
               ("IGT"),  for the purchase of a new video lottery central control
               computer  system.  The  aggregate  cost of the new system is $5.5
               million of which PNGI Charles Town Gaming LLC is obligated to pay
               $1.4 million.  On July 22, 1999, the Company submitted a check in
               the amount of $257,000 as the initial deposit and issued a letter
               of credit in the amount of  $1,156,000  to secure  the  remaining
               payments  due. In  addition,  the Tracks  agreed to  collectively
               acquire from IGT at least one thousand video lottery terminals by
               September  30,  1999.   (Charles  Town  is  to  acquire  400  new
               terminals).  The Agreement also requires each track to pay to IGT
               the sum of $7.50 per  terminal,  per day for each  video  lottery
               terminal  offering  progressive  games  operated  through the IGT
               central  system.  Installation  of the  new  central  system  was
               substantially complete on December 31, 1999.

               On December 17, 1999,  the Company  entered into a new three-year
               purse  agreement  with  the   Pennsylvania   Harness   Horsemen's
               Association,  Inc.  which  represents the owners,  trainers,  and
               drivers at the  Company's  The Downs  Racing,  Inc.  facility  in
               Wilkes-Barre,  Pennsylvania.  The contract term begins on January
               16, 2000 and ends on January 15, 2003.

               Mississippi Agreement

               On December 10,  1999,  the Company  entered into two  definitive
               agreements  to  purchase  all of the assets of the  Casino  Magic
               hotel,  casino, golf resort,  recreational  vehicle (RV) park and
               marina in Bay St.  Louis,  Mississippi  and the  Boomtown  Biloxi
               casino in Biloxi, Mississippi, from Pinnacle Entertainment,  Inc.
               formerly  Hollywood Park, Inc.  (NYSE:PNK) for $195 million which
               are contingent  upon each other.  In addition to acquiring all of
               the operating  assets and related  operations of the Casino Magic
               Bay St. Louis and Boomtown  Biloxi  properties,  the Company will
               enter into a licensing  agreement  to use the Boomtown and Casino
               Magic  names  and marks at the  properties  being  acquired.  The
               transaction is subject to certain  closing  conditions  including
               the approval of the Mississippi Gaming Commission,  financing and
               expiration of the applicable Hart-Scott-Rodino waiting period. As
               part of the  agreement,  the Company paid a deposit of $5 million
               to an escrow account,  which is refundable if certain  conditions
               are  not  met.  In  connection  with  financing  the  Mississippi
               acquisition,  the  Company  will  explore a number  of  financing
               alternatives,   which  may  include  repaying  or  redeeming  its
               existing debt.

               New Jersey Joint Venture

               On January 28,  1999,  pursuant to a First  Amendment to an Asset
               Purchase  Agreement  by and  among  Greenwood  New  Jersey,  Inc.
               ("Greenwood"),  International  Thoroughbred Breeders Inc., Garden
               State Race Track,  Inc.,  Freehold Racing  Association,  Atlantic
               City Harness,  Inc. and Circa 1850, Inc., the original parties to
               an Asset Purchase  Agreement entered into as of July 2, 1998, and
               the Company (the "Agreement"),  and pursuant to which the Company
               entered  into a joint  venture  ("Joint  Venture"),  the Company,
               along  with its  Joint  Venture  partner,  Greenwood,  agreed  to
               purchase  certain  assets  of the  Garden  State  Race  Track and
               Freehold Raceway, both located in New Jersey (the "Acquisition").
                                       46
<PAGE>

               The purchase  price for the  Acquisition  was  approximately  $46
               million  (subject to reduction  of certain  disputed  items,  for
               which  amounts have been placed in escrow).  The  purchase  price
               consisted of $23 million in cash and $23 million  pursuant to two
               deferred  purchase  price  promissory  notes in the amount of $22
               million and $1 million  each. On July 29, 1999,  after  receiving
               the necessary approvals from the New Jersey Racing Commission and
               the  necessary  consents  from the holders of its 10.625%  Senior
               Notes due 2004, Series B, the Company completed its investment in
               the Joint Venture,  pursuant to which  Pennwood,  Inc. was formed
               with  Greenwood New Jersey,  Inc. (a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of
               Greenwood  Racing,  Inc.  the  owner of  Philadelphia  Park  Race
               Track).  Pursuant  to the Joint  Venture  Agreement,  the Company
               agreed to guarantee severally: (i) up to 50% of the obligation of
               the Joint Venture under its Put Option  Agreement ($17.5 million)
               with Credit  Suisse First Boston  Mortgage  Capital LLC ("CSFB");
               (ii) up to 50% of the Joint Venture obligation for the seven year
               lease at Garden State Park;  (iii) up to 50% of the Joint Venture
               obligation to International  Thoroughbred Breeders,  Inc. for the
               contingent  purchase price notes ($10.0 million)  relating to the
               operation,  subject to passage by the New Jersey legislature,  by
               the Joint Venture of OTWs and telephone  wagering accounts in New
               Jersey. In conjunction with the closing, the Company entered into
               a Debt Service Maintenance Agreement with Commerce Bank, N.A. for
               the  funding  of a $23.0  million  credit  facility  to the Joint
               Venture.  The  Joint  Venture  Agreement  provides  for a limited
               obligation of the Company of $11.5 million subject to limitations
               provided for in the Company's 10.625% Senior Notes Indenture. The
               Company's  investment in the Joint Venture is accounted for under
               the equity method,  original investments are recorded at cost and
               adjusted by the Company's  share of income or losses of the Joint
               Venture.  The income from July 30, 1999 through December 31, 1999
               of the Joint  Venture is included  in earnings of  unconsolidated
               affiliates in the accompanying  Consolidated Statements of Income
               for the year ended December 31, 1999.

                                     Summarized  balance sheet  information  for
                                     the Joint  Venture as of December  31, 1999
                                     is as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                                                 <C>
                                 Current assets                                       $    7,324
                                 Property, plant and equipment, net                       30,786
                                 Other                                                    18,158
                                                                                    -------------
                                 Total assets                                         $   56,268
                                                                                    =============
                                 Current liabilities                                  $    7,453
                                 Long-term liabilities                                    46,221
                                 Members' equity                                           2,594
                                                                                    -------------
                                 Total liabilities and members' equity                $   56,268
                                                                                    =============

</TABLE>
                                       47
<PAGE>



                                    Summarized  results  of  operations  of  the
                                    unconsolidated  Joint Venture (commencing on
                                    July 30,  1999) for the year ended  December
                                    31, 1999 is as follows (in thousands):

                                 Revenues                      $   27,982
                                                             -------------
                                 Operating expenses                23,005
                                                             -------------
                                 EBITDA*                            4,977
                                                             -------------
                                 Net Income                         2,196
                                                             -------------

     * Earnings before interest, depreciation, taxes, and amortization.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

4.      Income Taxes              The provision for income taxes charged to operations was as follows:

                                  Year ended December 31,                        1997         1998         1999
                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 (in thousands)
<S>                               <C>                                       <C>          <C>          <C>
                                  Current tax expense

                                      Federal                               $   2,006    $   3,374    $   2,759
                                      State                                       399          755          108
                                                                              ----------------------------------
                                  Total current                                 2,405        4,129        2,867
                                                                              ----------------------------------
                                  Deferred tax expense (benefit)
                                      Federal                                     (56)         378         (317)
                                      State                                       (41)          12        1,227
                                                                              ----------------------------------
                                  Total deferred                                  (97)         390          910
                                                                              ----------------------------------
                                  Total provision                           $   2,308    $   4,519    $   3,777
                                                                              ----------------------------------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following:

                                  December 31,                                                1998         1999
                                                                                      --------------------------
<S>                               <C>                                                    <C>          <C>
                                  Deferred tax assets
                                      Reserve for debit balances of
                                      horsemens' accounts, bad debts
                                      restructuring charges and
                                      litigation                                         $     458    $     888
                                                                                      --------------------------
                                  Deferred tax liabilities
                                      Property, plant and equipment                      $  11,471    $  12,924
                                                                                      --------------------------

</TABLE>

                                       48
<PAGE>



The following is a  reconciliation  of the statutory  federal income tax rate to
the actual effective income tax rate for the following periods:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  Year ended December 31,                            1997       1998       1999
                                                                             --------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
                                  Percent of pretax income
                                      Federal tax rate                               34.0 %     34.0 %     34.0 %
                                      Increase in taxes resulting from
                                           state and local income taxes,
                                           net of federal tax benefit                 3.9        4.2        2.0
                                      Permanent difference relating to
                                           amortization of goodwill                    .9         .4         .2
                                      Other miscellaneous items                       (.8)      (1.0)       (.3)
                                                                             --------------------------------------
                                                                                     38.0 %     37.6 %     35.9 %
                                                                             --------------------------------------
</TABLE>

5.      Supplemental
        Disclosures of
        Cash Flow
        Information

                    Cash  paid  during  the year for  interest  was  $4,346,000,
                    $8,192,000   and   $8,742,000   in  1997,   1998  and  1999,
                    respectively.

                    Cash paid during the year for income  taxes was  $3,649,000,
                    $4,207,000,   and   $2,970,000  in  1997,   1998  and  1999,
                    respectively.


     6. Common  Stock

                    On February  18,  1997,  the  Company  completed a secondary
                    public offering of 1,725,000 shares of its common stock. The
                    net  proceeds of $23 million were used to reduce $19 million
                    of the  Term  Loan  amounts  outstanding  under  the  Credit
                    Facility  with the balance of the proceeds used to finance a
                    portion of the cost of the refurbishment of the Charles Town
                    Entertainment Complex (see Note 2 for Acquisitions).

                    In 1998, the Company  purchased 424,700 shares of its common
                    stock in public  market  trading.  The  total  cost of these
                    transactions  was  $2,378,465  or $5.60  per  share  average
                    price.

                    In  April  1994,  the  Company's   Board  of  Directors  and
                    shareholders adopted and approved the Stock Option Plan (the
                    "Plan").  On April 30, 1997, the  shareholders and the Board
                    of   Directors   approved  an  increase  in  the  number  of
                    authorized  shares  underlying  stock  options to be granted
                    from  1,290,000 to  2,000,000  shares.  Therefore,  the Plan
                    permits  the grant of options to  purchase  up to  2,000,000
                    shares of Common Stock, subject to antidilution adjustments,
                    at a price per  share no less  than 100% of the fair  market
                    value of the  Common  Stock on the date an option is granted
                    with  respect to incentive  stock  options  only.  The price
                    would be no less than 110% of fair market  value in the case
                    of an incentive  stock option  granted to any individual who
                    owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all
                    classes of  outstanding  stock.  The Plan  provides  for the
                    granting of both incentive stock options intended to qualify
                    under Section 422 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, and
                    nonqualified  stock options which do not so qualify.  Unless
                    the Plan is  terminated  earlier by the Board of  Directors,
                    the Plan will terminate in April 2004.

                                       49
<PAGE>

                    Stock  options  that  expire  between  August  20,  2000 and
                    January 4, 2009 have been granted to officers and  directors
                    to purchase  Common  Stock at prices  ranging  from $3.33 to
                    $17.63 per share.  All options and warrants  were granted at
                    market prices at date of grant. The following table contains
                    information  on stock options  issued under the Plan for the
                    three-year period ended December 31, 1999:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          Exercise
                                                     Option            Price Range      Average
                                                     Shares              Per Share        Price

                                                 ------------------------------------------------
<S>               <C>                              <C>             <C>                    <C>

                  Outstanding at
                      January 1, 1997                979,750       $  3.33 to 17.63       $ 9.10
                  Granted                            100,000         11.50 to 16.63        15.59
                  Exercised                          (39,250)          3.33 to 5.63         4.01
                                                 ------------------------------------------------
                  Outstanding at
                      December 31, 1997            1,040,500          3.33 to 17.63         7.31
                  Granted                            195,000          6.44 to 15.50         9.06
                  Exercised                          (11,500)          3.33 to 5.63         4.88
                  Canceled                           (39,500)         5.63 to 15.50        13.36
                                                 ------------------------------------------------
                  Outstanding at
                      December 31, 1998            1,184,500          3.33 to 17.63         9.50
                  Granted                            144,500           6.88 to 9.13         6.98
                  Exercised                          (27,000)                  5.63         5.63
                  Canceled                           (31,750)         5.63 to 15.50        13.40
                                                 ------------------------------------------------
                  Outstanding at
                        December 31, 1999          1,270,250       $  3.33 to 17.63       $ 7.27
                                                 ------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                    In addition, 300,000 Common Stock options were issued to the
                    Chairman outside the Plan on October 23, 1996. These options
                    were issued at $17.63 per share and are exercisable  through
                    October 23, 2006.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   Exercisable at year-end:
                                                                                       Exercise        Weighted

                                                                Option              Price Range         Average
                                                                Shares                Per Share           Price

                                                          ------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>                        <C>          <C>                     <C>
                                  1997                         653,833    $       3.33 to 17.63   $        7.08
                                  1998                       1,034,666            3.33 to 17.63            8.36
                                  1999                       1,242,625            3.33 to 17.63            9.49
                                                          ------------------------------------------------------

                                  Options available for future grant:                                1994 Plan
                                                                                                  -------------
                                  1999                                                                 541,750
                                                                                                  -------------

</TABLE>

                                       50
<PAGE>



                    The  following  table  summarizes  information  about  stock
                    options outstanding at December 31, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 Ranges                 Total
                                                                    --------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>                                 <C>           <C>             <C>

                                                                             $3.33          $5.58         $3.33
                                  Range of exercise prices                to $5.50      to $17.63     to $17.63
                                                                    --------------------------------------------

                                  Outstanding options
                                      Number outstanding at
                                           December 31, 1999               637,250        933,000     1,570,250
                                      Weighted average remaining
                                           contractual life (years)           3.84           5.94          5.09
                                      Weighted average exercise
                                           price                      $       3.84  $       12.94   $      9.25

                                  Exercisable options
                                      Number outstanding at
                                           December 31, 1999               637,250        605,375     1,242,625
                                      Weighted average exercise
                                           price                      $       3.84  $       15.44   $      9.49
</TABLE>

                    Warrants were granted to the  underwriters  of the Company's
                    initial  public  offering  at a price of $4.00 per share and
                    were all  exercised  prior to  their  expiration  on June 2,
                    1999.

                                  A summary of the warrant transactions follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      Exercise
                                                                                         Price         Weighted
                                                                       Warrant           Range          Average
                                                                        Shares       Per Share            Price
                                                                   ---------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>                                  <C>            <C>              <C>
                                  Warrants outstanding at
                                      January 1, 1997                  195,000        $   4.00         $   4.00
                                  Warrants exercised                   (43,000)           4.00             4.00
                                                                   ---------------------------------------------

                                  Warrants outstanding at
                                      December 31, 1997                152,000            4.00             4.00
                                  Warrants exercised                    (3,000)           4.00             4.00
                                                                   ---------------------------------------------

                                  Warrants outstanding
                                      at December 31, 1998             149,000            4.00             4.00
                                  Warrants exercised                  (149,000)           4.00             4.00
                                                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                  Warrants outstanding at
                                           December 31, 1999                 -
                                                                   ---------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                    During  1995,  the  Financial   Accounting  Standards  Board
                    adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123,
                    "Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation"  ("SFAS  123"),
                    which has recognition provisions that establish a fair value
                    based  method  of  accounting   for   stock-based   employee
                    compensation   plans  and  established  fair  value  as  the
                    measurement  basis  for  transactions  in  which  an  entity
                                       51
<PAGE>

                    acquires goods or services from nonemployees in exchange for
                    equity  instruments.  SFAS 123 also has  certain  disclosure
                    provisions.  Adoption of the recognition  provisions of SFAS
                    123 with regard to these  transactions with nonemployees was
                    required  for  all  such  transactions  entered  into  after
                    December 15, 1994, and the Company adopted these  provisions
                    as required.  The  recognition  provision with regard to the
                    fair  value  based  method  of  accounting  for  stock-based
                    employee   compensation   plans  is   optional.   Accounting
                    Principles  Board  Opinion  No.  25,  "Accounting  for Stock
                    Issued to Employers" ("APB 25"), uses what is referred to as
                    an intrinsic  value based method of accounting.  The Company
                    has decided to continue to apply APB 25 for its  stock-based
                    employee   compensation   arrangements.    Accordingly,   no
                    compensation cost has been recognized. Had compensation cost
                    for the Company's employee stock option plan been determined
                    based on the fair value at the grant  date for awards  under
                    the  plan  consistent  with  the  method  of SFAS  123,  the
                    Company's  net income  and net  income per share  would have
                    been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

    Year ended December 31,                 1997            1998           1999
                                ------------------------------------------------
    Net income
             As reported           $   2,287,000   $   7,503,000   $  6,733,000
             Pro forma                 1,660,000       6,827,000      6,143,000
    Basic net income
        per share
             As reported           $         .15   $         .50   $        .45
             Pro forma                       .11             .45            .41
    Diluted net income
        per share
             As reported           $         .15   $         .49   $        .44
             Pro forma                       .11             .44            .40

                    The fair value of each option and warrant grant is estimated
                    on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes  option-pricing
                    model with the following  weighted average  assumptions used
                    for  grants in 1997,  1998 and 1999:  dividend  yield of 0%;
                    expected  volatility of 20%;  risk-free interest rate of 6%;
                    and  expected  lives of five years.  The effects of applying
                    SFAS 123 in this pro forma  disclosure are not indicative of
                    future  amounts.  SFAS 123 does not apply to awards prior to
                    1995. Additional awards in future years are anticipated.

7.        Shareholder
          Rights Plan

                    On May 20,  1998,  the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company
                    authorized  and  declared  a  dividend  distribution  of one
                    Preferred  Stock  purchase  right  (the  "Rights")  for each
                    outstanding  share of the Company's  common stock, par value
                    $.01  per  share   (the   "Common   Shares"),   payable   to
                    shareholders of record at the close of business on March 19,
                    1999. Each Right entitles the registered  holder to purchase
                    from the Company one  one-hundredth of a share (a "Preferred
                    Stock Fraction"),  or a combination of securities and assets
                    of  equivalent  value,  at a  purchase  price of $40.00  per
                    Preferred Stock Fraction (the "Purchase Price"),  subject to
                    adjustment.  The description and terms of the Rights are set
                    forth in a Rights Agreement (the "Rights  Agreement")  dated
                    March 2, 1999  between  the Company  and  Continental  Stock
                    Transfer and Trust  Company as Rights  Agent.  All terms not
                    otherwise  defined  herein are used as defined in the Rights
                    Agreement.

                    The  Rights  will be  exercisable  only if a person or group
                    acquires  15% or more of the  Company's  common  stock  (the
                    "Stock  Acquisition  Date"),  announces a tender or exchange
                    offer that will result in such person or group acquiring 20%
                                       52
<PAGE>

                    or more of the  outstanding  common stock or is a beneficial
                    owner of a  substantial  amount of Common  Shares  (at least
                    10%)  whose  ownership  may have a material  adverse  impact
                    ("Adverse  Person")  on the  business  or  prospects  of the
                    Company.  The Company  will be entitled to redeem the Rights
                    at a price of $.01 per Right  (payable  in cash or stock) at
                    anytime until 10 days following the Stock  Acquisition  Date
                    or the date on which a person has been  determined  to be an
                    Adverse  Person.  If the  Company  is  involved  in  certain
                    transactions after the Rights become  exercisable,  a Holder
                    of Rights (other than Rights owned by a shareholder  who has
                    acquired  15% or more of the  Company's  outstanding  common
                    stock or is determined to be an Adverse Person, which Rights
                    become  void) is entitled  to buy a number of the  acquiring
                    company's  Common Shares or the Company's  common stock,  as
                    the case may be, having a market value of twice the exercise
                    price of each Right. A potential  dilutive  effect may exist
                    upon the exercise of the Rights. Until a Right is exercised,
                    the  holder  will  have no rights  as a  stockholder  of the
                    Company, including,  without limitations,  the right to vote
                    as a stockholder or to receive dividends. The Rights are not
                    exercisable  until the Distribution  Date and will expire at
                    the close of  business  on March 18,  2009,  unless  earlier
                    redeemed or exchanged by the Company.

8.        Loss From
          Retirement
          of Debt

                    In 1997,  the  Company  recorded  an  extraordinary  loss of
                    $1,482,000 after taxes for the early retirement of debt. The
                    extraordinary  loss  consists  primarily  of  write-offs  of
                    deferred finance costs associated with the retired notes and
                    legal and bank fees relating to the early  extinguishment of
                    the debt.

9.        Site Development
          and Restructuring
          Charges

                    During  1997,   the  Company   incurred   site   development
                    ($1,735,000)  and   restructuring   ($702,000)   charges  of
                    $2,437,000. The site development charges consist of $800,000
                    related to the  Charles  Town Races  facility  and  $935,000
                    related to the  abandonment  of certain  proposed  operating
                    sites  during  1997.  The  restructuring  charges  primarily
                    consist of: $350,000 in severance  termination  benefits and
                    other charges at the Charles Town Races  facility;  $300,000
                    for the restructuring of the Erie, Pennsylvania OTW facility
                    and  $52,000  of  property  and  equipment  written  off  in
                    connection  with  the   discontinuation   of  Penn  National
                    Speedway, Inc. operations during 1997. These charges, net of
                    income taxes,  decreased the 1997 net income and diluted net
                    income  per  share  by   $1,462,000   and  $.09  per  share,
                    respectively.

                    On February 11, 2000, the Tennessee Supreme Court denied the
                    Company's  application for permission to appeal the decision
                    of the Court of  Appeals.  In the  appeal,  the  Company was
                    asking the Supreme Court to take the jurisdictional question
                    from the Appellate Court and to review the substantive issue
                    of whether pari-mutuel wagering on horse racing is lawful in
                    Tennessee  under the existing  statute without the Tennessee
                    Commission.  As a result of this  decision,  the Company has
                    taken a charge against earnings in the year 1999 of $535,000
                    for costs incurred for its Tennessee racing license.

10.      Litigation Settlement

                    In December 1997,  Amtote  international,  Inc.  ("Amtote"),
                    filed an action  against the  Company  and the Charles  Town
                    Joint  Venture in the United States  District  Court for the
                    Northern District of West Virginia. In its complaint, Amtote
                    stated that the Company and the Charles  Town Joint  Venture
                    allegedly  breached  certain  contracts  with Amtote and its
                    affiliates when it entered into a wagering services contract
                    with a third party.  On September 30, 1999 the United States
                    District  Court for the Northern  District of West  Virginia
                    rendered  a decision  which  awarded  liquidated  damages to
                    Amtote. On February 11, 2000, the Company and Amtote entered
                    into a settlement  agreement in which the Company which paid
                    Amtote in full satisfaction of the judgement the sum of $1.5
                    million, which is included in accrued expenses.
                                       53

<PAGE>

11.      Subsequent Events

                    In July 1999,  the Company  entered into an  agreement  with
                    Trackpower,  Inc. (OTC BB: TPWR)  ("Trackpower") to serve as
                    the   exclusive   pari-mutuel   wagering  hub  operator  for
                    Trackpower.   Trackpower  provides   direct-to-home  digital
                    satellite  transmissions  of horse racing to its  subscriber
                    base.  The  initial  term of the  contract is for five years
                    with an additional  five-year option available.  The Company
                    pays Trackpower a commission on all new revenues earned from
                    their subscriber base. As additional incentive to enter into
                    the  contract,  the  Company  received  warrants to purchase
                    5,000,000  shares of common  stock of  Trackpower  at prices
                    ranging  from  $1.58  per  share to  $2.58  per  share.  The
                    warrants  vest at 20% per year and expire on April 30, 2004.
                    The fair value of the warrants issued will be amortized over
                    the vesting period or one year from the anniversary  date of
                    the  agreement.  As a result of the transition of operations
                    in 1999,  the  amount  to be  amortized  as a  reduction  of
                    commissions earned in 1999 by Trackpower was not material.

                    In March 2000,  the Company  entered into a letter of intent
                    with  Trackpower and eBet Limited  ("eBet") which that, if a
                    definitive  agreement is executed,  will replace and restate
                    the  above  agreement.  Under  the  terms of the  letter  of
                    intent, the Company and eBet will contribute various assets,
                    equipment,  management  agreements relating to our telephone
                    account   wagering   systems  and  business   operations  to
                    Trackpower.  Under the proposed agreement,  the Company will
                    continue to receive the same level of income as in 1999. The
                    Company  and eBet will  each  receive  18,000,000  shares of
                    Trackpower  common  stock as well as  warrants  to  purchase
                    additional  shares  exercisable  at $1.00  per  share.  Upon
                    completion of the proposed  transaction the Company and eBet
                    will each own 26.5% of Trackpower  prior to considering  the
                    exercises of options or warrants.  The  agreement is subject
                    to due diligence, regulatory and other approvals.

                                       54
<PAGE>

12.      Subsidiary
         Guarantors

     Summarized  financial  information for years ended December 31, 1997, 1998,
     and  1999  for  Penn  National  Gaming,  Inc.  ("Parent"),  the  Subsidiary
     Guarantors and Subsidiary Nonguarantors is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------- --- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
                                                                  Subsidiary
                                    Parent       Subsidiary             Non-          Elimin-           Consoli-
                                   Company       Guarantors       Guarantors           ations              dated
Year ended December 31, 1997
Consolidated Statement of Income (In Thousands)
<S>                        <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
Total revenues             $        6,887   $        90,320  $        16,484  $       (2,155)  $        111,536
Total operating expenses            3,434            81,822           18,700          (2,155)           101,801
- ------------------------- --- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
Income from operations              3,453             8,498          (2,216)               --             9,735
Other income(expenses)             (3,565)            1,612          (1,705)               --            (3,658)
- ----------------------------- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
Income before income taxes           (112)           10,110          (3,921)               --             6,077
Taxes on income                       (38)            3,909          (1,563)               --             2,308
Extraordinary item                   (142)             (768)           (572)                             (1,482)
- ------------------------- --- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
- ------------------------- --- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
Net income (loss)          $        (216)   $         5,433  $       (2,930)   $           --   $         2,287
- ------------------------- --- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (In Thousands)
Net cash provided by
(used in) operating
activities                 $       2,559    $      (169,422) $          882    $      176,659   $        10,678
Net cash provided by
(used in) investing
activities                        (8,995)            68,529              40          (107,194)          (47,620)
Net cash provided by
(used in) financing
activities                        22,361            100,266              --           (69,465)           53,162
- ------------------------- --- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
Net increase (decrease)
in cash and cash
equivalents                       15,925               (627)            922                --            16,220
Cash and cash
equivalents at
beginning of period                3,015              2,597              22                --             5,634
- ------------------------- --- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
Cash and cash
equivalents at end of
period                    $       18,940    $         1,970  $          944    $           --   $        21,854
- ------------------------- --- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
</TABLE>


                                       55
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ------------------------- --- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
                                                                  Subsidiary
                                    Parent       Subsidiary             Non-          Elimin-           Consoli-
                                   Company       Guarantors       Guarantors           ations              dated
- ------------------------- --- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
As of December 31, 1998
Consolidated Balance Sheet (In Thousands)
<S>                        <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
Current assets            $          3,558  $         6,944  $         4,204  $         (592)  $          14,114
Net property, plant and
equipment                           13,576           62,598           44,578               --            120,752
Other assets                       102,400          153,818            1,779        (232,065)             25,932
- ------------------------- --- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
Total                     $        119,534  $       223,360  $        50,561  $     (232,657)  $         160,798
- ------------------------- --- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
Current liabilities       $          1,000  $        13,961  $         7,520  $      (10,278)  $          12,203
Long-term liabilities               81,037           78,527           47,334        (117,339)             89,559
Shareholders' equity
(deficiency)                        37,497          130,872          (4,293)        (105,040)             59,036
- ------------------------- --- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
Total                     $        119,534  $       223,360  $        50,561   $    (232,657)   $        160,798
- ------------------------- --- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
Year ended December 31, 1998
Consolidated Statement of Income (In Thousands)
Total revenues            $         10,789  $        89,142  $        56,883  $       (2,749)  $         154,065
Total operating expenses             4,612           81,187           51,557          (2,749)            134,607
- ------------------------- --- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
Income from operations               6,177            7,955            5,326               --             19,458
Other income(expenses)              (5,535)           2,842           (4,743)              --             (7,436)
- ----------------------------- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
Income before income taxes             642           10,797              583               --             12,022
Taxes on income                        100            4,186              233               --              4,519
- ------------------------- --- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
Net income                 $           542  $         6,611  $           350   $           --  $           7,503
- ------------------------- --- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
Year ended December 31, 1998
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (In Thousands)
Net cash provided by
(used in) operating
activities                 $        (2,072) $        (4,121) $         1,267   $       16,792  $          11,866
Net cash provided by
(used in) investing
activities                         (13,387)             290              909          (10,145)           (22,333)
Net cash provided by
(used in) financing
activities                          (1,480)           3,566               --           (6,647)            (4,561)
- ------------------------- --- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
Net increase (decrease)
in cash and cash
equivalents                        (16,939)            (265)           2,176               --            (15,028)
Cash and cash
equivalents at
beginning of period                 18,940            1,970              944               --             21,854
- ------------------------- --- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
Cash and cash
equivalents at end of
period                     $         2,001  $         1,705  $         3,120   $           -- $            6,826
- ------------------------- --- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- --- ------------ --- --------------
</TABLE>

                                       56
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Subsidiary
                                    Parent       Subsidiary             Non-          Elimin-           Consoli-
                                   Company       Guarantors       Guarantors           ations              dated
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As of December 31, 1999
Consolidated Balance Sheet (In Thousands)
<S>                        <C>              <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>
Current assets             $         3,651  $         7,669  $         6,523   $          139   $         17,982
Net property, plant and
equipment                              813           79,932           46,126               --            126,871
Other assets                       116,170          155,509            1,620         (227,552)            45,747
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                      $       120,634  $       243,110  $        54,269   $     (227,413)  $        190,600
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current liabilities        $           (29) $        25,731  $         7,664   $       (8,015)  $         25,351
Long-term liabilities               82,091           86,556           47,459         (117,129)            98,977
Shareholders' equity
(deficiency)                        38,572          130,823             (854)        (102,269)            66,272
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                      $       120,634  $       243,110  $        54,269   $     (227,413)  $        190,600
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year ended December 31, 1999
Consolidated Statement of Income (In Thousands)
Total revenues             $         4,147  $        93,651  $        79,772   $       (6,112)  $        171,458
Total operating expenses            (3,393)          91,448           71,698           (6,112)           153,641
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income from operations               7,540            2,203            8,074               --             17,817
Other income(expenses)              (5,693)           3,020           (4,634)              --             (7,307)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes           1,847            5,223            3,440               --             10,510
Taxes on income                        642            3,135               --               --              3,777
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                 $         1,205  $         2,088  $         3,440   $           --   $          6,733
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year ended December 31, 1999
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (In Thousands)
Net cash provided by
(used in) operating
activities                 $         6,287  $        14,842  $         4,313   $       (2,981)  $         22,461
Net cash provided by
(used in) investing
activities                          (6,516)         (20,245)          (3,205)             210            (29,756)
Net cash provided by
financing activities                   772            6,236              124            2,771              9,903
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase in cash
and cash equivalents                   543              833            1,232               --              2,608
Cash and cash
equivalents at
beginning of period                  2,001            1,705            3,120               --              6,826
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash
equivalents at end of
period                     $         2,544  $         2,538  $         4,352   $           --   $          9,434
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                       57
<PAGE>



ITEM 9   CHANGES AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
         AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

                  Not Applicable

                                    PART III

ITEM 10  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

                  The  information  required  by  Item  10  is  incorporated  by
                  reference from the Company's  definitive  proxy statement with
                  respect to the Company's  Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be
                  held on May 17,  2000.  Such  proxy  statement  shall be filed
                  pursuant to Regulation  14A  promulgated  under the Securities
                  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended,  within 120 days after the
                  end of the fiscal year  covered by this Annual  Report on Form
                  10-K.

ITEM 11  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

                  The  information  required  by  Item  11  is  incorporated  by
                  reference from the Company's  definitive  proxy statement with
                  respect to the Company's  Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be
                  held on May 17,  2000.  Such  proxy  statement  shall be filed
                  pursuant to Regulation  14A  promulgated  under the Securities
                  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended,  within 120 days after the
                  end of the fiscal year  covered by this Annual  Report on Form
                  10-K.

ITEM 12  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
                  AND MANAGEMENT

                  The  information  required  by  Item  12  is  incorporated  by
                  reference from the Company's  definitive  proxy statement with
                  respect to the Company's  Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be
                  held on May 17,  2000.  Such  proxy  statement  shall be filed
                  pursuant to Regulation  14A  promulgated  under the Securities
                  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended,  within 120 days after the
                  end of the fiscal year  covered by this Annual  Report on Form
                  10-K.

ITEM 13  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

                  The  information  required  by  Item  13  is  incorporated  by
                  reference from the Company's  definitive  proxy statement with
                  respect to the Company's  Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be
                  held on May 17,  2000.  Such  proxy  statement  shall be filed
                  pursuant to Regulation  14A  promulgated  under the Securities
                  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended,  within 120 days after the
                  end of the fiscal year  covered by this Annual  Report on Form
                  10-K.

                                       58
<PAGE>

                                     PART IV

ITEM 14  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND
                  REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(A) (1)   The Financial Statements included in the Index to Part II,
          Item 8, are filed as part of this Report

    (2)   List of Exhibits

EXHIBIT

 NOS.                  DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT

1.   Purchase  Agreement  dated December 12, 1997 between Penn National  Gaming,
     Inc. and BT Alex Brown Incorporated and Jefferies & Company, Inc.

2.1  Agreement  and Plan of  Reorganization  dated  April 11,  1994  among  Penn
     National  Gaming,  Inc.,  Carlino  Family  Partnership,  Carlino  Financial
     Corporation and the  shareholders  and general partners of the entities now
     comprising Penn National  Gaming,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by reference to the
     Company's registration statement on Form S-1, File #33-77758, dated May 26,
     1994.)

2.1  First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 28, 1999 by
     and between among Greenwood New Jersey,  Inc.,  International  Thoroughbred
     Breeders, Inc., Garden State Race Track, Inc., Freehold Racing Association,
     Atlantic City Harness Inc.,  Circa 1850,  Inc.,  and Penn National  Gaming,
     Inc.  (Incorporated  by reference to the Company's  current  report on Form
     8-K, dated February 12, 1999.)

2.1.1Amendment  to  Agreement  and Plan of  Reorganization  dated April 26, 1994
     among Penn National  Gaming,  Inc.,  Carlino  Family  Partnership,  Carlino
     Financial  Corporation  and the  shareholders  and general  partners of the
     entities  now  comprising  Penn  National  Gaming,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by
     reference  to the  Company's  registration  statement  on  Form  S-1,  File
     #33-77758, dated May 26, 1994.)

2.2  Agreement  and Plan of  Reorganization  dated April 11, 1994  between  Penn
     National Gaming,  Inc. and Thomas J. Gorman.  (Incorporated by reference to
     the Company's registration statement on Form S-1, File #33-77758, dated May
     26, 1994.)

2.2  First Amendment to Joint Venture Agreement dated as of January 28, 1999, by
     and between  Greenwood New Jersey,  Inc.,  and Penn National  Gaming,  Inc.
     (Incorporated  by reference to the  Company's  current  report on Form 8-K,
     dated February 12, 1999.)

2.2.1Amendment  to  Agreement  and Plan of  Reorganization  dated April 26, 1994
     between Penn National Gaming,  Inc. and Thomas J. Gorman.  (Incorporated by
     reference  to the  Company's  registration  statement  on  Form  S-1,  File
     #33-77758, dated May 26, 1994.)

2.3  Closing  Agreement  dated January 15, 1997 among Charles Town Races,  Inc.,
     Charles  Town Racing  Limited  Partnership,  and PNGI  Charles  Town Gaming
     Limited  Liability  Company.  (Incorporated  by reference to the  Company's
     current report on Form 8-K, dated January 30, 1997.)

2.4  Amended and  Restated  Operating  Agreement  dated as of December  31, 1996
     among Penn  National  Gaming of West  Virginia,  Inc.,  Bryant  Development
     Company  and  PNGI  Charles   Town  Gaming   limited   Liability   Company.
     (Incorporated  by reference to the  Company's  current  report on Form 8-K,
     dated January 30, 1997.)

2.5  Letter  dated  January  14,  1997 from Peter M.  Carlino to James A. Reeder
     (Incorporated  by reference to the  Company's  current  report on Form 8-K,
     dated January 30, 1997.)

2.6  First Amendment and Consent dated as of January 7, 1997 among Penn National
     Gaming,  Inc.,  Bankers Trust Company as Agent,  CoreStates  Bank,  N.A. as
     Co-Agent,  and  certain  banks  party to the Credit  Agreement  dated as of
     November 27, 1996  (Incorporated by reference to the current report on Form
     8-K, dated January 30, 1997.)
                                       59

<PAGE>

2.7  Amended and Restated  Option  Agreement dated as of February 17, 1995 among
     Charles Town Races, Inc., Charles Town Racing Limited Partnership, and PNGI
     Charles Town Gaming limited Liability Company (Incorporated by reference to
     Exhibit 2.1 of the Company's  current report on Form 8-K, dated January 30,
     1997.)

2.8  Transfer,  Assignment  and  Assumption  Agreement  and  Bill of Sale  dated
     January  15,  1997 among  Charles  Town Races,  Inc.,  Charles  Town Racing
     Limited  Partnership,  and PNGI  Charles  Town  Limited  Liability  Company
     (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of the Company's Form 10-Q, dated
     November 14, 1997.)

2.9  Second  Amended and Restated  Operating  Agreement  dated as of October 17,
     1997, among Penn National Gaming of West Virginia, Inc., BDC Group and PNGI
     Charles Town Gaming Limited Liability Company (Incorporated by reference to
     the Company's Form 10-Q, dated November 14, 1997.)

2.10 Purchase  Agreement dated September 13, 1996 between Penn National  Gaming,
     Inc.  and the Estate of Joseph B. Banks for the  purchase  of Pocono  Downs
     Race Track and two related OTW  facilities.  (Incorporated  by reference to
     the Company's Form 10-Q, dated November 13, 1996.)

3.1  Amended and Restated  Articles of  Incorporation  of Penn National  Gaming,
     Inc.,  filed with the  Pennsylvania  Department of State on April 12, 1994.
     (Incorporated by reference to the Company's  registration statement on Form
     S-1, File #33-77758, dated May 26, 1994.)

3.2  By-laws of Penn National  Gaming,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by reference to the
     Company's registration statement on Form S-1, File #33-77758, dated May 26,
     1994.)

4.   Rights  Agreement dated as of March 2, 1999,  between Penn National Gaming,
     Inc. and  Continental  Stock Transfer and Trust Company.  (Incorporated  by
     reference  to the  Company's  current  report on Form 8-K,  dated March 17,
     1999.)

4.1  Indenture  dated December 17, 1997 between Penn National  Gaming,  Inc. and
     State  Street Bank and Trust  Company.  (Incorporated  by  reference to the
     Company's  registration  statement  on Form  S-4,  File  #333-45337,  dated
     January 30, 1998.)

9.1  Form of Trust Agreement of Peter D. Carlino,  Peter M. Carlino,  Richard J.
     Carlino,  David E. Carlino,  Susan F.  Harrington,  Anne de Lourdes  Irwin,
     Robert M.  Carlino,  Stephen  P.  Carlino  and Rosina E.  Carlino  Gilbert.
     (Incorporated by reference to the Company's  registration statement on Form
     S-1, File #33-77758, dated May 26, 1994.)

10.1 1994  Stock  Option  Plan.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to the  Company's
     registration statement on Form S-1, File #33-77758, dated May 26, 1994.)

10.2 Employment  Agreement  dated April 12, 1994 between Penn  National  Gaming,
     Inc. and Peter M.  Carlino.  (Incorporated  by  reference to the  Company's
     registration statement on Form S-1, File #33-77758, dated May 26, 1994.)

10.3 Credit  Agreement,  dated as of  November  27,  1996,  among Penn  National
     Gaming, Inc., various banks, CoreStates bank, N.A., as Co-Agent and Bankers
     Trust Company, as Agent.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the
     Company's current report on Form 8-K, dated December 12, 1996.)

10.4 Employment Agreement dated April 12, 1994 between the Registrant and Robert
     S.  Ippolito.  (Incorporated  by  reference to the  Company's  registration
     statement on Form S-1, File #33-77758, dated May 26, 1994.)

10.8 Consolidation  of PRA Agreement  dated May 18, 1992 and PRA Amendment dated
     February 9, 1993 among all members of the Pennsylvania  Racing Association.
     (Incorporated by reference to the Company's  registration statement on Form
     S-1, File #33-77758, dated May 26, 1994.)
                                       60
<PAGE>

10.11Lease dated March 7, 1991 between  Shelbourne  Associated  and PNRC Limited
     Partnership.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to the  Company's  registration
     statement on Form S-1, File #33-77758, dated May 26, 1994.)

10.13.1 Lease  dated June 30,  1993  between  John E.  Kyner,  Jr. and Sandra R.
     Kyner,  and PNRC  Chambersburg,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to the
     Company's registration statement on Form S-1, File #33-77758, dated May 26,
     1994.)

10.38Consulting  Agreement dated August 29, 1994,  between Penn National Gaming,
     Inc. and Peter D. Carlino. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Form
     10-K, dated March 23, 1995.)

10.39Lease dated July 7, 1994,  between North Mall  Associates and Penn National
     Gaming, Inc. for the York OTW.  (Incorporated by reference to the Company's
     Form 10-K, dated March 23, 1995.)

10.41.1 Lease dated March 31, 1995 between Wyomissing  Professional  Center III,
     LP and Penn National  Gaming,  Inc. for the  Wyomissing  Corporate  Office.
     (Incorporated  by reference  to the  Company's  Form 10-K,  dated March 20,
     1996.)

10.42Employment  agreement dated June 1, 1995 between Penn National Gaming, Inc.
     and William J. Bork. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 10-K,
     dated March 20, 1996.)

10.43Lease dated July 17, 1995 between E. Lampeter  Associates and  Pennsylvania
     National Turf Club,  Inc. for the Lancaster OTW, as amended.  (Incorporated
     by reference to the Company's Form 10-K, dated March 20, 1996.)

10.44Agreement dated September 1, 1995 between Mountainview  Thoroughbred racing
     Association  and  Pennsylvania  National  Turf Club,  Inc. and Sports Arena
     Employees'  Union  Local  137  (non-primary  location.)   (Incorporated  by
     reference to the Company's Form 10-K, dated March 20, 1996.)

10.45Agreement dated December 27, 1995 between Pennsylvania  National Turf Club,
     Inc. and Teleview Racing Patrols,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by reference to the
     Company's Form 10-K, dated March 20, 1996.)

10.50Formation  Agreement dated February 26, 1996 between Penn National  Gaming,
     Inc.  and Bryant  Development  Company.  (Incorporated  by reference to the
     Company's Form 10-K, dated March 20, 1996.)

10.51Assignment  of Agreement of Sale dated March 6, 1996 between Penn  National
     Gaming,  Inc. and  Montgomery  Realty Growth Fund,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by
     reference to the Company's Form 10-Q, dated May 14, 1996.)

10.56Amended  and  Restated  Option  Agreement  dated as of  February  17,  1995
     between the PNGI Charles Town Gaming Limited  Liability  Company (The Joint
     Venture)  and Charles  Town Racing  Limited  Partnership  and Charles  Town
     Races,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by reference to the Company's Form 10-Q, dated
     November 13,1996.)

10.58Agreement  dated March 19, 1997,  between PNGI Charles Town Gaming  Limited
     Liability  Company  and  the  Charles  Town  HBPA,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by
     reference to the Company's Form 10-K, dated March 27, 1997.)

10.59Agreement  dated March 21, 1997,  between PNGI Charles Town Gaming  Limited
     Liability Company and The West Virginia  Thoroughbred Breeders Association.
     (Incorporated  by reference  to the  Company's  Form 10-K,  dated March 27,
     1997.)

10.60Agreement  between PNGI Charles Town Gaming Limited  Liability  Company and
     The West Virginia  Union of Mutuel  Clerks,  Local 533,  Service  Employees
     International Union,  AFL-CIO.  (Incorporated by reference to the Company's
     Form 10-K, File #0-24206, dated March 27, 1997.)

10.66Fourth  Amendment  Waiver and Consent  dated as of October 20, 1997,  among
     Penn National Gaming, Inc., Bankers Trust, as Agent,  CoreStates Bank, N.A.
     as Co-Agent  and certain  banks party to the Credit  Agreement  dated as of
     November 17, 1996.  (Incorporated  by reference to the Company's Form 10-Q,
     dated November 14, 1997.)
                                       61

<PAGE>

10.67Agreement  dated October 2, 1996 between  Pennsylvania  National Turf Club,
     Inc.,  Mountainview  Racing  Association and Sports Arena  Employees' Union
     Local  No.  137  (Primary  Location.)  (Incorporated  by  reference  to the
     Company's Form 10-K, dated March 27, 1998.)

10.68Lease  dated July 1, 1997  between  Laurel  Mall  Associated  and the Downs
     Off-Track Wagering,  Inc.  (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Form
     10-K, dated March 27, 1998.)

10.72Totalisator  Agreement  dated  November  19, 1997,  between  Penn  National
     Gaming, Inc. and AutoTote Systems,  Inc.  (Incorporated by reference to the
     Company's Form 10-K, dated March 27, 1998.)

10.73Amended and Restated Credit  Facility dated as of December 17, 1997,  among
     Penn National  Gaming,  Inc.,  certain lenders,  Bankers Trust Company,  as
     Agent, and CoreStates  Bank, N.A., as Co-Agent.  (Incorporated by reference
     to the Company's Form 10-K, dated March 27, 1998.)

10.74Waiver dated March 25, 1998,  between Penn National Gaming,  Inc.,  certain
     lenders,  Bankers Trust Company as Agent,  and  CoreStates  Bank,  N.A., as
     Co-Agent.  (Incorporated  by reference to the  Company's  Form 10-K,  dated
     March 27, 1998.)

10.76First Amendment and Waiver dated May 15, 1998,  among Penn National Gaming,
     Inc.,  CoreStates  Bank, N.A. and Bankers Trust Company.  (Incorporated  by
     reference to the Company's Form 10-Q, dated March 31, 1998.)

10.77Purchase  Agreement dated July 7, 1998,  between Ladbroke Racing Management
     -  Pennsylvania   and   Mountainview   Thoroughbred   Racing   Association.
     (Incorporated  by  reference  to the  Company's  Form 10-Q,  dated June 30,
     1998.)

10.78Lease Agreement between Penn National Gaming,  Inc. and Eagle Valley Realty
     dated July 14, 1998. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 10-Q,
     dated September 30, 1998.)

10.79Joint  Venture  Agreement  dated  October 30, 1998  between  Penn  National
     Gaming, Inc. and Greenwood New Jersey,  Inc.  (Incorporated by reference to
     the Company's Form 10-Q, dated September 30, 1998.)

10.80Amendment  dated November 2, 1998 to Joint Venture  Agreement  between Penn
     National  Gaming,  Inc. and Greenwood  New Jersey,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by
     reference to the Company's Form 10-Q, dated September 30, 1998.)

10.82First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 28, 1999 by
     and among Greenwood New Jersey, Inc., International  Thoroughbred Breeders,
     Inc., Garden State Race Track, Inc., Freehold Racing Association,  Atlantic
     City  Harness  Inc.,  Circa 1850,  Inc.,  and Penn  National  Gaming,  Inc.
     (Incorporated  by reference to the  Company's  current  report on Form 8-K,
     dated January 28, 1999.)

10.83First Amendment to Joint Venture Agreement dated as of January 28, 1999, by
     and between  Greenwood  New Jersey,  Inc. and Penn  National  Gaming,  Inc.
     (Incorporated  by reference to the  Company's  current  report on Form 8-K,
     dated January 28, 1999.)

10.85Assignment  and  Assumption  of Lease  Agreement  dated  December  31, 1998
     between  Mountainview  Thoroughbred  Racing Association and Ladbroke Racing
     Management-Pennsylvania.  (Incorporated  by reference to the Company's Form
     10K, dated March 30, 1999.)

10.86Subordination,  Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement dated December 31,
     1998 between  Mountainview  Thoroughbred  Racing Association and CRIIMI MAE
     Services Limited  Partnership.  (Incorporated by reference to the Company's
     Form 10-K, dated March 30, 1999.)

10.87Second Amended and Restated  Credit  Agreement dated as of January 28, 1999
     between Penn National Gaming,  Inc. and various banks, First Union National
     Bank,  as Agent.  (Incorporated  by reference to the  Company's  Form 10-K,
     dated March 30, 1999.)

10.88Live Racing  Agreement dated March 23, 1999 between  Pennsylvania  National
     Turf Club,  Inc.  and  Mountainview  Thoroughbred  Racing  Association  and
     Pennsylvania  Horsemen's  Benevolent  and  Protection   Association,   Inc.
     (Incorporated  by reference  to the  Company's  Form 10-K,  dated March 30,
     1999.)
                                       62

<PAGE>

10.89Amendment to Employment Agreement dated June 1, 1999, between Penn National
     Gaming,  Inc.  and  Peter  M.Carlino.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to the
     Company's Form 10-Q, dated August 12, 1999.)

10.90Amendment to Employment Agreement dated June 1, 1999, between Penn National
     Gaming,  Inc.  and Robert S.  Ippolito.  (Incorporated  by reference to the
     Company's Form 10-Q, dated August 12, 1999.)

10.91Second  Amendment  to Joint  Venture  Agreement  dated as of July 29, 1999,
     between Penn National Gaming, Inc. and Greenwood Racing, Inc. (Incorporated
     by reference to the Company's Form 10-Q, dated August 12, 1999.)

10.92Shareholder's  Agreement dated July 29, 1999, between Penn National Holding
     Company and  Greenwood  Racing,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to the
     Company's Form 10-Q, dated August 12, 1999.)

10.93Amended and Restated  Limited  Partnership  Agreement  dated July 29, 1999,
     between FR Park Racing, L.P., Pennwood Racing, Inc. and Penn National GSFR,
     Inc.  (Incorporated  by reference to the Company's Form 10-Q,  dated August
     12, 1999.)

10.94Amended and Restated  Limited  Partnership  Agreement  dated July 29, 1999,
     between FR Park Services,  L.P.,  Pennwood  Racing,  Inc. and Penn National
     GSFR,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by reference to the Company's Form 10-Q,  dated
     August 12, 1999.)

10.95Amended and Restated  Limited  Partnership  Agreement  dated July 29, 1999,
     between GS Park Racing, L.P., Pennwood Racing, Inc. and Penn National GSFR,
     Inc.  (Incorporated  by reference to the Company's Form 10-Q,  dated August
     12, 1999.)

10.96Amended and Restated  Limited  Partnership  Agreement  dated July 29, 1999,
     between GS Park Services,  L.P.,  Pennwood  Racing,  inc. and Penn National
     GSFR,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by reference to the Company's Form 10-Q,  dated
     August 12, 1999.)

10.97Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Credit  Agreement dated July
     29, 1999, between Penn National Gaming, Inc. and First Union National Bank.
     (Incorporated  by reference to the  Company's  Form 10-Q,  dated August 12,
     1999.)

10.98Amendment No. 2 to Second Amended and Restated Credit  Agreement dated July
     29,  1999,  Penn  National  Gaming,  Inc.  and First Union  National  Bank.
     (Incorporated  by reference to the  Company's  Form 10-Q,  dated August 12,
     1999.)

10.99Agreement  dated July 9, 1999,  between  Penn  National  Gaming,  Inc.  and
     American Digital  Communications,  Inc. (Portions of this Exhibit have been
     omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.) (Incorporated by
     reference to the Company's Form 10-Q, dated August 12, 1999.)

10.01a Subordination  and Intercreditor  Agreement dated July 29, 1999,  between
     Penn National Gaming,  Inc., FR Park Racing,  L.P., and Commerce Bank, N.A.
     (Incorporated  by reference to the  Company's  Form 10-Q,  dated August 12,
     1999.)

10.02a Debt Service  Maintenance  Agreement  dated July 29,  1999,  between Penn
     National Gaming, Inc. and Commerce Bank, N.A. (Incorporated by reference to
     the Company's Form 10-Q, dated August 12, 1999.)

10.03a First  Supplemental  Indenture dated May 19, 1999,  between Penn National
     Gaming,   Inc.   and  State  Street  Bank  and  Trust   Company,   Trustee.
     (Incorporated  by reference to the  Company's  Form 10-Q,  dated August 12,
     1999.)

10.04a Asset Purchase  Agreement between BSL., Inc. and Casino Magic Corp. dated
     December 9, 1999. (Filed as exhibit 99.2 to the Company's current report on
     Form 8-K, dated December 17, 1999.)

10.05a Guaranty  of Penn  National  Gaming,  Inc. to Casino  Magic  Corp.  dated
     December 9, 1999 (Filed as exhibit 99.3 to the Company's  current report on
     Form 8-K, dated December 17, 1999.)
                                       63

<PAGE>

10.06a Guaranty of Hollywood  Park,  Inc. to BSL, Inc.  dated  December 9, 1999.
     (Filed as exhibit 99.4 to the Company's  current  report on Form 8-K, dated
     December 17, 1999.)

10.07a First Amendment to Asset Purchase  Agreement between BSL, Inc. and Casino
     Magic  Corp.  dated  December  17,  1999.  (Filed  as  exhibit  99.5 to the
     Company's current report on Form 8-K, dated December 17, 1999.)

10.08a Asset  Purchase  Agreement  between BTN,  Inc. and Boomtown,  Inc.  dated
     December 9, 1999 (Filed as exhibit 99.6 to the Company's  current report on
     Form 8-K, dated December 17, 1999.)

10.09a Guaranty of Penn National Gaming,  Inc. to Boomtown,  Inc. dated December
     9, 1999 (Filed as exhibit 99.7 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K,
     dated December 17, 1999.)

10.10a Guaranty of Hollywood  Park,  Inc. to BTN, Inc.  dated  December 9, 1999.
     (Filed as exhibit 99.8 to the Company's  current  report on Form 8-K, dated
     December 17, 1999.)

10.11a First  Amendment  to Asset  Purchase  Agreement  between  BTN,  Inc.  and
     Boomtown,  inc.  dated  December  17,  1999.  (Filed as exhibit 99.9 to the
     Company's current report on Form 8-K, dated December 17, 1999.)

10.12a Senior  secured  multiple draw term loan dated  December 13, 1999 between
     Penn National Gaming of West Virginia, Inc. and Bank of America.

10.13a Amendment No. 3 and Consent and Waiver under Second  Amended and Restated
     Credit Agreement dated December 13, 1999 between Penn National Gaming, Inc.
     and First Union National Bank, as Agent.

10.14a Harness  horsemen  agreement  dated  December  17, 1999 between The Downs
     Racing, Inc. and the Pennsylvania Harness Horsemen.

10.15a Settlement  agreement  dated  February  11, 2000  between  Penn  National
     Gaming, Inc. and Amtote International, Inc.

10.16a Thoroughbred horsemen letter dated February 24, 2000 between PNGI Charles
     Town Gaming, LLC and the Charles Town thoroughbred horsemen.

10.17a Agreement  dated March 7, 2000 between  Penn  National  Gaming,  Inc. and
     Trackpower, Inc. and eBet Limited, Inc.

21   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

27.1 Financial Data Schedule.

         (B)  Reports on Form 8-K

     The  Company  filed the  following  reports  on Form 8K during  the  fourth
quarter 1999:

     On December 10, 1999,  the Company filed a current  report on Form 8K which
reflected the definitive agreement to purchase all of the assets of Casino Magic
hotel, etc.

                                       64
<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                 PENN NATIONAL GAMING, INC.


                                 By  /s/Peter M. Carlino

                                 Peter M. Carlino, Chairman of the Board
Dated:  March 20, 2000

         Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1934 this report
has been signed below by the following  persons on behalf of the  registrant and
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE                               TITLE                        DATE

                             Chief Executive Officer and
                             Director (Principal Executive
/s/Peter M. Carlino                   Officer)                  March  20, 2000
- --------------------------------------
Peter M. Carlino

                             Chief Operating Officer and
                             Director (Principal Operating
/s/William J. Bork                    Officer)                  March  20, 2000
- --------------------------------------
William J. Bork

                             Chief Financial Officer
/s/Robert S. Ippolito        (Principal Financial Officer)      March  20, 2000
- --------------------------------------
Robert S. Ippolito

/s/Harold Cramer             Director                           March  20, 2000
- --------------------------------------
Harold Cramer

/s/David A. Handler          Director                           March  20, 2000
- --------------------------------------
David A. Handler

/s/Robert P. Levy            Director                           March  20, 2000
- --------------------------------------
Robert P. Levy

/s/ John M. Jacquemin        Director                           March  20, 2000
- --------------------------------------
John M. Jacquemin

                                       65
<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Exhibit Nos.               Description of Exhibits                                               Page No.
- ------- ------------------------------ -- --------                                               --------
<S>                        <C>                                                                   <C>
10.04a                     Senior secured multiple draw term loan dated December
                           13, 1999 between Penn National  Gaming of West
                           Virginia, Inc. and Bank of America.                                    67-186

10.13a                     Amendment No. 3 and Consent and Waiver under Second Amended           187-196
                           and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 13, 1999 between
                           Penn National Gaming, Inc. and First Union National Bank, as Agent.

10.05a                     Harness horsemen agreement dated December 17, 1999 between            197-205
                           The Downs Racing, Inc. and the Pennsylvania Harness Horsemen.

10.06a                     Settlement agreement dated February 11, 2000 between Penn National    206-208
                           Gaming, Inc. and Amtote International, Inc.

10.07a                     Thoroughbred  horsemen letter dated February 24, 2000
                           between  PNGI 209 Charles  Town  Gaming,  LLC and the
                           Charles Town thoroughbred horsemen.

10.08a                     Agreement dated March 7, 2000 between Penn National Gaming, Inc.      210-218
                           and Trackpower, Inc. and eBet Limited, Inc.

                                       66
</TABLE>






                SENIOR SECURED MULTIPLE DRAW TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of December 13, 1999

                                      among

                   PENN NATIONAL GAMING OF WEST VIRGINIA, INC.

                                  as Borrower,

                           PENN NATIONAL GAMING, INC.

                                  as Guarantor,

                         The Lenders referred to herein

                                       and

                             BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

                             as Administrative Agent

                                       67
<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                         Page

Article 1
             DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS        1
             1.1  Defined Terms     1
             1.2  Use of Defined Terms      23
             1.3  Accounting Terms  23
             1.4  Rounding 23
             1.5  Exhibits and Schedules    23
             1.6  References to "and its Subsidiaries"        23
             1.7  References to Times       23
             1.8  Miscellaneous Terms       23

Article 2
             LOANS25
             2.1  Loans-General     25
             2.2  Base Rate Loans   26
             2.3  LIBOR Loans       26
             2.4  Voluntary Reduction of Commitment  27
             2.5  Scheduled Reductions of Commitment 27
             2.6  Mandatory Reductions of Commitment 27
             2.7  Administrative Agent's Right to
                  Assume Funds Available for Advances   27

Article 3
             PAYMENTS AND FEES      29
             3.1  Principal and Interest    29
             3.2  Facility Fees     30
             3.3  Commitment Fees   30
             3.4  Increased Commitment Costs30
             3.5  LIBOR Costs and Related Matters    31
             3.6  Late Payments     34
             3.7  Computation of Interest and Fees   35
             3.8  Non-Business Days 35
             3.9  Manner and Treatment of Payments   35
             3.10 Funding Sources   36
             3.11 Failure to Charge Not Subsequent Waiver     36
             3.12 Administrative Agent's Right to Assume Payments
                  Will be Made by Borrower       36
             3.13 Fee Determination Detail  37
             3.14 Survival 37
                                       68

<PAGE>

Article 4
             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 38
             4.1  Existence and Qualification; Power; Compliance With Laws
                           38
             4.2  Authority; Compliance With Other Agreements and Instruments
                  and Government Regulations  38
             4.3  No Governmental Approvals Required 39
             4.4  Subsidiaries      39
             4.5  Financial Statements      39
             4.6  No Material Adverse Effects        39
             4.7  Title to Property 40
             4.8  Intangible Assets 40
             4.9  Public Utility Holding Company Act 40
             4.10 Litigation        40
             4.11 Binding Obligations       40
             4.12 No Default        40
             4.13 ERISA    40
             4.14 Regulations T, U and X; Investment Company Act       41
             4.15  Disclosure       41
             4.16 Tax Liability     41
             4.17 Projections       41
             4.18 Hazardous Materials       42
             4.19 Applicable Regulations    42
             4.20 Security Interests        42
             4.21 Year 2000 Compliance      42
             4.22 Solvency 42

Article 5
             AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
             (OTHER THAN INFORMATION AND
             REPORTING REQUIREMENTS)        43
             5.1 Payment of Taxes and Other Potential Liens 43 5.2  Preservation
             of Existence 43 5.3 Maintenance of Properties 43 5.4 Maintenance of
             Insurance 43 5.5 Compliance  With Laws 44 5.6 Inspection  Rights 44
             5.7 Keeping of Records and Books of Account 44 5.8 Compliance  With
             Agreements44  5.9 Use of Proceeds 44 5.10 Hazardous  Materials Laws
             44
                                       69

<PAGE>

Article 6
             NEGATIVE COVENANTS     46
             6.1  Prepayment of Indebtedness46
             6.2  Payment of Subordinated Obligations46
             6.3  Hostile Tender Offers     46
             6.4  Mergers, Sales of Assets, Etc      46
             6.5  Distributions     47
             6.6  ERISA    47
             6.7  Change in Nature of Business       48
             6.8  Liens and Negative Pledges48
             6.9  Indebtedness      48
             6.10 Contingent Obligations    49
             6.11 New Subsidiaries  49
             6.12 Transactions with Affiliates       49
             6.13 Leverage Ratio    49
             6.14 Leases   50
             6.15 Consolidated Cash Interest Coverage Ratio   50
             6.16 Consolidated Net Worth    50
             6.17 Capital Expenditures      50
             6.18 Acquisitions and Investments       50
             6.19 Amendments to Joint Venture Agreement and Charles Town
                  Operating Lease 50

Article 7
             INFORMATION AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS  52
             7.1  Financial and Business Information 52
             7.2  Compliance Certificates   55

Article 8
             CONDITIONS    56
             8.1  The Closing Date  56
             8.2  Any Advance       58

Article 9
             EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT      60
             9.1  Events of Default 60
             9.2  Remedies Upon Event of Default     62

Article 10
             THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT       65
             10.1 Appointment and Authorization      65
             10.2 Administrative Agent and Affiliates65
             10.3 Proportionate Interest in any Collateral    65
                                       70
<PAGE>

             10.4 Lenders' Credit Decisions 65
             10.5 Action by Administrative Agent     66
             10.6 Liability of Administrative Agent  67
             10.7 Indemnification   68
             10.8 Successor Administrative Agent     68
             10.9 Foreclosure on Collateral 69
             10.10No Obligations of Borrower or PNGI 69
             10.11Permitted Release of Collateral    69

Article 11
             MISCELLANEOUS 70
             11.1 Cumulative Remedies; No Waiver     70
             11.2 Amendments; Consents      70
             11.3 Costs, Expenses and Taxes 71
             11.4 Nature of Lenders' Obligations     71
             11.5 Survival of Representations and Warranties  72
             11.6 Notices  72
             11.7 Execution of Loan Documents        72
             11.8 Binding Effect; Assignment72
             11.9 Right of Setoff   74
             11.10Sharing of Setoffs        75
             11.11Indemnity by PNGI and Borrower     75
             11.12Nonliability of the Lenders        76
             11.13No Third Parties Benefitted        77
             11.14Confidentiality   77
             11.15Further Assurances        78
             11.16Integration       78
             11.17Governing Law     78
             11.18Severability of Provisions78
             11.19Headings 78
             11.20Time of the Essence       78
             11.21Foreign Lenders and Participants   79
             11.22Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury   79
             11.23Purported Oral Amendments 1




                                       71
<PAGE>


Schedules and Exhibits

Schedule 1.1      G-Tech Equipment
Schedule 1.2      New Equipment
Schedule 4.4    PNGI's Subsidiaries
Schedule 4.8      Intangible Assets
Schedule 4.17 Projections
Schedule 6.8      Existing Liens
Schedule 6.9      Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 6.18 Existing Investments


Exhibit A   -     Assignment Agreement
Exhibit B   -     Compliance Certificate
Exhibit C   -     Note
Exhibit D   -     Request for Loan

                                       72
<PAGE>




                SENIOR SECURED MULTIPLE DRAW TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of December 13, 1999

                  This  Senior   Secured   Multiple  Draw  Term  Loan  Agreement
("Agreement")  is  entered  into  by and  among  Penn  National  Gaming  of West
Virginia, Inc., a West Virginia corporation ("Borrower"),  Penn National Gaming,
Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation,  as Guarantor ("PNGI"), each lender whose name
is set forth on the signature  pages of this Agreement and each lender which may
hereafter   become  a  party  to  this   Agreement   pursuant  to  Section  11.8
(collectively,  the "Lenders" and individually, a "Lender") and Bank of America,
N.A., as Administrative Agent.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements  herein  contained,  the
parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:


 1 Article DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

Article 2 DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
       -------------------------------- ----------------------------------


1.1           Defined Terms .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms
                shall have the meanings set forth below:
                           -------------
1.2

                  "10 5/8%  Indenture"  means the Indenture dated as of December
             17, 1997 under which PNGI's 10 5/8% Senior Notes due 2004, Series A
             and 10 5/8% Senior Notes due 2004, Series B, were issued.

                  "Acquisition" means any transaction,  or any series of related
             transactions, by which Borrower directly or indirectly (i) acquires
             any going business or all or substantially all of the assets of any
             firm,  partnership,   joint  venture,  limited  liability  company,
             corporation  or  division  thereof,  whether  through  purchase  of
             assets,  merger or otherwise,  or (ii) acquires (in one transaction
             or as the most  recent  transaction  in a series  of  transactions)
             control  of at least a majority  in  ordinary  voting  power of the
             securities  of a corporation  which have ordinary  voting power for
             the election of directors,  or (iii)  acquires  control of a 50% or
             more  ownership  interest  in any  partnership,  limited  liability
             company or joint venture.

                  "Administrative  Agent" means Bank of America,  when acting in
             its  capacity  as the  Administrative  Agent  under any of the Loan
             Documents, or any successor Administrative Agent.

                                       73
<PAGE>


                  "Administrative   Agent's  Office"  means  the  Administrative
             Agent's  address  as set  forth  on the  signature  pages  of  this
             Agreement,  or  such  other  address  as the  Administrative  Agent
             hereafter  may  designate  by written  notice to  Borrower  and the
             Lenders.

                  "Advance"  means any advance  made or to be made by any Lender
             to Borrower as provided in Article 2, and  includes  each Base Rate
             Advance and each LIBOR Advance.

                  "Affiliate"  means,  as to any Person,  any other Person which
             directly or indirectly  controls,  or is under common control with,
             or is  controlled  by,  such  Person.  As used in this  definition,
             "control" (and the  correlative  terms,  "controlled by" and "under
             common   control   with")  shall  mean   possession,   directly  or
             indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management
             or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership
             or other ownership interests,  by contract or otherwise);  provided
             that, in any event,  any Person that owns,  directly or indirectly,
             10% or more of the securities  having ordinary voting power for the
             election of directors or other governing body of a corporation that
             has more than 100 record holders of such securities, or 10% or more
             of the partnership or other ownership interests of any other Person
             that has more than 100 record  holders of such  interests,  will be
             deemed to control such corporation, partnership or other Person.

                  "Agreement"  means this Senior Secured Multiple Draw Term Loan
             Agreement,  either as originally executed or as it may from time to
             time be supplemented, modified, amended, restated or extended.

                  "Applicable  Regulations" means all Laws pursuant to which any
             Regulatory   Board  possesses   regulatory,   licensing  or  permit
             authority over gambling,  gaming, casino, wagering,  parimutuel and
             other  similar   activities   conducted  by  PNGI  or  any  of  its
             Subsidiaries within its jurisdiction.

                  "Assignment   Agreement"   means   an   Assignment   Agreement
substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

                  "Availability Date" means

                                       74
<PAGE>


              the date which is the first anniversary of the Closing Date.

   "Bank of America" means Bank of America, N.A., its successors and assigns.
                   ---------------

                  "Base Rate" means, as of any date of  determination,  the rate
             per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary,  to the next 1/100 of 1%)
             equal to the  higher of (a) the  Prime  Rate in effect on such date
             and (b) the  Federal  Funds Rate in effect on such date plus 1/2 of
             1%.

                  "Base  Rate  Advance"  means an  Advance  made  hereunder  and
             specified to be a Base Rate Advance in accordance with Article 2.

                  "Base Rate Loan" means a Loan made  hereunder and specified to
be a Base Rate Loan in accordance with Article 2.

                  "Base Rate Margin" means, for the initial Pricing Period 1.75%
             and, for each subsequent  Pricing Period,  the percentage set forth
             opposite  the  Leverage  Ratio  as of the  last  day of the  Fiscal
             Quarter  ending two months  prior to the first day of that  Pricing
             Period:

                   Leverage Ratio                         Base Rate Margin
                   --------------                         ----------------
                   Greater than or equal to 3.00:1.00           1.75%
                   Less than 3.00:1.00 but greater than or      1.50%
                   equal to 2.50:1.00
                   Less than 2.50:1.00 but greater than or      1.00%
                   equal to 2.00:1.00
                   Less than 2.00:1.00 but greater than or      0.75%
                   equal to 1.50:1.00
                   Less than 1.50:1.00                          0.75%

                  "Borrower" means Penn National Gaming of West Virginia, Inc.,
 a West Virginia corporation, its successors and
                   --------
             permitted assigns.

                  "Business Day" means any Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday,  Thursday
             or  Friday,  other  than a day on which  banks  are  authorized  or
             required to be closed in California, Pennsylvania or West Virginia.

                  "Capital Expenditure" means any expenditure that is considered
             a  capital   expenditure   under  Generally   Accepted   Accounting
             Principles, including any amount which is required to be treated as
             an asset subject to a Capital Lease Obligation.
                                       75

<PAGE>

                  "Capital Lease Obligations" means all monetary  obligations of
             a Person  under  any  leasing  or  similar  arrangement  which,  in
             accordance  with  Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles,   is
             classified as a capital lease.

                  "Cash"  means,  when used in connection  with any Person,  all
             monetary  and  non-monetary  items  owned by that  Person  that are
             treated as cash in accordance  with Generally  Accepted  Accounting
             Principles, consistently applied.

                  "Cash  Equivalents"  means,  when used in connection  with any
Person, that Person's Investments in:

             (a)                    Government Securities due within one year
after the date of the making of the Investment;

             (a)  readily  marketable  direct  obligations  of any  State of the
             United States of America or any political  subdivision  of any such
             State or any public agency or instrumentality  thereof given on the
             date of such  Investment a credit  rating of at least Aa by Moody's
             Investors  Service,  Inc. or AA by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group,
             in each case due within one year from the making of the Investment;

             (a) certificates of deposit issued by, bank deposits in, eurodollar
             deposits   through,   bankers'   acceptances   of,  and  repurchase
             agreements covering  Government  Securities executed by, any Lender
             or any bank  incorporated  under the Laws of the  United  States of
             America,  any State  thereof or the District of Columbia and having
             on the  date of  such  Investment  combined  capital,  surplus  and
             undivided profits of at least $250,000,000, in each case due within
             one year after the date of the making of the Investment;

             (a) certificates of deposit issued by, bank deposits in, eurodollar
             deposits   through,   bankers'   acceptances   of,  and  repurchase
             agreements covering  Government  Securities executed by, any branch
             or  office  located  in the  United  States  of  America  of a bank
             incorporated under the Laws of any jurisdiction  outside the United
             States of America  having on the date of such  Investment  combined
             capital, surplus and undivided profits of at least $500,000,000, in
             each case due  within  one year after the date of the making of the
             Investment; and

             (a)  readily  marketable  commercial  paper of  corporations  doing
             business in and incorporated under the Laws of the United States of
             America  or any State  thereof  or of any  corporation  that is the
             holding  company  for a bank  described  in clause (c) or (d) above
             given on the date of such  Investment  a credit  rating of at least
             P-1 by Moody's Investors Service,  Inc. or A-1 by Standard & Poor's
             Ratings  Group,  in each case due  within 90 days after the date of
             the making of the Investment.
                                       76

<PAGE>

                  "Certificate  of a Responsible  Official"  means a certificate
             signed  by a  Responsible  Official  of the  Person  providing  the
             certificate.

                  "Change  of  Control"  means  the  occurrence  of  any  of the
following:

                  (a) individuals who on the Closing Date  constituted the Board
             of  Directors  of  PNGI  (together  with  any  new  or  replacement
             directors  whose  election  by the  Board  of  Directors,  or whose
             nomination  for election by the Board of Directors  for election by
             PNGI's  stockholders  was approved by a vote of at least a majority
             of the  directors  then still in office who were either  members of
             the  Board  of  Directors  of PNGI  on the  Closing  Date or  whose
             election or nomination  for  reelection was previously so approved)
             cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the directors then
             in office; or

                   (b) any  transaction  or series of  related  transactions  in
             which any Person or two or more Persons  (other than the  Permitted
             Holders) acting in concert acquire beneficial ownership (within the
             meaning of Rule  13d-3(a)(1)  under the Securities  Exchange Act of
             1934,  as amended),  directly or  indirectly,  of at least 25% on a
             fully  diluted  basis of the voting or economic  interest in PNGI's
             capital stock; or

                  (c) the Permitted  Holders cease to collectively  own at least
             25% on a fully diluted basis of the voting and/or economic interest
             in the capital stock of PNGI's capital stock; or

                  (d) any event  which  constitutes  a "Change  of  Control"  or
             "Change in Control" or similar  event with respect to  Indebtedness
             of PNGI or any of its  Subsidiaries in a principal  amount which is
             in excess of $1,000,000, in the aggregate which permits the holders
             thereof to accelerate the maturity of such  Indebtedness or require
             the  prepayment  thereof  prior to the  stated  or  final  maturity
             thereof; or

                  (e) any  failure of PNGI to own,  beneficially  and of record,
             100% of the  capital  stock  of  Borrower  or of  Borrower  to own,
             beneficially  and of record,  89% or more of the equity  capital of
             the Charles Town Joint Venture.

                  "Charles Town Facility"  means the Charles Town  Entertainment
             Complex a/k/a Charles Town Races,  located on Flowing  Springs Road
             in Charles Town, Jefferson County, West Virginia 25414.

                  "Charles Town Facility Expansion" means the proposed expansion
             and improvement of the Charles Town Facility by the installation of
             the New Equipment and related equipment and fixtures.
                                       77

<PAGE>

                  "Charles  Town Joint  Venture"  means PNGI Charles Town Gaming
             Limited  Liability  Company,  a  West  Virginia  limited  liability
             company.

                  "Charles  Town   Operating   Lease"  means  the  Master  Lease
             Agreement of even date  herewith  between  Borrower and the Charles
             Town Joint Venture, as in effect on the date hereof,  together with
             all equipment  schedules  now or hereafter  delivered in connection
             therewith.

                  "Charles Town Subordination Agreement" means the Subordination
             Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative
             Agent,  dated as of the date hereof,  pursuant to which the Charles
             Town Joint  Venture  subordinates  its interest in the Charles Town
             Operating Lease to the Lien of the Administrative Agent.

                  "Closing  Date" means the time and  Business  Day on which the
             conditions  set forth in Section 8.1 are  satisfied or waived.  The
             Administrative  Agent shall notify  Borrower and the Lenders of the
             date that is the Closing Date.

                  "Code" means the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or
replaced and as in effect from time to time.

                  "Collateral"  means  all  of  the  collateral  covered  by the
             Collateral  Documents,  including  without  limitation  the  G-Tech
             Equipment and the New Equipment.

                  "Collateral  Documents"  means,  collectively,   the  Security
             Agreement, and any other security agreement, pledge agreement, deed
             of trust, mortgage or other collateral security agreement hereafter
             executed and  delivered by PNGI,  Borrower or any other  Obligor to
             secure the Obligations.

                  "Commitment"  means,  subject  to any  decrease  in the amount
thereof pursuant to Sections 2.4 or 2.5, $20,000,000.

                  "Commitment  Fee Rate" means,  for the initial Pricing Period,
             0.500% and for each subsequent  Pricing Period,  the percentage set
             forth  opposite the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the Fiscal
             Quarter  ending two months  prior to the first day of that  Pricing
             Period:

                   Leverage Ratio                            Commitment Fee Rate
                   --------------                            -------------------
                   Greater than or equal to 3.00:1.00        0.500%
                   Less than 3.00:1.00 but greater than or   0.500%
                   equal to 2.50:1.00
                   Less than 2.50:1.00 but greater           0.375%
                   than or equal to 2.00:1.00
                   Less than 2.00:1.00 but greater           0.375%
                                       78

<PAGE>

                   than or equal to 1.50:1.00
                   Less than 1.50:1.00                       0.375%

                  "Compliance  Certificate"  means a certificate  in the form of
             Exhibit B,  properly  completed  and signed by a Senior  Officer of
             Borrower.

                  "Consolidated  Cash Interest  Coverage Ratio" means, as of any
             date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for the
             four  Fiscal  Quarter  period then ended to (b)  Consolidated  Cash
             Interest Expense for the four Fiscal Quarter period then ended.

                  "Consolidated  Cash Interest  Expense"  means,  for any fiscal
             period,  Consolidated  Interest  Expense for such period,  provided
             that there shall be excluded any non-cash interest expense for such
             period (other than any interest that has been  capitalized)  to the
             extent that the same would otherwise have been included therein.

                  "Consolidated EBIT" means, for any fiscal period, Consolidated
             Net  Income  of  PNGI  and  its  Subsidiaries  before  Consolidated
             Interest  Expense  and  provision  for  taxes for such  period  and
             without giving effect (a) to any cash extraordinary gains or losses
             not to exceed $1,000,000 in the most recent twelve-month period and
             (b) to any gains or losses  from  sales of assets  other  than from
             sales of inventory sold in the ordinary course of business.

                  "Consolidated   EBITDA"   means,   for  any   fiscal   period,
             Consolidated  EBIT for such period,  adjusted by (a) adding thereto
             the amount of all amortization of intangibles and depreciation that
             were deducted in arriving at Consolidated EBIT for such period, and
             (b)  subtracting  therefrom the amount of any payments made by PNGI
             and its  Subsidiaries  pursuant to Section 4 of the Plains  Company
             Acquisition  Agreement for such period (but only to the extent that
             such payments have not already reduced  Consolidated Net Income for
             such period),  it being  understood and agreed,  however,  that for
             purposes of this clause (b),  such payment will be treated as being
             paid in four equal  consecutive  quarterly  installments,  with the
             first such  installment  being  treated as being paid in the fiscal
             quarter of PNGI in which such payment is made.

                  "Consolidated   Indebtedness"   means,   as  of  any  date  of
             determination, the principal amount of all Indebtedness of PNGI and
             its Subsidiaries at such time other than Indebtedness in respect of
             letters of credit and Indebtedness  under Swap Agreements  unless a
             payment default has occurred thereunder.

               "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any fiscal period, the
          total  consolidated  interest expense of PNGI and its Subsidiaries for
          such  period  (calculated  without  regard to any  limitations  on the
          payment thereof) plus, without  duplication,  the portion of rent paid
          or payable (without  duplication) for that fiscal period under Capital
                                       79
<PAGE>

          Lease  Obligations  that should be treated as  interest in  accordance
          with Financial  Accounting  Standards Board Statement No. 13; provided
          that the amortization of deferred financing costs with respect to this
          Agreement or the  Indebtedness  incurred  hereunder  shall be excluded
          from  Consolidated  Interest  Expense  to the  extent  the same  would
          otherwise have been included therein.

                  "Consolidated  Net Income"  means,  with respect to any Person
             and with respect to any fiscal period,  the net income (or loss) of
             such Person and its Subsidiaries  for such period,  determined on a
             consolidated  basis (after any  deduction  for minority  interest),
             provided that (a) in determining  Consolidated  Net Income of PNGI,
             the net income of any other  Person  which is not a  Subsidiary  of
             PNGI or is accounted for by PNGI by the equity method of accounting
             shall be included only to the extent of the payment of dividends or
             distributions by such other Person to PNGI or a Subsidiary  thereof
             during  such  period  and (b) the net income (or loss) of any other
             Person  acquired by such  specified  Person or a Subsidiary of such
             Person in a pooling of interest transaction for any period prior to
             the date of such acquisition shall be excluded.

                  "Consolidated   Net   Worth"   means,   as  of  any   date  of
             determination,   the   consolidated  net  worth  of  PNGI  and  its
             Subsidiaries.

                  "Contingent  Obligation"  means,  as to any  Person,  any  (a)
             guarantee by that Person of  Indebtedness  of, or other  obligation
             performable  by, any other  Person or (b)  assurance  given by that
             Person  to an  obligee  of any other  Person  with  respect  to the
             performance of an obligation by, or the condition or maintenance of
             the  financial  condition of, such other  Person,  whether  direct,
             indirect  or  contingent,  including  any  purchase  or  repurchase
             agreement   covering  such  obligation,   any  interest  rate  swap
             agreement, forward contract or other arrangement of such Person, or
             any collateral  security  therefor,  any agreement to provide funds
             (by means of loans,  capital  contributions  or  otherwise) to such
             other Person, any agreement to support the solvency or level of any
             balance sheet item of such other Person or any "keep-well" or other
             arrangement of whatever nature given for the purpose of assuring or
             holding  harmless  such  obligee  against  loss with respect to any
             obligation of such other Person;  provided,  however, that the term
             Contingent Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments
             for deposit or collection in the ordinary  course of business.  The
             amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount
             equal to the stated or  determinable  amount of the related primary
             obligation  (unless  the  Contingent  Obligation  is limited by its
             terms  to a lesser  amount,  in which  case to the  extent  of such
             amount) or, if not stated or determinable,  the maximum  reasonably
             anticipated  liability  in  respect  thereof as  determined  by the
             Person in good faith.

                  "Contractual   Obligation"   means,  as  to  any  Person,  any
             provision of any  outstanding  security issued by that Person or of
             any material  agreement,  instrument or  undertaking  to which that
             Person is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound.
                                       80

<PAGE>

                  "Creditors" means, collectively,  the Administrative Agent and
the Lenders.

                  "Debtor Relief Laws" means the  Bankruptcy  Code of the United
             States of  America,  as  amended  from time to time,  and all other
             applicable liquidation,  conservatorship,  bankruptcy,  moratorium,
             rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar
             debtor relief Laws from time to time in effect affecting the rights
             of creditors generally.

                  "Default"  means  any  event  that,  with  the  giving  of any
             applicable  notice or passage of time  specified in Section 9.1, or
             both, would be an Event of Default.

                  "Default  Rate" means the interest rate  prescribed in Section
3.6.

                  "Designated  Eurodollar  Market"  means,  with  respect to any
             LIBOR Loan, (a) the London Eurodollar Market, (b) if prime banks in
             the London Eurodollar Market are at the relevant time not accepting
             deposits of Dollars or if the  Administrative  Agent  determines in
             good faith that the London  Eurodollar Market does not represent at
             the relevant time the effective pricing to the Lenders for deposits
             of Dollars  in the London  Eurodollar  Market,  the Cayman  Islands
             Eurodollar  Market  or (c) if  prime  banks in the  Cayman  Islands
             Eurodollar  Market are at the relevant time not accepting  deposits
             of Dollars or if the Administrative  Agent determines in good faith
             that the Cayman Islands Eurodollar Market does not represent at the
             relevant time the effective  pricing to the Lenders for deposits of
             Dollars  in  the  Cayman  Islands  Eurodollar  Market,  such  other
             Eurodollar  Market  as may  from  time to time be  selected  by the
             Administrative   Agent  with  the  approval  of  Borrower  and  the
             Requisite Lenders.

                  "Disbursement   Account"   means  a  deposit   account  to  be
             maintained by Borrower  with Bank of America,  as from time to time
             designated   by   Borrower   by   written   notification   to   the
             Administrative  Agent,  into which  Loans made  hereunder  shall be
             funded unless otherwise directed by the Borrower.

                  "Disposition"  means the  voluntary  sale,  transfer  or other
             disposition  of any asset of  Borrower  or any of its  Subsidiaries
             other than (a) Cash,  Cash  Equivalents,  inventory or other assets
             sold,  leased or otherwise  disposed of in the  ordinary  course of
             business of Borrower or its Subsidiaries,  (b) equipment (including
             any  aircraft)  sold or otherwise  disposed of where  substantially
             similar  equipment  in  replacement  thereof has  theretofore  been
             acquired,  or thereafter within 90 days is acquired, by Borrower or
             its  Subsidiaries,  (c)  leases of  retail  space by  Borrower,  as
             lessor, in the ordinary course of the business of Borrower and in a
             manner consistent with other similarly situated  businesses,  (d) a
             disposition  to  Borrower  or  any  of its  Subsidiaries,  and  (e)
             Distributions permitted by Section 6.5.
                                       81

<PAGE>

                  "Distribution"  means, with respect to shares of capital stock
             or any warrant or option to  purchase  an equity  security or other
             equity security issued by a Person, (i) the retirement, redemption,
             purchase,  or other  acquisition  for Cash or for  Property by such
             Person  of any such  security,  (ii) the  declaration  or  (without
             duplication)  payment by such Person of any  dividend in Cash or in
             Property  on or  with  respect  to any  such  security,  (iii)  any
             Investment  by such  Person in the holder of 5% or more of any such
             security   if  a   purpose   of  such   Investment   is  to   avoid
             characterization of the transaction as a Distribution, and (iv) any
             other  payment in Cash or Property by such  Person  constituting  a
             distribution under applicable Laws with respect to such security.

                  "Dollars" or "$" means United States dollars.

                  "Eligible  Assignee"  means,  (a)  another  Lender,  (b)  with
             respect  to any  Lender,  any  Affiliate  of that  Lender,  (c) any
             commercial   bank   having  a  combined   capital  and  surplus  of
             $100,000,000  or more,  (d) any (i) savings bank,  savings and loan
             association  or similar  financial  institution  or (ii)  insurance
             company  engaged in the  business of writing  insurance  which,  in
             either  case (A) has a net worth of  $200,000,000  or more,  (B) is
             engaged in the business of lending money and extending credit under
             credit  facilities  similar to those  extended under this Agreement
             and  (C)  is  operationally  and  procedurally  able  to  meet  the
             obligations  of  a  Lender  hereunder  to  the  same  degree  as  a
             commercial bank and (e) any other financial institution  (including
             a mutual fund or other fund) having total assets of $250,000,000 or
             more which meets the  requirements  set forth in subclauses (B) and
             (C) of clause (d) above;  provided that (I) each Eligible  Assignee
             must either (a) be organized under the Laws of the United States of
             America,  any State  thereof or the  District of Columbia or (b) be
             organized under the Laws of the Cayman Islands or any country which
             is a  member  of the  Organization  for  Economic  Cooperation  and
             Development,  or a political subdivision of such a country, and (i)
             act hereunder through a branch, agency or funding office located in
             the United States of America and (ii) be exempt from withholding of
             tax on interest and deliver the documents  related thereto pursuant
             to Section 11.21.

                  "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of
             1974, and any regulations  issued pursuant  thereto,  as amended or
             replaced and as in effect from time to time.

                  "Eurodollar Base Rate" means,  with respect to any LIBOR Loan,
             the average per annum  interest  rate at which  deposits in Dollars
             would be offered for the applicable  Interest Period by major banks
             in the Designated  Eurodollar Market, as shown on the Telerate Page
             3750 (or such other page as may replace it) at approximately  11:00
             a.m.  London time two Market Days  before the  commencement  of the
             Interest Period.  If such rate does not appear on the Telerate Page
             3750 (or such other page that may  replace  it),  the rate for that
                                       82
<PAGE>

            interest  period will be  determined  by such  alternate  method as
             reasonably selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative
             Agent's   determination  of  the  Eurodollar  Base  Rate  shall  be
             conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

                  "Eurodollar Market" means a regular established market located
             outside  the United  States of  America by and among  banks for the
             solicitation,  offer  and  acceptance  of Dollar  deposits  in such
             banks.

                  "Eurodollar  Obligations" means eurocurrency  liabilities,  as
defined in Regulation D.

                  "Event of Default" shall have the meaning  provided in Section
9.1.

                  "Federal Funds Rate" means,  as of any date of  determination,
             the rate set forth in the weekly statistical  release designated as
             H.15(519),  or any successor publication,  published by the Federal
             Reserve Board (including any such successor,  "H.15(519)") for such
             date opposite the caption "Federal Funds  (Effective)".  If for any
             relevant date such rate is not yet published in H.15(519), the rate
             for such date  will be the rate set forth in the daily  statistical
             release  designated as the Composite 3:30 p.m.  Quotations for U.S.
             Government Securities,  or any successor publication,  published by
             the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (including any such successor,
             the  "Composite  3:30 p.m.  Quotations")  for such  date  under the
             caption "Federal Funds Effective Rate". If on any relevant date the
             appropriate  rate  for such  date is not yet  published  in  either
             H.15(519) or the Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations,  the rate for such
             date  will  be the  arithmetic  mean  of the  rates  for  the  last
             transaction in overnight  Federal funds arranged prior to 9:00 a.m.
             (New York City time) on that date by each of three leading  brokers
             of Federal  funds  transactions  in New York City  selected  by the
             Administrative Agent. For purposes of this Agreement, any change in
             the Base Rate due to a change in the  Federal  Funds  Rate shall be
             effective  as of the opening of business on the  effective  date of
             such change.

                  "Fiscal   Quarter"   means  the  fiscal  quarter  of  Borrower
             consisting of a three-month  fiscal period ending on each March 31,
             June 30, September 30 and December 31.

                  "Fiscal Year" means the fiscal year of Borrower  consisting of
a twelve-month period ending on each December 31.

                  "Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles" means accounting
             principles,  as in effect on the Closing  Date, as (a) set forth as
             generally  accepted  in the  currently  effective  Opinions  of the
             Accounting  Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified
             Public  Accountants,  (b) set forth as  generally  accepted  in the
             currently   effective   Statements  of  the  Financial   Accounting
             Standards  Board or (c) that are  approved by such other  entity as
                                       83
<PAGE>

             may  be  approved  by  a  significant  segment  of  the  accounting
             profession in the United States of America.  The term "consistently
             applied,"  as  used  in  connection   therewith,   means  that  the
             accounting  principles  applied  are  consistent  in  all  material
             respects with those applied at prior dates or for prior periods.

                  "G-Tech  Equipment" means the  approximately 799 video lottery
             terminals and related  equipment and fixtures  described as such on
             Schedule 1.1.

                  "Government  Securities"  means readily  marketable (a) direct
             full faith and credit  obligations  of the United States of America
             or  obligations  guaranteed  by the full  faith  and  credit of the
             United  States  of  America,  or (b)  obligations  of an  agency or
             instrumentality  of, or corporation owned,  controlled or sponsored
             by, the United States of America that are  generally  considered in
             the  securities  industry to be implicit  obligations of the United
             States of America.

                  "Governmental  Agency" means (a) any  international,  foreign,
             federal,  state,  county  or  municipal  government,  or  political
             subdivision  thereof,  (b) any  governmental or  quasi-governmental
             agency,   authority,   board,   bureau,   commission,   department,
             instrumentality  or public body, or (c) any court or administrative
             tribunal of competent jurisdiction.

"Hazardous   Materials"  means  substances  regulated  as  hazardous  substances
pursuant to (a) the Comprehensive  -------------------  Environmental  Response,
Compensation  and  Liability  Act of 1980,  42  U.S.C.ss.  9601 et  seq.,  or as
hazardous  or toxic wastes or  pollutants  pursuant to the  Hazardous  Materials
Transportation  Act, 49 U.S.C.ss.  1801, et seq., the Resource  Conservation and
Recovery  Act,  42  U.S.C.ss.  6901,  et seq.,  or (b) any other Law  regulating
hazardous  substances  or hazardous or toxic wastes or  pollutants or regulating
the generation, use, storage, treatment,  handling or transportation of any such
substances, in each case as such Laws are amended from time to time.

                  "Hazardous  Materials Laws" means all federal,  state or local
             laws,  ordinances,  rules or  regulations  governing  the disposal,
             transfer,  generation,  storage or treatment of Hazardous Materials
             applicable to any of the Real Property.

                  "Indebtedness" means, as to any Person (without  duplication),
             (a)  indebtedness  of such  Person  for  borrowed  money or for the
             deferred  purchase  price of  Property  (excluding  trade and other
             accounts  payable in the ordinary  course of business in accordance
             with customary  trade terms),  including any Contingent  Obligation
             for any such  indebtedness,  (b) indebtedness of such Person of the
             nature  described in clause (a) that is  non-recourse to the credit
             of such  Person  but is secured  by assets of such  Person,  to the
             extent of the value of such assets,  (c) Capital Lease  Obligations
             of such  Person,  (d)  indebtedness  of such Person  arising  under
                                       84
<PAGE>

             bankers' acceptance facilities or under facilities for the discount
             of accounts receivable of such Person, (e) any direct or contingent
             obligations  of such Person under  letters of credit issued for the
             account of such Person and (f) any net  obligations  of such Person
             under a Swap Agreement.

                  "Intangible   Assets"   means   assets  that  are   considered
             intangible assets under Generally Accepted  Accounting  Principles,
             including customer lists, goodwill, computer software,  copyrights,
             trade names, trademarks and patents.

                  "Interest  Differential" means, with respect to any prepayment
             of a LIBOR Loan on a day other than the last day of the  applicable
             Interest  Period and with  respect to any failure to borrow a LIBOR
             Loan on the date or in the  amount  specified  in any  Request  for
             Loan,  (a) the per annum interest rate payable (or, with respect to
             a failure  to  borrow,  the  interest  rate  which  would have been
             payable)  pursuant to Section 3.1(c) with respect to the LIBOR Loan
             minus (b) the LIBOR on, or as near as  practicable  to, the date of
             the  prepayment  or  failure  to  borrow  for a LIBOR  Loan with an
             Interest Period  commencing on such date and ending on the last day
             of the Interest  Period of the LIBOR Loan so prepaid or which would
             have been borrowed on such date.

                  "Interest  Period"  means,  as to each LIBOR Loan,  the period
             commencing  on the date  specified by Borrower  pursuant to Section
             2.1(b) and ending 1, 2, 3 or 6 months  thereafter,  as specified by
             Borrower in the applicable Request for Loan; provided that:

            (a)      The first day of any Interest Period shall be a Market Day;

             (a) Any Interest  Period that would  otherwise end on a day that is
             not a Market Day shall be  extended to the next  succeeding  Market
             Day unless  such  Market Day falls in another  calendar  month,  in
             which case such  Interest  Period  shall end on the next  preceding
             Market Day;

             (a) Borrower may not specify an Interest Period that extends beyond
             any  Reduction  Date unless the aggregate  principal  amount of the
             LIBOR Loans having an Interest  Period ending after such  Reduction
             Date does not exceed the  Commitment  (after  giving  effect to any
             reduction  thereto  scheduled  to be made on  such  Reduction  Date
             pursuant to Section 2.5); and

             (a)     No Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.

                  "Investment"  means,  when used in connection with any Person,
             any  investment by or of that Person,  whether by means of purchase
             or other  acquisition  of stock or other  securities  of any  other
             Person  or by means of a loan,  advance  creating  a debt,  capital
             contribution,  guaranty  or other debt or equity  participation  or
             interest in any other Person,  including any  partnership and joint
             venture  interests  of such  Person.  The amount of any  Investment
             shall be the  amount  actually  invested,  without  adjustment  for
             subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.
                                       85
<PAGE>

                  "Laws"  means,  collectively,  all  federal,  state  and local
             statutes, rules, regulations,  ordinances, codes and administrative
             or judicial  precedents,  or other matters  having the force of law
             and binding upon the parties hereto.

                  "Lenders" has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

                  "Leverage  Ratio"  means,  as of the last  day of each  Fiscal
             Quarter, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Indebtedness as of such date
             to (b) Consolidated  EBITDA for the four Fiscal Quarter period then
             ended (in each case taken as one accounting period),  provided that
             for purposes of determining the Base Rate Margin,  the LIBOR Margin
             and the Commitment Fee Rate, the term  "Consolidated  Indebtedness"
             as used in the foregoing clause (a) of this definition shall be the
             sum  of  (i)  Consolidated   Indebtedness   (other  than  the  then
             outstanding  principal  amount of all Loans) on the last day of the
             applicable  Fiscal  Quarter  plus  (ii)  the  average   outstanding
             principal amount of all Loans for the Fiscal Quarter then ended.

                  "LIBOR"  means,  with  respect to any LIBOR Loan,  an interest
             rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary,  to the nearest 1/100
             of one percent) determined pursuant to the following formula:

                           LIBOR    =              Eurodollar Base Rate

                            1.00 - Reserve Percentage

                  "LIBOR  Advance" means an Advance made hereunder and specified
to be a LIBOR Advance in accordance with Article 2.

                                       86
<PAGE>

                  "LIBOR Loan" means a Loan made hereunder and specified to be a
LIBOR Loan in accordance with Article 2.

                  "LIBOR  Margin"  means,  for the initial  Pricing Period 2.75%
             and, for each subsequent  Pricing Period,  the percentage set forth
             opposite  the  Leverage  Ratio  as of the  last  day of the  Fiscal
             Quarter  ending two months  prior to the first day of that  Pricing
             Period:

               Leverage Ratio                                 LIBOR Margin
               --------------                                ------------
               Greater than or equal to 3.00:1.00               2.75%
               Less than 3.00:1.00 but greater than or equal    2.50%
               to 2.50:1.00
               Less than 2.50:1.00 but greater than or equal    2.00%
               to 2.00:1.00
               Less than 2.00:1.00 but greater than or equal    1.75%
               to 1.50:1.00
               Less than 1.50:1.00                              1.50%


                  "LIBOR Office" means, as to each Lender,  its office or branch
             so designated by written notice to the Administrative  Agent as its
             LIBOR Office.  If no LIBOR Office is  designated  by a Lender,  its
             LIBOR  Office  shall be its office at its address  for  purposes of
             notices hereunder.

                  "License Revocation" means the revocation, failure to renew or
             suspension  of, or the  appointment  of a receiver,  supervisor  or
             similar  official  with respect to, any casino,  gambling or gaming
             license  issued by any  Regulatory  Board  covering  any  casino or
             gaming facility of PNGI or its Subsidiaries.

                  "Lien"   means   any   mortgage,   deed  of   trust,   pledge,
             hypothecation,   assignment   for  security,   security   interest,
             encumbrance,  lien  or  charge  of any  kind,  whether  voluntarily
             incurred or arising by operation of Law or otherwise, affecting any
             Property,  including any  agreement to grant any of the  foregoing,
             any conditional sale or other title retention agreement,  any lease
             in the  nature of a  security  interest,  and/or  the  filing of or
             agreement   to  give  any   financing   statement   (other  than  a
             precautionary  financing  statement with respect to a lease that is
             not in the nature of a security  interest or customary  pre-filings
             of financing  statements in connection with any refinancing)  under
             the Uniform  Commercial Code or comparable Law of any  jurisdiction
             with respect to any Property.

                  "Loan" means the  aggregate  of the  Advances  made at any one
time by the Lenders pursuant to Article 2.
                                       87

<PAGE>

                  "Loan  Documents"  means,  collectively,  this Agreement,  the
             Notes,  the PNGI Guaranty,  the Collateral  Documents,  the Charles
             Town   Subordination   Agreement,   each  Request  for  Loan,  each
             Compliance  Certificate  and any  other  agreements  of any type or
             nature  hereafter  executed and delivered by Borrower or any of its
             Subsidiaries  or Affiliates to the  Administrative  Agent or to any
             Lender in any way relating to or in furtherance of this  Agreement,
             in each case either as originally  executed or as the same may from
             time to time be supplemented, modified, amended, restated, extended
             or supplanted.

                  "Margin Stock" means "margin stock" as such term is defined in
Regulation T, U or X.

                  "Market  Day"  means any  Business  Day on which  dealings  in
             Dollar  deposits are conducted by and among banks in the Designated
             Eurodollar Market.

                  "Material  Adverse Effect" means any set of  circumstances  or
             events  which (a) has or may  reasonably  be  expected  to have any
             material   adverse   effect   whatsoever   upon  the   validity  or
             enforceability  of any Loan  Document,  (b) is or may reasonably be
             expected to be material and adverse to the condition  (financial or
             otherwise),  business  operations  or  prospects  of  PNGI  and its
             Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole,  or (c) materially  impairs or may
             reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of PNGI and
             its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to perform the Obligations.

                  "Maturity Date" means the earlier of (a) December 31, 2002 and
             (b) the date which is the third anniversary of the Closing Date.

"Multiemployer  Plan" means any employee  benefit plan of the type  described in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

                  "Negative Pledge" means a Contractual Obligation that contains
             a  covenant  binding  on  PNGI  or  any of  its  Subsidiaries  that
             prohibits Liens on any of its or their Property, other than (a) any
             such covenant contained in a Contractual Obligation granting a Lien
             permitted under Section 6.8 which affects only the Property that is
             the subject of such  permitted  Lien and (b) any such covenant that
             does not apply to Liens securing the Obligations.

                  "Net Cash Proceeds"  means with respect to any  Disposition or
             any offerings of Indebtedness  or equity  securities of PNGI or its
             Subsidiaries,  the gross  sales  proceeds  received by PNGI and its
             Subsidiaries  from such  Disposition  or  offering in Cash and Cash
             Equivalents net of brokerage commissions,  legal expenses and other
             transactional  costs  payable  by PNGI  and its  Subsidiaries  with
             respect to such Disposition and net of an amount determined in good
             faith by  Borrower  to be the  estimated  amount  of  income  taxes
             payable by PNGI  attributable to such  Disposition and any reserves
                                       88
<PAGE>

             required to be  established in accordance  with Generally  Accepted
             Accounting  Principles  by PNGI or its  Subsidiaries  as a  reserve
             against any liabilities associated with such Disposition, including
             without  limitation  pension  and  other  post-employment   benefit
             liabilities,  liabilities  related  to  environmental  matters  and
             liabilities under indemnification  obligations associated with such
             Disposition.

                  "Net Equity Proceeds" means,  with respect to each issuance or
             sale of any equity by any  Person or any  capital  contribution  to
             such Person,  the cash proceeds (net of underwriting  discounts and
             commissions  and  other  reasonable  costs  associated   therewith)
             received by such Person from the respective sale or issuance of its
             equity or from the respective capital contribution.

                  "New  Equipment"  means (a) the 565 slot  machines and related
             equipment and fixtures purchased or to be purchased by Borrower and
             leased  pursuant to the Charles Town Operating  Lease and described
             on Schedule  1.2,  and (b) any  additional  equipment  and fixtures
             financed hereunder.

                  "Note" means any of the promissory notes made by Borrower to a
             Lender  evidencing  Advances  under that Lender's Pro Rata Share of
             the Commitment,  substantially  in the form of Exhibit C, either as
             originally  executed  or as the  same  may  from  time  to  time be
             supplemented, modified, amended, renewed, extended or supplanted.

                  "Obligations"  means all  present  and future  obligations  of
             every kind or nature of Borrower  or any other  Obligor at any time
             and  from  time to time  owed to the  Administrative  Agent  or the
             Lenders  or any one or more of them,  under  any one or more of the
             Loan Documents, whether due or to become due, matured or unmatured,
             liquidated  or  unliquidated,   or  contingent  or   noncontingent,
             including  obligations  of  performance  as well as  obligations of
             payment, and including interest that accrues after the commencement
             of any  proceeding  under  any  Debtor  Relief  Law  by or  against
             Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Borrower.

                  "Obligor"  means  Borrower,   PNGI,  the  Charles  Town  Joint
             Venture,  and each other future guarantor of the  Obligations,  and
             each  Affiliate  of PNGI  which has at any time  executed  any Loan
             Document.

                  "Opinion  of  Counsel"  means  the  favorable   written  legal
             opinions of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius, LLP, and Bowles, Rice, special
             counsel to the  Obligors,  in each case issued on the Closing  Date
             and in a  form  solely  acceptable  to  the  Administrative  Agent,
             together with copies of all factual certificates and legal opinions
             upon which such counsel have relied.
                                       89

<PAGE>

                  "Outstanding   Obligations"   means,   as  of  each   date  of
             determination,  and giving  effect to the making of any such credit
             accommodations  requested  on that date,  the  aggregate  principal
             amount of the outstanding Loans.

                  "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation or any
successor thereof established under ERISA.

                  "Pension Plan" means any "employee  pension  benefit plan" (as
             such term is  defined  in  Section  3(2) of  ERISA),  other  than a
             Multiemployer  Plan,  which is  subject to Title IV of ERISA and is
             maintained  by  Borrower  or any of its  Subsidiaries  or to  which
             Borrower  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries   contributes  or  has  an
             obligation to contribute.

                  "Permitted  Holders"  means Peter D. Carlino,  his progeny and
             his or their spouses, and any trusts over which any such Person has
             sole control (voting or otherwise) and which name as  beneficiaries
             only such Person or such Person's spouse or children.

                  "Person" means any individual or entity,  including a trustee,
             corporation,   limited  liability  company,   general  partnership,
             limited   partnership,   joint  stock   company,   trust,   estate,
             unincorporated  organization,  business  association,  firm,  joint
             venture, Governmental Agency, or other entity.

                  "Plains  Company  Acquisition  Agreement"  means the  Purchase
             Agreement  dated as of September 13, 1996 by and between the Estate
             of Joseph B. Banks and PNGI.

                  "PNGI" means Penn National Gaming, Inc.,
 a Pennsylvania corporation.
                   ----

                  "PNGI Credit  Agreement" means the Second Amended and Restated
             Credit  Agreement  among  PNGI,  various  Banks,  and  First  Union
             National  Bank, as Agent,  dated January 28, 1999, as amended on or
             prior  to the  date  hereof  and in  effect  on  the  date  hereof,
             including the amendment thereto effective concurrently herewith.

                  "PNGI Credit  Party" means any "Credit  Party" as such term is
defined in the PNGI Credit Agreement.

                  "PNGI Guaranty" means the unconditional guaranty or guaranties
             of the Obligations delivered by PNGI, either as originally executed
             or as it may from time to time be supplemented,  modified, amended,
             or supplanted.

                  "Pricing Period" means (a) the period beginning on the Closing
             Date  and  ending  on  February  29,  2000,  and  (b)  each  of the
             succeeding  three month periods  beginning on each March 1, June 1,
             September 1 and December 1.
                                       90

<PAGE>

                  "Prime  Rate"  means the rate of interest  publicly  announced
             from time to time by Bank of America  as its "prime  rate." It is a
             rate set by Bank of America  based upon various  factors  including
             Bank of  America's  costs  and  desired  return,  general  economic
             conditions and other factors,  and is used as a reference point for
             pricing some loans,  which may be priced at,  above,  or below such
             announced  rate.  Any change in the Prime Rate announced by Bank of
             America  shall take  effect at the  opening of  business on the day
             specified in the public announcement of such change.

                  "Projections" means the financial  projections attached hereto
as Schedule 4.17.

                  "Property"  means  any  interest  in any kind of  property  or
             asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

                  "Pro Rata Share" means, as of each date of  determination  and
             with respect to each Lender, the percentage of the Commitment owned
             by that Lender  (or, if the  Commitment  has been  terminated,  the
             percentage of the Outstanding Obligations owned by that Lender). As
             of the  Closing  Date,  the Pro Rata Share of each Lender is as set
             forth  on  the  signature   pages   hereto.   The  records  of  the
             Administrative Agent shall be presumed to correctly reflect the Pro
             Rata Share of the Lenders then party to this Agreement.

                  "Quarterly  Payment  Date"  means  each  March  31,  June  30,
             September  30 and December 31 to occur  following  the date of this
             Agreement.

                  "Real Property"  means, as of any date of  determination,  all
             real Property then or theretofore owned, leased or occupied by PNGI
             or any of its Subsidiaries.

                  "Reduction Amount" means, with respect to each Reduction Date,
             the amount set forth in the matrix below  opposite  that  Reduction
             Date in the column headed "Reduction  Amount" or such lesser amount
             to which that  Reduction  Amount may be reduced in accordance  with
             the second sentence of Section 2.4:

                                       91
<PAGE>



                               Reduction Dates               Reduction Amount
                               ---------------               ----------------
                               03/31/00                  $  1,250,000
                               06/30/00                  $  1,250,000
                               09/30/00                  $  1,250,000
                               12/31/00                  $  1,250,000
                               03/31/01                  $  1,250,000
                               06/30/01                  $  1,250,000
                               09/30/01                  $  1,250,000
                               12/31/01                  $  1,250,000
                               03/31/02                  $  1,250,000
                               06/30/02                  $  1,250,000
                               09/30/02                  $  1,250,000
                               12/31/02                  $  6,250,000

                  "Reduction  Date"  means March 31,  2000,  and the last day of
             each  succeeding  June,  September,  December and March through the
             Maturity Date.

                  "Regulation D" means Regulation D, as at any time amended,  of
             the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System,  or any other
             regulation in substance substituted therefor.

                  "Regulations  T, U and X" means  Regulations T, U and X, as at
             any time amended,  of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
             System, or any other regulations in substance substituted therefor.

                  "Regulatory Board" means,  collectively,  (a) the Pennsylvania
             Horse  Racing   Commission,   the   Pennsylvania   Harness   Racing
             Commission,  the West Virginia Racing Commission, the West Virginia
             Lottery  Commission,  and (b) any other  Governmental  Agency  that
             holds  regulatory,  licensing or permit  authority  over  gambling,
             gaming  or  casino  activities  conducted  by  PNGI  or  any of its
             Subsidiaries within its jurisdiction.

                  "Request  for  Loan"  means  a  written  request  for  a  Loan
             substantially  in the form of  Exhibit D,  signed by a  Responsible
             Official  of  Borrower  and  properly   completed  to  provide  all
             information required to be included therein.

                  "Requirement of Law" means, as to any Person,  the articles or
             certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or
             governing  documents  of such  Person,  and any Law,  or  judgment,
             award,  decree, writ or determination of a Governmental  Agency, in
             each case  applicable  to or binding upon such Person or any of its
             Property or to which such Person or any of its Property is subject.
                                       92
<PAGE>

                  "Requisite  Lenders" means,  as of each date of  determination
             (a) if the  Commitment is then in effect,  Lenders  having Pro Rata
             Shares  constituting  66 2/3% of the  Commitment  (but if there are
             only two Lenders, both Lenders), and (b) if the Commitment has then
             been  terminated  and there are then any  Obligations  outstanding,
             Lenders holding 66 2/3% or more of the Outstanding Obligations (but
             if there are only two Lenders, both Lenders).

                  "Reserve  Percentage"  means,  with respect to any LIBOR Loan,
             the maximum  reserve  percentage  (expressed as a decimal,  rounded
             upward,  if necessary,  to the nearest  1/100th of 1%) in effect on
             the date the Eurodollar Base Rate for that LIBOR Loan is determined
             (whether or not applicable to any Lender) under regulations  issued
             from time to time by the Federal  Reserve Board for determining the
             maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency,  supplemental
             or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to eurocurrency
             funding  (currently  referred  to  as  "eurocurrency  liabilities")
             having a term  comparable  to the  Interest  Period  for such LIBOR
             Loan.  The  determination  by  the  Administrative   Agent  of  any
             applicable Reserve Percentage shall be conclusive in the absence of
             manifest error.

                  "Responsible Official" means (a) when used with reference to a
             Person  other  than an  individual,  any  officer  of such  Person,
             general  partner of such  Person,  officer of a  corporate  general
             partner of such Person, or corporate officer of a corporate general
             partner of a partnership  that is a general partner of such Person,
             or any other  responsible  official  thereof  duly acting on behalf
             thereof,  and (b) when used with  reference  to a Person  who is an
             individual, such Person. Any document or certificate hereunder that
             is signed or executed by a Responsible  Official of another  Person
             shall be  conclusively  presumed  to have  been  authorized  by all
             necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of
             such other Person.

                  "Right of Others" means,  as to any Property in which a Person
             has an  interest,  any  legal or  equitable  right,  title or other
             interest  (other  than a Lien)  held by any  other  Person  in that
             Property,  and any  option  or right  held by any  other  Person to
             acquire any such right,  title or other  interest in that Property,
             including any option or right to acquire a Lien.

                  "Scheduled Expense" means the proposed expenditures to be made
             by Borrower for New Equipment and Leasehold  Improvements described
             on Schedule  1.2, the amounts of which shall not exceed the amounts
             listed under the column labeled "Unpaid as of December 13, 1999" on
             Schedule 1.2.

                  "Security  Agreement" means a security  agreement executed and
             delivered by Borrower in favor of the Administrative  Agent for the
             benefit of the  Creditors,  either as originally  executed or as it
             may from time to time be supplemented,  modified, amended, extended
             or supplanted.
                                       93
<PAGE>

                  "Senior  Officer" means the (a) chief executive  officer,  (b)
             president, (c) any vice president, (d) chief financial officer, (e)
             treasurer or (f) assistant treasurer of the Person designated.

                  "Significant  Transaction" means any (a) Acquisition following
             the Closing Date by PNGI or its  Subsidiaries  of another Person or
             group of Persons for a consideration  in excess of $10,000,000,  or
             any   Investment   following  the  Closing  Date  by  PNGI  or  its
             Subsidiaries in any other Person in an amount which is in excess of
             $10,000,000,  (b) any purchase,  lease or other acquisition by PNGI
             or any  of its  Subsidiaries  of  capital  or  fixed  assets  for a
             consideration  which is in  excess  of  $10,000,000,  in each  case
             whether   in  a  single   transaction   or  a  series  of   related
             transactions,  but in any event excluding Capital Expenditures made
             to improve or expand assets owned by PNGI or its Subsidiaries as of
             the Closing Date.  Execution of any agreement requiring PNGI or its
             Subsidiaries to enter into a Significant  Transaction  shall not be
             deemed to constitute a Significant  Transaction unless or until the
             underlying transactions are consummated.

                  "Solvent"  means, as of any date of  determination,  and as to
             any Person, that on such date: (a) the fair valuation of the assets
             of such Person is greater than the fair  valuation of such Person's
             probable  liability in respect of existing  debts;  (b) such Person
             does not intend to, and does not believe that it will,  incur debts
             beyond such Person's ability to pay as such debts mature;  (c) such
             Person is not  engaged in a  business  or  transaction,  and is not
             about to engage in a business  or  transaction,  which  would leave
             such   Person  with  assets   remaining   which  would   constitute
             unreasonably small capital after giving effect to the nature of the
             particular  business  or  transaction;   and  (d)  such  Person  is
             generally  paying its debts as they become due. For purposes of the
             foregoing  (1) the "fair  valuation" of any assets means the amount
             realizable within a reasonable time,  either through  collection or
             sale,  of such assets at their regular  market value,  which is the
             amount  obtainable  by a capable and diligent  businessman  from an
             interested   buyer   willing  to  purchase  such  assets  within  a
             reasonable  time  under  ordinary  circumstances;  and (2) the term
             "debts" includes any legal liability  whether matured or unmatured,
             liquidated or unliquidated, absolute, fixed or contingent.

                  "Special LIBOR Circumstance" means the application or adoption
             after the Closing Date of any Law or interpretation,  or any change
             after the Closing Date therein or thereof,  or any change after the
             Closing Date in the interpretation or administration thereof by any
             Governmental  Agency,  central bank or comparable authority charged
             with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by
             any  Lender or its  LIBOR  Office  with any  request  or  directive
             (whether  or not having the force of Law) of any such  Governmental
             Agency,  central  bank or  comparable  authority  issued  after the
             Closing Date, or the existence or occurrence after the Closing Date
             of  circumstances   affecting  the  Designated   Eurodollar  Market
             generally that are beyond the reasonable control of the Lenders.
                                       94
<PAGE>

                  "Subordinated  Obligations" means any Indebtedness of Borrower
             which is subordinated in right of payment to the  Obligations,  the
             terms of which are  approved by the  Administrative  Agent,  acting
             with the consent of the Requisite Lenders, in writing.

                  "Subsidiary"  means, as of any date of determination  and with
             respect to any Person,  any corporation,  limited liability company
             or partnership  (whether or not, in either case,  characterized  as
             such or as a "joint  venture"),  whether now  existing or hereafter
             organized or acquired:  (a) in the case of a corporation or limited
             liability  company,  of which a majority of the  securities  having
             ordinary  voting  power  for the  election  of  directors  or other
             governing  body  (other than  securities  having such power only by
             reason  of  the  happening  of  a  contingency)  are  at  the  time
             beneficially  owned by such Person and/or one or more  Subsidiaries
             of such  Person,  or (b) in the case of a  partnership,  of which a
             majority of the partnership or other ownership interests are at the
             time  beneficially  owned by such Person  and/or one or more of its
             Subsidiaries.

                  "Swap  Agreement" means a written  agreement  between Borrower
             and one or more financial institutions providing for "swap", "cap",
             "collar" or other  interest  rate  protection  with  respect to any
             Indebtedness.

                  "to  the  best   knowledge   of"  means,   when   modifying  a
             representation, warranty or other statement of any Person, that the
             fact or situation  described therein is known by the Person (or, in
             the  case of a  Person  other  than a  natural  Person,  known by a
             Responsible  Official of that  Person)  making the  representation,
             warranty or other statement, or with the exercise of reasonable due
             diligence under the  circumstances (in accordance with the standard
             of what a  reasonable  Person in similar  circumstances  would have
             done)  would have been known by the  Person  (or,  in the case of a
             Person  other  than a natural  Person,  would  have been known by a
             Responsible Official of that Person).

                  "type",  when used with respect to any Loan or Advance,  means
             the designation of whether such Loan or Advance is a Base Rate Loan
             or Advance, or a LIBOR Loan or Advance.

                  "Venue"  means  any  gaming,  pari-mutuel,   racing  or  other
             entertainment venue now or hereafter operated by PNGI or any of its
             Subsidiaries.

                  "Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary"  means,  as to any Person,  (i) any
             corporation  100% of whose  capital  stock  (other than  director's
             qualifying  shares) is at the time owned by such Person  and/or one
             or more  Wholly-Owned  Subsidiaries  of such  Person  and  (ii) any
             partnership,  association,  joint  venture or other entity in which
             such Person and/or one or more  Wholly-Owned  Subsidiaries  of such
             Person has a 100% equity interest at such time.
                                       95
<PAGE>

                  "Year 2000 Issue" means failure of computer software, hardware
             and firmware systems,  and equipment  containing  embedded computer
             chips, to properly receive, transmit, process,  manipulate,  store,
             retrieve,  re-transmit  or  in  any  other  way  utilize  data  and
             information due to the occurrence of the year 2000 or the inclusion
             of dates on or after January 1, 2000.

1.1 Use of Defined  Terms . Any defined  term used in the plural  shall refer to
all members of the  relevant  class,  and any defined  term used in the singular
shall refer to any one or more of the members of the relevant class.

1.2

1.3 Accounting  Terms . All accounting  terms not  specifically  defined in this
Agreement shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data required
to be  submitted  by this  Agreement  shall  be  prepared  in  conformity  with,
Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles  as in effect on the  Closing  Date,
applied on a consistent basis.

1.4

1.5 Rounding . Any  financial  ratios  required to be  maintained by Borrower or
PNGI pursuant to this Agreement  shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate
component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the
number of places by which such ratio is expressed in this Agreement and rounding
the result up or down to the  nearest  number  (with a  round-up  if there is no
nearest number) to the number of places by which such ratio is expressed in this
Agreement.

1.6

1.7 Exhibits  and  Schedules . All  Exhibits  and  Schedules to this  Agreement,
either  as  originally  existing  or as the  same  may  from  time  to  time  be
supplemented,  modified or amended, are incorporated herein by this reference. A
matter disclosed on one Schedule shall be deemed disclosed on all Schedules.

1.8

1.9  References to "and its  Subsidiaries"  . Any  reference  herein to "and its
Subsidiaries"  or the like shall refer solely to the subject  Person during such
times as the  subject  Person  shall  have no  Subsidiaries.  No use of the term
"Subsidiary" or any derivative thereof in the Loan Documents shall imply a right
in any Person to make any Investments in or Acquisitions of any other Person.

1.10

1.11 References to Times . Each reference to a time of day set forth in the Loan
Documents shall, unless expressly stated to the contrary,  be a reference to the
then prevailing California local time.

1.12

1.13  Miscellaneous  Terms . The term  "or" is  disjunctive;  the term  "and" is
conjunctive.  The term  "shall"  is  mandatory;  the term  "may" is  permissive.
Masculine terms also apply to females;  feminine terms also apply to males.  The
term "including" is by way of example and not limitation.

1.14

                                       96
<PAGE>


                                  Article LOANS

                                 Article 3 LOANS

                              1.1 Loans-General .
                                  -------------
1.2

             (a)  Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  in  this
             Agreement,  on  the  Closing  Date  each  Lender  shall,  pro  rata
             according to that  Lender's  Pro Rata Share of the then  applicable
             Commitment,  make an Advances to Borrower  under the  Commitment in
             the  aggregate  amount  of  $9,100,000.  Subject  to the  terms and
             conditions  set  forth in this  Agreement,  from the  Closing  Date
             through the Availability Date each Lender shall, pro rata according
             to that Lender's Pro Rata Share of the then applicable  Commitment,
             make  further  Advances to Borrower  under the  Commitment  against
             Scheduled  Expenses in such amounts as Borrower may request that do
             not result in the  Outstanding  Obligations  being in excess of the
             Commitment.  Unless the  Administrative  Agent otherwise  requests,
             Borrower shall not request any Loan which results in an increase in
             the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding  Obligations more
             frequently  than once in each calendar  month.  The proceeds of all
             Advances made hereunder  shall be used as set forth in Section 5.9.
             Amounts repaid under the Commitment may not be reborrowed.  Subject
             to the limitations  set forth herein,  Borrower may repay under the
             Commitment without premium or penalty.
                                       97
<PAGE>

             (a) Subject to the next sentence,  each Loan shall be made pursuant
             to a Request for Loan which shall (i) specify the requested date of
             such Loan,  type of Loan,  amount of such Loan and in the case of a
             LIBOR Loan, the Interest  Period for such Loan, (ii) in the case of
             each Loan made  following  the  Closing  Date  which  results in an
             increase in the  Outstanding  Obligations,  describe the  Scheduled
             Expenses  made by  Borrower  which  are to be  financed  using  the
             proceeds of the requested  Loan and attach  photocopies of invoices
             for such Scheduled Expenses, and (iii) in the case of any Scheduled
             Expense for the purchase of New  Equipment,  attach a duly executed
             Schedule to the Charles Town Operating Lease pursuant to which such
             New Equipment has been accepted by the Charles Town Joint  Venture,
             as Lessee under the Charles  Town  Operating  Lease.  The amount of
             each Loan made  following  the Closing Date which will result in an
             increase in the amount of the Outstanding Obligations shall also be
             subject  to the  conditions  set forth in Section  8.2.  Unless the
             Administrative  Agent  has  previously  notified  Borrower  to  the
             contrary  (which  notice  may be given  in the  sole  and  absolute
             discretion of the Administrative  Agent), Loans may be requested by
             telephone  by a  Responsible  Official of  Borrower,  in which case
             Borrower  shall  confirm  such  request by  promptly  delivering  a
             Request  for Loan in  person  or by  telecopier  conforming  to the
             preceding  sentence  to  the  Administrative   Agent.  Neither  the
             Administrative  Agent nor any  Lender  shall  incur  any  liability
             whatsoever  hereunder in acting upon any  telephonic  request for a
             Loan purportedly made by a Responsible Official of Borrower,  which
             hereby agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
             from any loss, cost, expense or liability as a result of so acting.
                                       98
<PAGE>

             (a)  Promptly   following  receipt  of  a  Request  for  Loan,  the
             Administrative  Agent  shall  notify each  Lender by  telephone  or
             telecopier (and if by telephone,  promptly confirmed by telecopier)
             of the date and type of the Loan, the applicable  Interest  Period,
             and that Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Loan.  Not later than 11:00
             a.m. on the date specified for any Loan, each Lender shall make its
             Pro Rata Share of the Loan in immediately available funds available
             to the Administrative  Agent at the Administrative  Agent's Office.
             Upon satisfaction or waiver of the applicable  conditions set forth
             in  Article  8, all  Advances  shall be  credited  on that  date in
             immediately  available funds to the Disbursement Account for direct
             use by Borrower for the purposes described in Section 5.9.

             (a) Unless the Requisite Lenders otherwise consent, each Loan shall
             be in an amount which is an integral  multiple of $100,000 which is
             not less than $500,000.

             (a)The Advances made by each Lender shall be evidenced by that
Lender's Note.

             (a) A Request for Loan shall be irrevocable upon the Administrative
             Agent's  receipt  thereof (or, in the case of a telephonic  request
             for Loan referred to in the second sentence of Section 2.1(b), upon
             the Administrative Agent's receipt of that telephone call).

             (a) If no Request for Loan (or telephonic request for Loan referred
             to in the second  sentence of Section  2.1(b),  if applicable)  has
             been made within the requisite  notice periods set forth in Section
             2.2 or 2.3 in  connection  with a Loan  which,  if made and  giving
             effect  to the  application  of the  proceeds  thereof,  would  not
             increase the outstanding  principal  Indebtedness  evidenced by the
             Notes,  then Borrower shall be deemed to have requested,  as of the
             date upon which the related then  outstanding  Loan is due pursuant
             to  Section  3.1(e),  a Base Rate  Loan in an  amount  equal to the
             amount  necessary to cause the outstanding  principal  Indebtedness
             evidenced  by the Notes to remain  the same and the  Lenders  shall
             make the  Advances  necessary  to make  such  Loan  notwithstanding
             Sections 2.1(b) and 2.2.

1.1 Base Rate  Loans . Each  request by  Borrower  for a Base Rate Loan shall be
made  pursuant to a Request for Loan (or  telephonic  or other  request for loan
referred to in the second sentence of Section 2.1(b), if applicable) received by
the Administrative  Agent, at the Administrative  Agent's Office, not later than
10:00 a.m. on the date (which must be the first  Business Day of a month) of the
requested  Base Rate Loan.  All Loans shall  constitute  Base Rate Loans  unless
properly designated as LIBOR Loans pursuant to Section 2.3.
                                       99
<PAGE>

1.1                        LIBOR Loans .
                           -----------
1.2

             (a)  Each  request  by  Borrower  for a LIBOR  Loan  shall  be made
             pursuant to a Request for Loan (or  telephonic or other request for
             Loan  referred  to in the second  sentence  of Section  2.1(b),  if
             applicable)   received  by  the   Administrative   Agent,   at  the
             Administrative  Agent's Office,  not later than 10:00 a.m. at least
             three Market Days before the first day of the  applicable  Interest
             Period.

             (a) On the date  which is two Market  Days  before the first day of
             the applicable  Interest  Period,  the  Administrative  Agent shall
             confirm  its   determination   of  the   applicable   LIBOR  (which
             determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error)
             and  promptly  shall give  notice of the same to  Borrower  and the
             Lenders by telephone or telecopier  (and if by telephone,  promptly
             confirmed by telecopier).

             (a)  Unless  the  Administrative  Agent and the  Requisite  Lenders
             otherwise  consent,  no  more  than  three  LIBOR  Loans  shall  be
             outstanding at any one time.

             (a)                    No LIBOR Loan may be requested where a
Default or Event of Default has occurred and remains
             continuing.

             (a)                    Nothing contained herein shall require
any Lender to fund any LIBOR Advance in the Designated
             Eurodollar Market.

1.1 Voluntary  Reduction of Commitment . Borrower  shall have the right,  at any
time and from time to time prior to the  Availability  Date,  without penalty or
charge,  upon at least three  Business Days' prior written notice by Borrower to
the Administrative Agent, to voluntarily reduce, permanently and irrevocably, in
amounts which are integral  multiples of $1,000,000,  or to terminate,  all or a
portion of the then undisbursed portion of the Commitment. Concurrently with the
making of any such  reduction in the  Commitment,  Borrower may specify that the
Reduction  Amounts  for one or  more  Reduction  Dates  will  be  reduced  in an
aggregate  amount  which  is the  same as the  amount  of the  reduction  of the
Commitment,  provided  that in the  absence  of a timely  specification  to this
effect by Borrower, each such reduction shall be applied to Reduction Amounts in
the inverse order of their occurrence.  The Administrative  Agent shall promptly
notify the Lenders of any reduction or termination of the Commitment  under this
Section, and of any changes to the Reduction Amounts.

1.2

1.3 Scheduled  Reductions of Commitment . The Commitment shall automatically and
permanently reduce on each Reduction Date by the related Reduction Amount.

1.4
                                      100
<PAGE>

1.5 Mandatory Reductions of Commitment . The Commitment shall permanently reduce
in the amount of any mandatory  prepayments required pursuant to Section 3.1(f).
Any  reduction  of the  Commitment  pursuant  to this  Section  2.6  shall be in
addition to the scheduled reductions described in Section 2.5.

1.6

1.7 Administrative Agent's Right to Assume Funds Available for Advances . Unless
the Administrative  Agent shall have been notified by a Lender no later than the
Business Day prior to the funding by the  Administrative  Agent of any Loan that
such Lender does not intend to make available to the  Administrative  Agent such
Lender's Pro Rata Share of that Loan, the  Administrative  Agent may assume that
such Lender has made such amount  available to the  Administrative  Agent on the
date of the Loan  and the  Administrative  Agent  may,  in  reliance  upon  such
assumption,   make  available  to  Borrower  a  corresponding   amount.  If  the
Administrative  Agent  has  made  funds  available  to  Borrower  based  on such
assumption  and such  corresponding  amount is not in fact made available to the
Administrative  Agent by such Lender, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled
to recover such corresponding  amount on demand from such Lender. If such Lender
does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent's
demand  therefor,  the  Administrative  Agent promptly shall notify Borrower and
Borrower shall pay such corresponding  amount to the  Administrative  Agent. The
Administrative Agent also shall be entitled to recover from such Lender interest
on such  corresponding  amount  in  respect  of each  day  from  the  date  such
corresponding  amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to Borrower
to the date such corresponding amount is recovered by the Administrative  Agent,
at a rate per annum equal to (a) the  Federal  Funds Rate for the first two days
following a demand by the Administrative  Agent and (b) thereafter,  the rate of
interest  then payable by Borrower with respect to Base Rate  Advances.  Nothing
herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its  obligation to fulfill its
share of the  Commitment  or to prejudice  any rights  which the  Administrative
Agent or Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such
Lender hereunder.

1.8

                                      101
<PAGE>


                            Article PAYMENTS AND FEES

                           Article 3 PAYMENTS AND FEES

1.1                        Principal and Interest .
                           ----------------------
1.2

             (a)  Interest  shall be payable  on the  outstanding  daily  unpaid
             principal  amount  of each  Advance  from  the date  thereof  until
             payment  in full is made and shall  accrue  and be  payable  at the
             rates set forth or provided  for herein  before and after  default,
             before and after maturity,  before and after  judgment,  and before
             and after  the  commencement  of any  proceeding  under any  Debtor
             Relief Law, with  interest on overdue  interest at the Default Rate
             to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

             (a)  Interest  accrued  on each Base  Rate  Loan on each  Quarterly
             Payment  Date,  and on the  date  of any  prepayment  of the  Notes
             pursuant  to  Section  3.1(f) or Section  3.1(g),  shall be due and
             payable on that day.  Except as otherwise  provided in Section 3.6,
             the  unpaid  principal  amount of each Base  Rate Loan  shall  bear
             interest  at a  fluctuating  rate per annum  equal to the Base Rate
             plus the Base Rate Margin.  Each change in the interest  rate under
             this  Section  3.1(b)  due to a change in the Base Rate  shall take
             effect  simultaneously  with the  corresponding  change in the Base
             Rate.

             (a)  Interest  accrued  on each  LIBOR  Loan which is for a term of
             three  months or less  shall be due and  payable on the last day of
             the related Interest  Period.  Interest accrued on each other LIBOR
             Loan shall be due and  payable  on the date  which is three  months
             after the date such  LIBOR Loan was made and on the last day of the
             related Interest Period.  Except as otherwise  provided in Sections
             3.1(d) and 3.6, the unpaid principal amount of any LIBOR Loan shall
             bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the LIBOR for that LIBOR
             Loan plus the LIBOR Margin.

             (a) During the  existence  of a Default  or Event of  Default,  the
             Requisite  Lenders may determine  that any or all then  outstanding
             LIBOR Loans shall be converted to Base Rate Loans.  Such conversion
             shall be  effective  upon  notice to  Borrower  from the  Requisite
             Lenders  (or  from  the  Administrative  Agent  on  behalf  of  the
             Requisite  Lenders)  and shall  continue so long as such Default or
             Event of Default continues to exist.

             (a)                    If not sooner paid, the principal
Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be payable as follows:

                      (i) the  principal  amount  of each  LIBOR  Loan  shall be
                      payable  on the last day of the  Interest  Period for such
                                      102

<PAGE>

                      Loan  (provided  that such  principal  amount  may be paid
                      using the  proceeds  of a Base Rate Loan made  pursuant to
                      Section 2.1(g));

                      (i)                   the amount, if any, by which the
Outstanding Obligations at any time exceed the
                      Commitment shall be payable immediately; and

                      (i)                   the principal Indebtedness
evidenced by the Notes shall in any event be payable on the
                      Maturity Date.

             (a) The Notes shall be prepaid on or before the fifth  Business Day
             following  the  receipt by PNGI or any of its  Subsidiaries  of Net
             Cash Proceeds from the sale,  transfer or other  disposition of any
             Collateral.

             (a) The Notes may,  at any time and from time to time,  voluntarily
             be paid or prepaid in whole or in part without  premium or penalty,
             except that with  respect to any  voluntary  prepayment  under this
             Section, (i) any partial prepayment shall be not less than $500,000
             and in integral  multiples  of  $100,000,  (ii) the  Administrative
             Agent shall have received written notice of any prepayment by 10:00
             a.m. on the Business  Day  immediately  preceding  the date of such
             prepayment  (which  must be a  Business  Day) in the case of a Base
             Rate Loan,  and,  in the case of a LIBOR  Loan,  three  Market Days
             before the date of prepayment, which notice shall identify the date
             and amount of the  prepayment  and the Loans being  prepaid,  (iii)
             each  prepayment of principal  shall be  accompanied  by payment of
             interest  accrued to the date of payment on the amount of principal
             paid and (iv) any payment or  prepayment  of all or any part of any
             LIBOR  Loan on a day  other  than the  last  day of the  applicable
             Interest Period shall be subject to Section 3.5(d).

1.1 Facility Fees . On the Closing Date and on each  anniversary  of the Closing
Date,  Borrower  shall pay to the  Administrative  Agent a facility fee equal to
0.50% of the then effective  Commitment (less any reduction thereto scheduled to
occur on the next succeeding December 31). The facility fees are for the ratable
account of the Lenders according to their Pro Rata Shares. The facility fees are
for the credit  facilities  provided to Borrower  under this  Agreement  and are
nonrefundable.

1.2

1.3  Commitment  Fees  .  From  the  Closing  Date,  Borrower  shall  pay to the
Administrative Agent, for the ratable accounts of the Lenders according to their
Pro  Rata  Shares,  an  unused  commitment  fee  equal  to the  then  applicable
Commitment  Fee Rate per annum times the average  daily  amount by which (a) the
Commitment exceeds (b) the aggregate  principal  Indebtedness  outstanding under
the Notes.  Unused commitment fees shall be payable quarterly in arrears on each
Quarterly Payment Date, on the date of any termination of the Commitment, and on
the Maturity Date.

1.4
                                      103
<PAGE>

1.5  Increased  Commitment  Costs . If any Lender shall  determine in good faith
that the  introduction  after the  Closing  Date of any  applicable  law,  rule,
regulation or guideline regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein or any
change in the  interpretation or  administration  thereof by any central bank or
other  Governmental  Agency charged with the  interpretation  or  administration
thereof,  or compliance by such Lender (or its LIBOR Office) or any  corporation
controlling  the Lender,  with any request,  guideline  or  directive  regarding
capital  adequacy  (whether or not having the force of law) of any such  central
bank or other authority,  affects or would affect the amount of capital required
or expected to be maintained by such Lender or any corporation  controlling such
Lender and  (taking  into  consideration  such  Lender's  or such  corporation's
policies with respect to capital  adequacy and such Lender's  desired  return on
capital)  determines in good faith that the amount of such capital is increased,
or the rate of return on capital is reduced, as a consequence of its obligations
under this  Agreement,  then,  within  ten  Business  Days after  demand of such
Lender,  Borrower  shall pay to such  Lender,  from time to time as specified in
good faith by such Lender,  additional  amounts  sufficient to  compensate  such
Lender in light of such  circumstances,  to the extent  reasonably  allocable to
such  obligations  under this  Agreement.  Each Lender's  determination  of such
amounts shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
                                      104
<PAGE>

1.1                        LIBOR Costs and Related Matters .
                           -------------------------------
1.2

             (a)                    If, after the date hereof, the existence
or occurrence of any Special LIBOR Circumstance:

                      (1) shall  subject  any Lender or its LIBOR  Office to any
                      tax,  duty or other  charge  or cost with  respect  to any
                      LIBOR Advance,  any of its Notes evidencing LIBOR Loans or
                      its obligation to make LIBOR Advances, or shall change the
                      basis of taxation  of payments to any Lender  attributable
                      to the  principal  of or interest on any LIBOR  Advance or
                      any other  amounts due under this  Agreement in respect of
                      any LIBOR Advance, any of its Notes evidencing LIBOR Loans
                      or its obligation to make LIBOR  Advances,  excluding,  in
                      the case of each Lender, the Administrative Agent and each
                      Eligible  Assignee,  and any  Affiliate  or  LIBOR  Office
                      thereof,  (i) taxes  imposed on or measured in whole or in
                      part by its  overall  net  income,  gross  income or gross
                      receipts or capital and franchise  taxes imposed on it, by
                      (A) any jurisdiction (or political subdivision thereof) in
                      which it is organized or maintains its principal office or
                      LIBOR  Office  or  (B)  any   jurisdiction  (or  political
                      subdivision  thereof)  in  which  it is  "doing  business"
                      (unless   it  would   not  be  doing   business   in  such
                      jurisdiction (or political subdivision thereof) absent the
                      transactions  contemplated  hereby),  (ii) any withholding
                      taxes or other taxes based on gross income  imposed by the
                      United States of America (other than withholding taxes and
                      taxes  based  on gross  income  resulting  solely  from or
                      attributable  to any change in any law, rule or regulation
                      or any change in the  interpretation  or administration of
                      any law, rule or regulation by any Governmental Agency) or
                      (iii) any withholding  taxes or other taxes based on gross
                      income  imposed  by the United  States of America  for any
                      period  with  respect  to which it has  failed to  provide
                      Borrower with the  appropriate  form or forms  required by
                      Section 11.21,  to the extent such forms are then required
                      by applicable Laws;

                      (1) shall impose,  modify or deem  applicable  any reserve
                      not  applicable  or deemed  applicable  on the date hereof
                      (including, without limitation, any reserve imposed by the
                      Board of  Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System,  but
                      excluding  the Reserve  Percentage  taken into  account in
                      calculating  the  LIBOR),  special  deposit,   capital  or
                      similar  requirements  against assets of, deposits with or
                      for the account of, or credit  extended  by, any Lender or
                      its LIBOR Office; or

                      (1) shall  impose on any Lender or its LIBOR Office or the
                      Designated LIBOR Market any other condition  affecting any
                      LIBOR Advance,  any of its Notes  evidencing  LIBOR Loans,
                      its obligation to make LIBOR  Advances or this  Agreement,
                      or shall otherwise affect any of the same;
                                      105
<PAGE>

             and the result of any of the foregoing, as determined in good faith
             by such  Lender,  increases  the cost to such  Lender  or its LIBOR
             Office of making or maintaining  any LIBOR Advance or in respect of
             any LIBOR Advance,  any of its Notes  evidencing LIBOR Loans or its
             obligation to make LIBOR  Advances or reduces the amount of any sum
             received  or  receivable  by such  Lender or its LIBOR  Office with
             respect to any LIBOR  Advance,  any of its Notes  evidencing  LIBOR
             Loans or its  obligation  to make  LIBOR  Advances  (assuming  such
             Lender's  LIBOR Office had funded 100% of its LIBOR  Advance in the
             Designated  LIBOR  Market),  then,  within five Business Days after
             demand by such Lender  (with a copy to the  Administrative  Agent),
             Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts
             as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction
             (determined as though such Lender's LIBOR Office had funded 100% of
             its LIBOR Advance in the Designated LIBOR Market).  Borrower hereby
             indemnifies  each  Lender  against,  and agrees to hold each Lender
             harmless  from and  reimburse  such Lender within ten (10) Business
             Days after demand for (without  duplication)  all costs,  expenses,
             claims, penalties,  liabilities,  losses, reasonable legal fees and
             damages  incurred or  sustained by each Lender in  connection  with
             this Agreement,  or any of the rights,  obligations or transactions
             provided  for or  contemplated  herein,  as a direct  result of the
             existence  or  occurrence  of any  Special  LIBOR  Circumstance.  A
             statement of any Lender claiming compensation under this subsection
             and setting forth in  reasonable  detail the  additional  amount or
             amounts  to be paid to it  hereunder  shall  be  conclusive  in the
             absence of manifest error.  Each Lender agrees to endeavor promptly
             to notify  Borrower of any event of which it has actual  knowledge,
             occurring after the Closing Date, which will entitle such Lender to
             compensation  pursuant to this  Section,  and agrees to designate a
             different LIBOR Office if such  designation will avoid the need for
             or reduce the amount of such compensation and will not, in the good
             faith   judgment   of  such   Lender,   otherwise   be   materially
             disadvantageous  to such Lender. If any Lender claims  compensation
             under this  Section,  Borrower may at any time,  upon at least four
             (4) Market Days' prior notice to the Administrative  Agent and such
             Lender and upon payment in full of the amounts provided for in this
             Section  through the date of such payment plus any  prepayment  fee
             required by Section 3.5(d), pay in full the affected LIBOR Advances
             of such Lender or request that such LIBOR  Advances be converted to
             Base Rate Advances.

             (a) If, after the date hereof,  the  existence or occurrence of any
             Special LIBOR Circumstance  shall, in the good faith opinion of any
             Lender, make it unlawful or impossible for such Lender or its LIBOR
             Office to make,  maintain or fund its portion of any LIBOR Loan, or
             materially  restrict  the  authority  of such Lender to purchase or
             sell,  or to take  deposits  of,  Dollars in the  Designated  LIBOR
             Market,  or to  determine or charge  interest  rates based upon the
             LIBOR,  and such Lender shall so notify the  Administrative  Agent,
             then such  Lender's  obligation  to make  LIBOR  Advances  shall be
             suspended for the duration of such illegality or impossibility  and
                                      106
<PAGE>

             the Administrative Agent forthwith shall give notice thereof to the
             other  Lenders  and  Borrower.  Upon  receipt of such  notice,  the
             outstanding  principal  amount  of such  Lender's  LIBOR  Advances,
             together  with accrued  interest  thereon,  automatically  shall be
             converted to Base Rate Advances with Interest Periods corresponding
             to the LIBOR  Loans of which  such  LIBOR  Advances  were a part on
             either (1) the last day of the  Interest  Period(s)  applicable  to
             such  LIBOR  Advances  if such  Lender  may  lawfully  continue  to
             maintain  and  fund  such  LIBOR  Advances  to such  day(s)  or (2)
             immediately  if such Lender may not  lawfully  continue to fund and
             maintain such LIBOR Advances to such day(s),  provided that in such
             event  the  conversion  shall  not  be  subject  to  payment  of  a
             prepayment fee under Section 3.5(d). Each Lender agrees to endeavor
             promptly  to notify  Borrower  of any event of which it has  actual
             knowledge,  occurring after the Closing Date, which will cause that
             Lender  to notify  the  Administrative  Agent  under  this  Section
             3.5(b),  and agrees to  designate a different  LIBOR Office if such
             designation  will avoid the need for such  notice and will not,  in
             the good faith  judgment of such Lender,  otherwise  be  materially
             disadvantageous  to such  Lender.  In the event  that any Lender is
             unable, for the reasons set forth above, to make,  maintain or fund
             its portion of any LIBOR Loan,  such Lender  shall fund such amount
             as a Base Rate Advance for the same period of time, and such amount
             shall be treated in all respects as a Base Rate Advance. Any Lender
             whose  obligation to make LIBOR Advances has been  suspended  under
             this Section 3.5(b) shall promptly notify the Administrative  Agent
             and  Borrower of the  cessation of the Special  LIBOR  Circumstance
             which gave rise to such suspension.

             (a)                    If, with respect to any proposed LIBOR Loan:

                      (1) the Administrative  Agent reasonably  determines that,
                      by reason of circumstances  affecting the Designated LIBOR
                      Market generally that are beyond the reasonable control of
                      the  Lenders,  deposits  in  Dollars  (in  the  applicable
                      amounts)  are  not  being  offered  to any  Lender  in the
                      Designated  LIBOR  Market  for  the  applicable   Interest
                      Period; or

                      (1) the Requisite Lenders advise the Administrative  Agent
                      that the LIBOR as determined by the  Administrative  Agent
                      (i) does  not  represent  the  effective  pricing  to such
                      Lenders for  deposits in Dollars in the  Designated  LIBOR
                      Market in the relevant amount for the applicable  Interest
                      Period, or (ii) will not adequately and fairly reflect the
                      cost  to such  Lenders  of  making  the  applicable  LIBOR
                      Advances;

             then the  Administrative  Agent forthwith shall give notice thereof
             to Borrower and the  Lenders,  whereupon  until the  Administrative
             Agent notifies Borrower that the circumstances  giving rise to such
             suspension no longer exist,  the  obligation of the Lenders to make
             any future LIBOR  Advances  shall be  suspended.  If at the time of
             such notice there is then pending a Request for Loan that specifies
             a LIBOR  Loan,  such  Request for Loan shall be deemed to specify a
             Base Rate Loan.
                                      107
<PAGE>

             (a) Upon payment or prepayment of any LIBOR Advance  (other than as
             the result of a conversion required under Section 3.5(b)), on a day
             other than the last day in the applicable  Interest Period (whether
             voluntarily,   involuntarily,   by  reason  of   acceleration,   or
             otherwise),  or upon the  failure of Borrower  (for a reason  other
             than the  failure of a Lender to make an  Advance) to borrow on the
             date or in the amount specified for a LIBOR Loan in any Request for
             Loan,  Borrower shall pay to the appropriate Lender within ten (10)
             Business  Days after demand a  prepayment  fee or failure to borrow
             fee,  as the case may be  (determined  as though  100% of the LIBOR
             Advance had been funded in the  Designated  LIBOR  Market) equal to
             the sum of:

                      (1) the principal  amount of the LIBOR Advance  prepaid or
                      not borrowed, as the case may be, times the number of days
                      between the date of  prepayment  or failure to borrow,  as
                      applicable,  and the last day in the  applicable  Interest
                      Period,  divided  by 360,  times the  applicable  Interest
                      Differential  (provided  that the product of the foregoing
                      formula must be a positive number); plus

                      (1) all reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the
                      Lender reasonably attributable to such payment, prepayment
                      or failure to borrow.

             Each Lender's  determination  of the amount of any  prepayment  fee
             payable  under  this  Section  3.5(d)  shall be  conclusive  in the
             absence of manifest error.

1.1 Late Payments . If any Event of Default occurs and remains  continuing,  the
Loans shall  thereafter  bear  interest,  to the  fullest  extent  permitted  by
applicable  Laws at a fluctuating  interest rate per annum at all times equal to
(a) with respect to any payment of  principal  or interest,  2% in excess of the
rate of interest otherwise payable or (b) with respect to all other amounts, the
sum of (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) the  applicable  Base Rate  Margin plus (iii)
2%.  Accrued  and  unpaid  interest  on past  due  amounts  (including,  without
limitation,  interest on past due interest) shall be compounded  monthly, on the
last day of each calendar month,  to the fullest extent  permitted by applicable
Laws.

1.2

1.3  Computation  of Interest  and Fees .  Computation  of interest on Base Rate
Loans shall be calculated on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case
may be, and the actual number of days elapsed;  computation of interest on LIBOR
Loans and all fees under this  Agreement  shall be  calculated on the basis of a
year of 360 days and the actual  number of days elapsed.  Borrower  acknowledges
that such latter calculation method will result in a higher yield to the Lenders
than a method based on a year of 365 or 366 days.  Interest shall accrue on each
                                      108
<PAGE>

Loan for the day on which the Loan is made; interest shall not accrue on a Loan,
or any portion  thereof,  for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid.
Any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall bear  interest
for one day.

1.4

1.5  Non-Business  Days . If any  payment  to be made by  Borrower  or any other
Obligor  under any Loan  Document  shall come due on a day other than a Business
Day, payment shall instead be considered due on the next succeeding Business Day
and the extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest and fees.

1.1                        Manner and Treatment of Payments .
                           --------------------------------
1.2

             (a) Each payment  hereunder  (except payments  pursuant to Sections
             3.4, 3.5, 11.3, 11.11 and 11.22) or on the Notes or under any other
             Loan Document  shall be made to the  Administrative  Agent,  at the
             Administrative  Agent's  Office,  for  the  account  of each of the
             Lenders  or the  Administrative  Agent,  as the  case  may  be,  in
             immediately available funds not later than 11:00 a.m. on the day of
             payment (which must be a Business Day). All payments received after
             11:00 a.m. on any  Business  Day,  shall be deemed  received on the
             next succeeding  Business Day. The amount of all payments  received
             by the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender shall be
             immediately  paid by the  Administrative  Agent  to the  applicable
             Lender in  immediately  available  funds and,  if such  payment was
             received  by the  Administrative  Agent by 11:00 a.m. on a Business
             Day and not so made  available  to the  account of a Lender on that
             Business Day, the Administrative  Agent shall reimburse that Lender
             for the cost to such Lender of funding  the amount of such  payment
             at the Federal  Funds Rate.  All  payments  shall be made in lawful
             money of the United States of America.

             (a) Each  payment  or  prepayment  on  account of any Loan shall be
             applied pro rata according to the outstanding Advances made by each
             Lender comprising such Loan.

             (a) Each  Lender  shall  use its best  efforts  to keep a record of
             Advances  made by it and  payments  received by it with  respect to
             each of its Notes  and,  subject to Section  10.6(g),  such  record
             shall, as against Borrower,  be presumptive evidence of the amounts
             owing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence,  no Lender shall be
             liable to any Obligor for any failure to keep such a record.

             (a) Each  payment of any amount  payable by  Borrower  or any other
             Obligor under this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document  shall be
             made free and clear of,  and  without  reduction  by reason of, any
             taxes,  assessments  or other charges  imposed by any  Governmental
             Agency,  central bank or comparable  authority,  excluding,  in the
             case of each Lender,  the  Administrative  Agent and each  Eligible
             Assignee,  and any  Affiliate  or LIBOR Office  thereof,  (i) taxes
             imposed  on or  measured  in  whole or in part by its  overall  net
                                      109
<PAGE>

             income,  gross  income or gross  receipts or capital and  franchise
             taxes  imposed on it,  (ii) any  withholding  taxes or other  taxes
             based on gross  income  imposed  by the  United  States of  America
             (other  than  withholding  taxes  and taxes  based on gross  income
             resulting  solely  from or  attributable  to any change in any law,
             rule  or  regulation  or  any  change  in  the   interpretation  or
             administration  of any law, rule or regulation by any  Governmental
             Agency)  or (iii) any  withholding  taxes or other  taxes  based on
             gross income imposed by the United States of America for any period
             with  respect to which it has failed to provide  Borrower  with the
             appropriate  form or forms required by Section 11.21, to the extent
             such  forms  are  then  required  by  applicable   Laws  (all  such
             non-excluded taxes,  assessments or other charges being hereinafter
             referred to as "Taxes").  To the extent that  Borrower is obligated
             by applicable  Laws to make any deduction or withholding on account
             of  Taxes  from  any  amount  payable  to  any  Lender  under  this
             Agreement,  Borrower  shall (i) make such  deduction or withholding
             and pay the same to the relevant  Governmental  Agency and (ii) pay
             such additional  amount to that Lender as is necessary to result in
             that Lender's  receiving a net after-Tax amount equal to the amount
             to which that Lender would have been entitled  under this Agreement
             absent such deduction or  withholding.  If and when receipt of such
             payment  results in an excess  payment or credit to that  Lender on
             account of such  Taxes,  that  Lender  shall  promptly  refund such
             excess to Borrower.

1.1 Funding  Sources . Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to obligate any
Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan or Advance  in any  particular  place or
manner or to constitute a  representation  by any Lender that it has obtained or
will obtain the funds for any Loan or Advance in any particular place or manner.

1.2

1.3 Failure to Charge Not Subsequent Waiver . Any decision by the Administrative
Agent or any Lender not to require payment of any interest  (including  interest
arising  under Section  3.6),  fee, cost or other amount  payable under any Loan
Document,  or to calculate  any amount  payable by a particular  method,  on any
occasion  shall in no way  limit or be  deemed  a waiver  of the  Administrative
Agent's  or  such  Lender's  right  to  require  full  payment  of any  interest
(including  interest  arising  under  Section  3.6),  fee,  cost or other amount
payable under any Loan  Document,  or to calculate an amount  payable by another
method that is not inconsistent with this Agreement,  on any other or subsequent
occasion.

1.4

1.5  Administrative  Agent's Right to Assume Payments Will be Made by Borrower .
Unless the  Administrative  Agent shall have been notified by Borrower  prior to
the date on which  any  payment  to be made by  Borrower  hereunder  is due that
Borrower does not intend to remit such payment, the Administrative Agent may, in
its  discretion,  assume that Borrower has remitted such payment when so due and
the  Administrative  Agent may,  in its  discretion  and in  reliance  upon such
assumption,  make  available to each Lender on such payment date an amount equal
to such  Lender's  share of such  assumed  payment.  If Borrower has not in fact
remitted such payment to the  Administrative  Agent, each Lender shall forthwith
on demand repay to the  Administrative  Agent the amount of such assumed payment
                                      110
<PAGE>

made available to such Lender, together with interest thereon in respect of each
day  from  and  including  the  date  such  amount  was  made  available  by the
Administrative  Agent to such  Lender to the date  such  amount is repaid to the
Administrative Agent at the Federal Funds Rate.

1.6

1.7 Fee Determination  Detail . The  Administrative  Agent and each Lender shall
provide  reasonable detail to Borrower  regarding the manner in which the amount
of any payment of fees or costs to the Administrative  Agent and the Lenders, or
that Lender,  under Article 3 has been determined,  concurrently with demand for
such payment.

1.8

1.9 Survival . All of Borrower's  obligations  under Sections 3.4, 3.5 and 11.22
shall  survive for ninety days  following  the date on which the  Commitment  is
terminated, and all Loans hereunder are fully paid.

                                      111
<PAGE>


                     Article REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                     Article 3 PRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                  Each of PNGI  and  Borrower  represents  and  warrants  to the
Creditors that:

1.1 Existence and  Qualification;  Power;  Compliance  With Laws . Borrower is a
corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of
West Virginia.  PNGI is a corporation duly formed,  validly existing and in good
standing under the Laws of Pennsylvania. Borrower and each other Obligor is duly
qualified or  registered  to transact  business and is in good  standing in each
other  jurisdiction  in which the conduct of its  business or the  ownership  or
leasing of its Properties makes such  qualification  or registration  necessary,
except  where the failure so to qualify or register  and to be in good  standing
may not  reasonably be expected to have Material  Adverse  Effect.  Borrower and
each other Obligor has all requisite corporate or other organizational power and
authority  to  conduct  its  business,  to own and lease its  Properties  and to
execute and deliver each Loan Document to which it is a party and to perform its
Obligations.  All  outstanding  shares of the capital stock of Borrower and each
other  Obligor  are  duly  authorized  and  validly   issued,   fully  paid  and
non-assessable,  and no holder thereof has any  enforceable  right of rescission
under any applicable state or federal  securities Laws. PNGI and each Subsidiary
is in compliance  with all Laws and other legal  requirements  applicable to its
business, has obtained all authorizations, consents, approvals, orders, licenses
and  permits  from,  and  has  accomplished  all  filings,   registrations   and
qualifications  with, or obtained exemptions from any of the foregoing from, any
Governmental  Agency that are  necessary  for the  transaction  of its business,
except  where the  failure  so to  comply,  file,  register,  qualify  or obtain
exemptions may not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

1.2

1.3 Authority;  Compliance With Other  Agreements and Instruments and Government
Regulations . The execution,  delivery and  performance of the Loan Documents by
PNGI, Borrower and each other Obligor have been duly authorized by all necessary
corporate action, and do not and will not:

1.4

             (a) Require any consent or approval not heretofore  obtained of any
             director,  stockholder,  security  holder  or (in  the  case of any
             Creditor  except  where the  failure to obtain any such  creditor's
             consent may not reasonably be expected to have any Material Adverse
             Effect) any creditor of such Obligor;

             (a)                    Violate or conflict with any provision of
 such Obligor's articles of incorporation or bylaws;

             (a) Except to the extent contemplated by the Loan Documents, result
             in or require the  creation or  imposition  of any Lien or Right of
             Others upon or with  respect to any Property now owned or leased or
             hereafter acquired by such Obligor;
                                      112
<PAGE>

             (a)                    Violate any Requirement of Law applicable
 to such Obligor in any material respect;

             (a) Result in a breach of or constitute a default  under,  or cause
             or permit  the  acceleration  of any  obligation  owed  under,  any
             indenture  or loan or credit  agreement  or any  other  Contractual
             Obligation   involving   Property  or   obligations  in  excess  of
             $1,000,000 to which PNGI or any of its  Subsidiaries  is a party or
             by which PNGI or any of its  Subsidiaries or any of its Property is
             bound  or  affected,  including  without  limitation  the  10  5/8%
             Indenture and the PNGI Credit Agreement;

and neither PNGI,  Borrower nor any of its  Subsidiaries  is in violation of, or
default  under,  any  Requirement  of  Law  or  Contractual  Obligation,  or any
indenture,  loan or credit agreement described in Section 4.2(e), in any respect
that may  reasonably  be expected  to have a Material  Adverse  Effect.  Without
limiting the  foregoing  provisions  of this Section,  Borrower  represents  and
warrants to the Lenders that each Loan made hereunder is a permissible "Purchase
Money  Loan" or a  permitted  "Refinancing"  of  indebtedness  as such terms are
defined in the 10 5/8% Indenture.

1.1 No Governmental  Approvals Required . Except as previously obtained or made,
no material authorization,  consent, approval, order, license or permit from, or
material filing,  registration or qualification with, any Governmental Agency is
or will be required to authorize or permit under  applicable Laws the execution,
delivery and  performance by Borrower or any other Obligor of the Loan Documents
to  which  it  is a  party.  All  authorizations  from,  or  filings  with,  any
Governmental  Agency will be  accomplished  as of the Closing Date or such other
date.

1.2

1.3  Subsidiaries  .  As of  the  Closing  Date,  Borrower  does  not  have  any
Subsidiaries  which are not described on Schedule 4.4 and, other than Borrower's
Investment in the Charles Town Joint Venture,  Borrower does not own any capital
stock,  equity interest or debt security which is convertible,  or exchangeable,
for capital stock or equity interests in any Person.

1.4

1.5 Financial  Statements . Borrower has furnished (a) the audited  consolidated
and  consolidating  financial  statements of PNGI and its  Subsidiaries  for the
Fiscal Year ended  December 31, 1998,  and (b) the  unaudited  consolidated  and
consolidating  financial  statements of PNGI and its  Subsidiaries  for the nine
month fiscal period ended  September 30, 1999, to the  Administrative  Agent and
the Lenders,  which financial statements fairly present the financial condition,
results  of  operations  and  changes  in  financial  position  of PNGI  and its
Subsidiaries  as of such dates and for such periods in conformity with Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles, consistently applied.

1.6

1.7 No Material  Adverse  Effects . As of the Closing Date, no  circumstance  or
event has occurred that constitutes a Material Adverse Effect since December 31,
1998.

1.8
                                      113
<PAGE>

1.9  Title  to  Property  . On the  Closing  Date and on each  subsequent  date,
Borrower holds the lessor's  interest  under the Charles Town  Operating  Lease,
free and clear of all Liens and Rights of Others,  other than Liens or Rights of
Others permitted by Section 6.8.

1.10

1.11 Intangible  Assets . Each of PNGI and its  Subsidiaries  owns, or possesses
the  right  to use to the  extent  necessary  in its  respective  business,  all
material trademarks,  trade names, copyrights,  patents, patent rights, computer
software,  licenses and other Intangible Assets which are used in the conduct of
its  business  as now  operated,  and no  such  Intangible  Asset,  to the  best
knowledge  of  Borrower,   conflicts  with  the  valid  trademark,  trade  name,
copyright,  patent,  patent right or Intangible Asset of any other Person to the
extent that such conflict may reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse
Effect.  Each  registered  patent,  trademark or copyright owned by PNGI and its
Subsidiaries, or as to which any of them is a licensee, is described on Schedule
4.8.

1.12

1.13  Public  Utility  Holding  Company  Act .  Neither  PNGI  nor  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  is a "holding  company",  or a "subsidiary  company" of a "holding
company",  or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary company"
of a "holding company", within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company
Act of 1935, as amended.

1.14

1.15  Litigation . There are no actions,  suits,  proceedings or  investigations
pending as to which  PNGI or any of its  Subsidiaries  have been  served or have
received  notice or, to the best  knowledge of Borrower,  threatened  against or
affecting  PNGI  or any of its  Subsidiaries  or  any  Property  of any of  them
(including  the  Real  Property)  before  any  Governmental  Agency,  which  may
reasonably  be  expected  to  have a  monetary  impact  which  is in  excess  of
$1,000,000, and no such action, suit, proceeding or investigation may reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

1.16

1.17 Binding  Obligations . Each of the Loan  Documents to which Borrower or any
other  Obligor is a party will,  when  executed and  delivered by such  Obligor,
constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor,  enforceable
against such Obligor in accordance with its terms,  except as enforcement may be
limited by Debtor Relief Laws,  Applicable  Regulations or equitable  principles
relating to the granting of specific performance and other equitable remedies as
a matter of judicial discretion.

1.18

1.19                       No Default .  No event has occurred and is
 continuing that is a Default or Event of Default.
                           ----------
                                      114
<PAGE>

1.1                        ERISA .
                           -----
1.2

             (a)                    With respect to each Pension Plan:

                      (i) such  Pension Plan  complies in all material  respects
                      with  ERISA and any other  applicable  Laws to the  extent
                      that  noncompliance  may  reasonably be expected to have a
                      Material Adverse Effect;

                      (i) such Pension  Plan has not  incurred any  "accumulated
                      funding  deficiency"  (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA)
                      that may reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
                      Effect;

                      (i)                   no "reportable event" (as defined
in Section 4043 of ERISA) has occurred that may
                      reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
and

                      (i) neither PNGI nor any of its  Subsidiaries  has engaged
                      in any non-exempt "prohibited  transaction" (as defined in
                      Section 4975 of the Code) that may  reasonably be expected
                      to have a Material Adverse Effect.

             (a)  Neither  PNGI  nor any of its  Subsidiaries  has  incurred  or
             expects to incur any withdrawal liability to any Multiemployer Plan
             that may reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

1.1 Regulations T, U and X; Investment  Company Act . No part of the proceeds of
any Loan  hereunder  will be used to purchase or carry,  or to extend  credit to
others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying,  any Margin Stock in violation
of  Regulations  T, U and X. Neither PNGI nor any of its  Subsidiaries  is or is
required  to be  registered  as an  "investment  company"  under the  Investment
Company Act of 1940.

1.2

1.3  Disclosure . No statement  made by Borrower or any of its Affiliates to the
Administrative  Agent or any Lender in  connection  with this  Agreement,  or in
connection with any Loan, as of the date thereof  contained any untrue statement
of a material  fact or omitted a material  fact  necessary to make the statement
made not misleading in light of all the  circumstances  existing at the date the
statement was made.

1.4

1.5 Tax Liability . PNGI and its  Subsidiaries  have filed all tax returns which
are required to be filed,  and have paid, or made  provision for the payment of,
all taxes with respect to the periods,  Property or transactions covered by said
returns,  or  pursuant  to  any  assessment  received  by  PNGI  or  any  of its
Subsidiaries,  except (a) such  taxes,  if any, as are being  contested  in good
faith by appropriate  proceedings  and as to which  adequate  reserves have been
established and maintained and (b) immaterial  taxes so long as no material item
or portion of  Property  of PNGI or any of its  Subsidiaries  is in  jeopardy of
being seized, levied upon or forfeited.
                                      115
<PAGE>

1.6

1.7 Projections . As of the Closing Date, to the best knowledge of Borrower, the
assumptions set forth in the Projections are reasonable and consistent with each
other and with all facts known to Borrower,  and the  Projections are reasonably
based on such  assumptions.  Nothing in this  Section  shall be  construed  as a
representation or covenant that the Projections in fact will be achieved.

1.8

1.9 Hazardous  Materials . Except as would not  individually or in the aggregate
have a Material Adverse Effect,  (a) to the best knowledge of Borrower,  none of
PNGI nor any of its  Subsidiaries  nor any of their  affiliated  predecessors in
interest at any time has disposed of,  discharged,  released or  threatened  the
release  of any  Hazardous  Materials  on,  from or under any Real  Property  in
violation of any Hazardous Materials Law, (b) to the best knowledge of Borrower,
no condition exists that violates any Hazardous  Material Law affecting any Real
Property,  (c) to the best  knowledge  of  Borrower,  no Real  Property  nor any
portion thereof is or has been utilized by PNGI or any of its  Subsidiaries as a
site for the  manufacture of any Hazardous  Materials and (d) to the extent that
any  Hazardous  Materials  are used,  generated  or stored by PNGI or any of its
Subsidiaries on any Real Property,  or transported to or from any Real Property,
such use,  generation,  storage  and  transportation  are in  compliance  in all
material respects with all Hazardous Materials Laws.

1.10

1.11 Applicable Regulations . PNGI and its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all
material respects with all Applicable Regulations that are applicable to them.

1.12

1.13 Security  Interests . Upon the execution and delivery thereof,  each of the
Security  Agreement  will create  valid  security  interests  in the  Collateral
described therein securing the Obligations,  and all action necessary to perfect
the  security  interests  so created , other than filing of the UCC-1  financing
statements  delivered to the  Administrative  Agent pursuant to Section 8.1 with
the appropriate  Governmental Agency, shall have been taken and completed to the
fullest  extent that such Liens may be perfected  by filing.  Upon the making of
such filings,  the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent by the
Security Agreement will be perfected and of first priority,  subject only to the
matters disclosed on Schedule 6.8 or permitted by Section 6.8(e) and (f), to the
fullest extent that such Liens may be perfected by filing.

1.14

1.15 Year 2000 Compliance . PNGI and its  Subsidiaries  have reviewed the effect
of the Year 2000 Issue on the computer  software,  hardware and firmware systems
and equipment  containing  embedded  microchips owned or operated by or for PNGI
and  its   Subsidiaries.   The  costs  to  PNGI  and  its  Subsidiaries  of  any
reprogramming  required  as a result of the Year 2000 Issue to permit the proper
functioning of such systems and equipment and the proper processing of data, and
the  testing of such  reprogramming,  and of  required  systems  changes are not
reasonably expected to result in a Default or a Material Adverse Effect.
                                      116
<PAGE>

1.16

1.17  Solvency  . After  giving  effect to this  Agreement  and the  other  Loan
Documents  (including after giving effect to Advances under this Agreement as of
the Closing Date), Borrower shall be Solvent.

1.18

1.19 The  Schedules . (a)  Schedule  1.1  correctly  lists by serial  number the
G-Tech Equipment, all of which is owned by Borrower and in the possession of the
Charles Town Joint Venture at the Charles Town Facility  pursuant to the Charles
Town Operating Lease. As of the Closing Date, all of the New Equipment listed on
Schedule 1.2 (other than that  described as "1500 CDS Player  Tracking  System,"
"700 Coin  Conversion  Kits," "Casino  Signage" and a portion of the "Count Room
Equipment") is owned by Borrower and in the possession of the Charles Town Joint
Venture at the Charles  Town  Facility  pursuant to the Charles  Town  Operating
Lease,  and  Borrower has made each of the  expenditures  listed on Schedule 1.2
under the column headed "Paid as of December 13, 1999."

1.20

1.21 (b) As of each date subsequent to the Closing Date, all such New Equipment,
and any additional New Equipment  delivered  following the Closing Date is owned
by  Borrower  and in the  possession  of the Charles  Town Joint  Venture at the
Charles Town Facility pursuant to the Charles Town Operating Lease.


                                      117
<PAGE>


Article AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS(OTHER THAN INFORMATION ANDREPORTING REQUIREMENTS)
Article AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS(OTHER THAN INFORMATION
         --------------------- ------------------------------------------------
         --------------------- ----------------------
             AND1 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS)(OTHER THAN INFORMATION AND

1 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS) ------------------------


                  So long as any Advance remains unpaid, or any other Obligation
remains  unpaid or  unperformed,  or any  portion of the  Commitment  remains in
force,  PNGI and Borrower shall,  and each shall cause each of its  Subsidiaries
and each other  Obligor to,  unless the  Administrative  Agent (with the written
approval of the Requisite Lenders) otherwise consents:

1.1 Payment of Taxes and Other Potential Liens . Pay and discharge  promptly all
taxes,  assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon any of them,
upon their  respective  Property or any part  thereof and upon their  respective
income or profits or any part  thereof,  except  that PNGI and its  Subsidiaries
shall not be required to pay or cause to be paid (a) any tax, assessment, charge
or levy  that is not yet  past  due,  or is  being  contested  in good  faith by
appropriate  proceedings  so long as the  relevant  entity has  established  and
maintains  adequate  reserves for the payment of the same or (b) any  immaterial
tax so long as no  material  item or portion of  Property  of PNGI or any of its
Subsidiaries is in jeopardy of being seized, levied upon or forfeited.

1.2

1.3   Preservation  of  Existence  .  Preserve  and  maintain  their  respective
existences   in  the   jurisdiction   of  their   formation   and  all  material
authorizations,  rights, franchises,  privileges,  consents,  approvals, orders,
licenses,  permits,  or  registrations  from any  Governmental  Agency  that are
necessary for the  transaction of their  respective  business,  except where the
failure to so preserve  and maintain the  existence  of any  Subsidiary  or such
authorizations  would not constitute a Material Adverse Effect;  and qualify and
remain  qualified  to  transact  business  in each  jurisdiction  in which  such
qualification is necessary in view of their respective business or the ownership
or leasing of their respective Properties except where the failure to so qualify
or remain  qualified would not constitute a Material  Adverse  Effect.  Borrower
shall at all times be a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of PNGI.

1.4

1.5  Maintenance  of  Properties .  Maintain,  preserve and protect all of their
respective depreciable  Properties in good order and condition,  subject to wear
and tear in the  ordinary  course  of  business,  and not  permit  any  waste or
unreasonable  deterioration  of their  respective  Properties,  except  that the
failure to  maintain,  preserve  and protect a  particular  item of  depreciable
Property  that  is not of  significant  value,  either  intrinsically  or to the
operations of PNGI and its Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole, shall not constitute
a violation of this covenant.

1.1 Maintenance of Insurance . Maintain liability,  casualty and other insurance
(subject to customary  deductibles and retentions)  with  responsible  insurance
                                      118
<PAGE>

companies in such  amounts and against  such risks as is carried by  responsible
companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar assets in the general
areas in which PNGI and its Subsidiaries operate.

1.2

1.3  Compliance  With Laws . Comply,  within the time period,  if any, given for
such compliance by the relevant Governmental Agency or Agencies with enforcement
authority,  with all Requirements of Law noncompliance  with which constitutes a
Material Adverse Effect,  except that PNGI and its Subsidiaries  need not comply
with a  Requirement  of Law then being  contested  in good faith by  appropriate
proceedings.

1.4

1.5  Inspection  Rights  Borrower shall permit the  Administrative  Agent or any
Lender, or any authorized employee, agent or representative thereof, to examine,
audit and make  copies and  abstracts  from the records and books of account of,
and to visit and inspect the Properties of, Borrower and its Subsidiaries and to
discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of Borrower and its Subsidiaries with
any  of  their  officers,  key  employees  or  accountants.  All  rights  of the
Administrative  Agent and the Lenders  under this Section may be exercised  upon
reasonable  advance notice and at any time during regular  business hours and as
often as reasonably  requested  (but not so as to materially  interfere with the
business  of  Borrower  or any of  its  Subsidiaries).  The  costs  of all  such
monitoring,  examining,  auditing and  inspection  by and at the requests of the
Administrative Agent or any Lender shall be borne by the Borrower.

1.6

1.7 Keeping of Records and Books of Account . Keep adequate records and books of
account  reflecting  all financial  transactions  in conformity  with  Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles, consistently applied, and in material conformity
with all applicable  requirements of any Governmental  Agency having  regulatory
jurisdiction over PNGI or any of its Subsidiaries.

1.8

1.9 Compliance  With Agreements . Promptly and fully comply with all Contractual
Obligations under all material agreements, indentures, leases and/or instruments
to which any one or more of them is a party,  whether such material  agreements,
indentures,  leases or instruments are with a Lender or another  Person,  except
for any such Contractual  Obligations (a) the performance of which would cause a
Default or (b) then being  contested by any of them in good faith by appropriate
proceedings or if the failure to comply with such agreements, indentures, leases
or instruments does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

1.10

1.11 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of the Loans solely (a) to refinance the
purchase money  indebtedness of PNGI incurred in connection with PNGI's purchase
of the video lottery terminals and other gaming equipment the ownership of which
is to be  transferred  to  Borrower  as of the  Closing  Date and  which are the
subject of the Charles  Town  Operating  Lease and (b) to finance  the  purchase
price of the New  Equipment  and the costs of the  installation  thereof  in the
Charles Town Facility,  and related construction and improvement associated with
the Charles Town Facility  Expansion  pursuant to transactions  which qualify as
purchase  money  Indebtedness  pursuant to Section 4.17 of the 10 5/8% Indenture
and which are Scheduled Expenses.
                                      119
<PAGE>

1.12

1.13  Hazardous  Materials  Laws . Keep and maintain all Real  Property and each
portion  thereof in  compliance  in all material  respects  with all  applicable
Hazardous Materials Laws and promptly notify the Administrative Agent in writing
(attaching a copy of any pertinent written material) of (a) any and all material
enforcement,  cleanup,  removal  or other  governmental  or  regulatory  actions
instituted, completed or threatened in writing by a Governmental Agency pursuant
to any applicable Hazardous Materials Laws with regard to the Real Property, (b)
any and all material  claims made or threatened in writing by any Person against
PNGI or any of its Subsidiaries relating to damage, contribution, cost recovery,
compensation,  loss or injury resulting from any Hazardous Materials with regard
to the Real Property,  and (c) any Senior Officer of Borrower  receives  written
notice or other clear  evidence of any material  occurrence  or condition on any
real  property  adjoining or in the vicinity of such Real Property and affecting
the Real Property that may reasonably be expected to cause such Real Property or
any part thereof to be subject to any restrictions on the ownership,  occupancy,
transferability  or use of such Real  Property  under any  applicable  Hazardous
Materials Laws.

1.14

1.15 Year 2000.  Borrower  shall use its best efforts to promptly  make,  and to
cause PNGI and each of its Subsidiaries to make, all required systems changes in
computer  software,  hardware  and  firmware  systems and  equipment  containing
embedded  microchips  owned or  operated  by or for  PNGI  and its  Subsidiaries
required as a result of the Year 2000 Issue to permit the proper  functioning of
such computer systems and other equipment, except to the extent that the failure
to take any such action would not  reasonably be expected to result in a Default
or a Material  Adverse  Effect.  At the  request of any Lender,  Borrower  shall
provide,  and shall cause PNGI and each of its Subsidiaries to provide,  to such
Lender reasonable assurance of its compliance with the preceding sentence.

                                      120
<PAGE>


             Article NEGATIVE COVENANTSArticle 3 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

                  So long as any Advance remains unpaid, or any other Obligation
remains  unpaid or  unperformed,  or any  portion of the  Commitment  remains in
force,  PNGI and  Borrower  shall  not,  and each  shall not  permit  any of its
Subsidiaries or any other Obligor to, unless the Administrative  Agent (with the
written  approval of the  Requisite  Lenders or, if required by Section 11.2, of
all of the Lenders) otherwise consents:

1.1 Prepayment of  Indebtedness . Other than as to the Obligations and revolving
payments  with  respect to the PNGI Credit  Agreement,  prepay any  principal or
interest on any  Indebtedness  of PNGI or any of its  Subsidiaries  prior to the
date when due,  or make any  payment  or deposit  with any  Person  that has the
effect of providing for the  satisfaction of any  Indebtedness of PNGI or any of
its Subsidiaries  prior to the date when due, in each case if a Default or Event
of Default then exists or would result therefrom.

1.2

1.3  Payment  of  Subordinated  Obligations  . Prepay any  principal  (including
sinking fund  payments)  or any other  amount with  respect to any  Subordinated
Obligation,  or  purchase  or redeem  any  Subordinated  Obligation  except  for
regularly   scheduled   payments  of  interest  with  respect  to   Subordinated
Obligations, to the extent permitted by the subordination provisions thereof.

1.4

1.5 Hostile Tender Offers . Make any offer to purchase or acquire, or consummate
a purchase or acquisition of, 5% or more of the capital stock of any corporation
or other  business  entity  if the  board of  directors  or  management  of such
corporation or business entity has notified PNGI or any of its Subsidiaries that
it opposes  such offer or  purchase  and such notice has not been  withdrawn  or
superseded.

1.1 Mergers,  Sales of Assets,  Etc . Wind up, liquidate or dissolve its affairs
or enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, or convey, sell, lease
or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its property or assets, or enter into
any sale-leaseback  transactions,  or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one or a
series of related  transactions)  any part of the property or assets (other than
purchases or other  acquisitions  of  inventory,  materials and equipment in the
ordinary  course of business) of any Person (or agree to do any of the foregoing
at any future time),  except that, (i) to the extent that no Default or Event of
Default  exists or would  result  therefrom,  and (ii) as a result  thereof,  no
Change  of  Control  or  Significant  Transaction  has  occurred,  PNGI  and its
Subsidiaries may:

                  (a)      make Capital Expenditures permitted by Section 6.17;

                  (b)  sell  assets   (other  than  the  capital  stock  of  any
             Subsidiary,  the Collateral,  or the equity interest in the Charles
             Town Joint  Venture) in an  arm's-length  transaction  in which (i)
                                      121
<PAGE>

             PNGI or any of its Subsidiaries,  as applicable,  receives at least
             fair  market  value (as  determined  in good  faith by PNGI or such
             Subsidiary of PNGI),  (ii) at least 85% of the total  consideration
             received by PNGI or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, is cash
             and is paid at the time of the closing of such sale,  and (iii) the
             aggregate  amount of the  proceeds  received  from all assets  sold
             during any Fiscal Year does not exceed $3,000,000;

               (c) make Investments to the extent permitted by Section 6.18;

               (d) lease (as lessee)  real or personal  property (so long as any
          such lease does not create a Capitalized  Lease  Obligation  except to
          the extent permitted by Section 6.14);

               (e) make sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

               (f) sell  obsolete  or worn-out  equipment  or  materials  in the
          ordinary course of business;

               (g) grant leases or subleases to other Persons of Property  other
          than the Collateral;

               (h) in the ordinary course of business,  license,  as licensor or
          licensee, patents, trademarks,  copyrights and know-how to and/or from
          third Persons; and

               (i) Except for mergers  involving  Borrower  and the Charles Town
          Joint Venture, merge with PNGI or any other Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

1.1                        Distributions .  Make any Distribution, whether from
capital, income or otherwise, and whether in Cash or
                           -------------
other Property, other than:
                ----- ----
1.2
             (a)                    Distributions from any Subsidiary of
Borrower to Borrower or from any Subsidiary of PNGI to PNGI;
             and

             (a)  Distributions  payable  solely in capital stock of PNGI of the
             same class as that to which such Distributions are payable.

1.1 ERISA . (a) At any time,  permit  any  Pension  Plan to:  (i)  engage in any
non-exempt  "prohibited  transaction"  (as defined in Section 4975 of the Code);
(ii) fail to comply  with ERISA or any other  applicable  Laws;  (iii) incur any
material  "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA);
or (iv) terminate in any manner, which, with respect to each event listed above,
may  reasonably  be  expected  to result in a Material  Adverse  Effect,  or (b)
withdraw,  completely or partially,  from any Multiemployer Plan if to do so may
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
                                      122
<PAGE>

1.2

1.3  Change in Nature of  Business  . Engage  (directly  or  indirectly)  in any
business  other  than the  businesses  in which  PNGI and its  Subsidiaries  are
engaged in as of the date hereof and  reasonable  extensions  thereof,  it being
understood and agreed that,  except as provided below, in no event shall PNGI or
any of its Subsidiaries engage in any business or enter into any agreement which
requires PNGI or any of its Subsidiaries to make any payments under Section 4 of
the  Plains  Company  Acquisition  Agreement;  provided,  however,  PNGI and its
Subsidiaries  may operate slot  machines at the Penn  National  Race Track,  the
Pocono Downs Race Track and at any Non-Primary  Location (as defined in the PNGI
Credit  Agreement)  operated  by PNGI  and its  Subsidiaries  and may  make  the
required  payments  pursuant  to  Section 4 of the  Plains  Company  Acquisition
Agreement in connection therewith.

1.4

1.5 Liens and Negative  Pledges . Create,  incur,  assume or suffer to exist any
Lien or Negative  Pledge upon or with respect to any property or assets (real or
personal, tangible or intangible) of PNGI or any of its Subsidiaries whether now
owned or hereafter  acquired,  or sell any such property or assets subject to an
understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to repurchase such property
or assets  (including sales of accounts  receivable with recourse to PNGI or any
of its Subsidiaries), or assign any right to receive income or permit the filing
of any  financing  statement  under  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code or any other
similar notice of Lien under any similar  recording or notice statute;  provided
that the provisions of this Section shall not prevent the creation,  incurrence,
assumption  or  existence of the  following  (Liens  described  below are herein
referred to as "Permitted Liens"):

1.6

                  (a)      the Liens and Negative Pledges under the Security
 Agreement;

                  (b) Liens expressly  permitted under the PNGI Credit Agreement
             (as  in  effect  on the  date  of  this  Agreement)  including  any
             refinancings  thereof permitted thereby,  provided that no Liens or
             Negative Pledges on the Collateral other than those in favor of the
             Administrative  Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement shall be
             permitted.

1.1                        Indebtedness .  Contract, create, incur, assume or
suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
                           ------------
1.2

                  (a)      Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Agreement
and the PNGI Credit Agreement (but not refinancings
             thereof); and

                  (b) Indebtedness outstanding on January 28, 1999 and listed on
             Schedule 6.9,  without giving effect to any  subsequent  extension,
             renewal or  refinancing  thereof  except to the extent set forth on
             Schedule 6.9,  provided that the aggregate  principal amount of the
             Indebtedness  to  be  extended,  renewed  or  refinanced  does  not
             increase  from  that  amount  outstanding  at the  time of any such
             extension, renewal or refinancing; and
                                      123
<PAGE>

                  (c)      Indebtedness permitted by the PNGI Credit Agreement
as in effect on the date of this Agreement;

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section or in Section
6.8  until  such  time as the  Charles  Town  Joint  Venture  is a  Wholly-Owned
Subsidiary of PNGI,  Borrower shall not permit the Charles Town Joint Venture to
incur any  Indebtedness  other than  existing  Indebtedness  of the Charles Town
Joint  Venture which is also listed on Schedule  6.9, it being  understood  that
this  prohibition  shall extend to the making of any  intercompany  loans to the
Charles Town Joint Venture.

1.1  Contingent  Obligations  . Guarantee or assume to agree to become liable in
any way,  either  directly or  indirectly,  for any additional  Indebtedness  or
liabilities of others except to endorse checks or drafts in the ordinary  course
of business, or otherwise assume any Contingent Obligation.

1.2

1.3 New  Subsidiaries  . Permit PNGI or any of its  Subsidiaries  to  establish,
create or acquire any Subsidiary without the consent of the Administrative Agent
and the Requisite Lenders.

1.4

1.5  Transactions  with  Affiliates  . Enter into any  transaction  or series of
related  transactions,  whether or not in the ordinary course of business,  with
any  Affiliate  of PNGI or any of its  Subsidiaries,  other than in the ordinary
course of business  and on terms and  conditions  substantially  as favorable to
PNGI or such Subsidiary of PNGI as would  reasonably be obtained by PNGI or such
Subsidiary of PNGI at that time in a comparable arm's-length  transaction with a
Person other than an Affiliate,  except that the following in any event shall be
permitted:

1.6

 (i)                   Distributions may be paid to the extent provided in
Section 6.5;

 (i)                   loans may be made and other transactions may be entered
into by PNGI and each Subsidiary
 of PNGI to the extent permitted by Sections 6.4, 6.9 and 6.17;

 (i)                   customary fees may be paid to non-officer directors of
PNGI and its Subsidiaries; and

 (i)                   the Subsidiaries of PNGI may pay management fees to PNGI.

1.1 Leverage  Ratio . Permit the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal
Quarter  described in the matrix set forth below,  to exceed the ratio set forth
opposite that Fiscal Quarter:

1.2
                                      124
<PAGE>

1.3    Fiscal Quarters Ending                      Maximum Ratio

1.4

1.5    Closing Date through

1.6    December 31, 1999                           4.00:1.00
1.7

1.8    March 31, 2000 through
1.9    December 31, 2000                           3.50:1.00
1.10

1.11   Thereafter                                  3.00:1.00
1.12

1.13 Leases . Permit the aggregate payments (including,  without limitation, any
property taxes paid as additional  rent or lease payments) made by PNGI and each
of PNGI's  Subsidiaries on a consolidated  basis under all agreements to rent or
lease any real or  personal  property  (or any  extension  or  renewal  thereof)
(excluding  Capital Lease  Obligations) to exceed  $1,600,000  during any Fiscal
Year.

1.14

1.15  Consolidated  Cash Interest  Coverage Ratio . Permit the Consolidated Cash
Interest Coverage Ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter to be less than
3.00:1.00.

1.16

1.17 Consolidated Net Worth . Permit  Consolidated Net Worth, as of the last day
of any Fiscal Quarter,  to be less than the sum of (i) $53,856,000 plus (ii) 50%
of  Consolidated  Net Income  (without  reduction for any net loss in any Fiscal
Quarter) for the period from January 1, 1999 through and  including the last day
of such Fiscal Quarter,  plus (iii) 75% of Net Equity Proceeds  received by PNGI
or any of its  Subsidiaries  during the period from  January 1, 1999 through and
including the last day of such Fiscal Quarter.

1.18

1.19                       Capital Expenditures .
                           --------------------
1.20

                                    (i)  Make  or  commit  to make  any  Capital
                      Expenditure  during  any Fiscal  Year  other than  Capital
                      Expenditures in an aggregate amount that do not exceed the
                      amount indicated below for the applicable Fiscal Year:

                                    Fiscal Year Ending        Maximum Amount

                                    December 31, 1999         $15,000,000
                                    December 31, 2000         $24,000,000
                                    December 31, 2001         $20,000,000
                                    December 31, 2002         $10,000,000

                                    (ii)  In  addition  to  the  foregoing,  the
                      Borrower   and   its   Subsidiaries   may   make   Capital
                      Expenditures  with the  amount of any  insurance  proceeds
                      received  by the  Borrower  or its  Subsidiaries  from any
                      casualty  insurance  policy with respect to any  Property,
                      provided that such insurance  proceeds are used to finance
                      the purchase of similar Property within the 270 day period
                      following their receipt.
                                      125
<PAGE>

1.1  Acquisitions  and Investments . Make any Acquisition or make any Investment
other than  Acquisitions  and Investments  permitted by Section 8.05 of the PNGI
Credit Agreement which do not constitute Significant Transactions.

1.2

1.3  Amendments to Joint Venture  Agreement and Charles Town  Operating  Lease .
Amend, modify or change the Charles Town Joint Venture Agreement or Charles Town
Operating  Lease,  other than any such  amendment,  modification or change which
could not  reasonably  be expected to be adverse to the interests of the Lenders
in any material  respect (it being understood and agreed,  however,  that in any
event  PNGI or a  Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary  thereof  shall  at all  times be the
managing  member of the Charles Town Joint Venture and shall own at least 89% of
the equity interest therein).


                                      126

<PAGE>


Article  INFORMATION  AND  REPORTING  REQUIREMENTS
Article  3  INFORMATION  AND
REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

- -------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------


1.1 Financial and Business  Information . So long as any Advance remains unpaid,
or any other  Obligation  remains unpaid or  unperformed,  or any portion of the
Commitment remains in force, PNGI and Borrower shall,  unless the Administrative
Agent (with the written approval of the Requisite Lenders)  otherwise  consents,
at their sole expense,  deliver to the Administrative Agent, a sufficient number
of copies for all of the Lenders, of the following:

1.2

             (a) Within 35 days after the end of each fiscal month of PNGI,  the
             consolidated  and  consolidating  balance  sheet  of  PNGI  and its
             Subsidiaries  as at the end of such  fiscal  month and the  related
             consolidated  and  consolidating  statements of income and retained
             earnings and  statement of cash flows for such fiscal month and for
             the  elapsed  portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of
             such fiscal month, in each case setting forth  comparative  figures
             for the  corresponding  fiscal  month in the prior  fiscal year and
             comparable budgeted figures for such fiscal month;

             (a)  Within 50 days  after the close of the first  three  quarterly
             accounting   periods  in  each  fiscal   year  of  PNGI,   (i)  the
             consolidated  and  consolidating  balance  sheets  of PNGI  and its
             Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarterly  accounting period and
             the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income and
             retained  earnings and  statement of cash flows for such  quarterly
             accounting  period and for the  elapsed  portion of the fiscal year
             ended with the last day of such  quarterly  accounting  period,  in
             each case setting forth comparative figures for the related periods
             in the prior  fiscal  year,  all of which shall be certified by the
             Chief Financial  Officer of PNGI,  subject to normal year-end audit
             adjustments  and (ii)  management's  discussion and analysis of the
             important   operational  and  financial   developments  during  the
             quarterly and year-to-date periods;

             (a) Within 95 days after the close of each fiscal year of PNGI, (i)
             the consolidated and  consolidating  balance sheets of PNGI and its
             Subsidiaries  as at the end of such  fiscal  year  and the  related
             consolidated  and  consolidating  statements of income and retained
             earnings  and of cash  flows for such  fiscal  year  setting  forth
             comparative figures for the preceding fiscal year and certified, in
             the case of the consolidated financial statements,  by BDO Seidman,
             LLP or such  other  independent  certified  public  accountants  of
             recognized   national   standing   reasonably   acceptable  to  the
             Administrative  Agent,  together  with a report of such  accounting
             firm  stating  that  in the  course  of its  regular  audit  of the
                                      127
<PAGE>

             financial statements of PNGI and its Subsidiaries,  which audit was
             conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards,
             such  accounting  firm  obtained no  knowledge of any Default or an
             Event of Default which has occurred and is continuing or, if in the
             opinion of such  accounting firm such a Default or Event of Default
             has  occurred  and is  continuing,  a  statement  as to the  nature
             thereof and in the case of the consolidating  financial statements,
             by the  Chief  Financial  Officer  of PNGI  and  (ii)  management's
             discussion and analysis of the important  operational and financial
             developments during the respective fiscal year.

             (a)  Promptly  after  PNGI's  or any of its  Subsidiaries'  receipt
             thereof,  a copy  of any  "management  letter"  received  from  its
             certified public accountants and management's response thereto.

             (a) No later  than  thirty  days  following  the  first day of each
             fiscal  year  of  PNGI,  a  budget  in  form  satisfactory  to  the
             Administrative  Agent (including  budgeted statements of income and
             sources and uses of cash and balance  sheets)  prepared by PNGI for
             each of the months of such fiscal year prepared in detail;

             (a)  Promptly  after  request  by the  Administrative  Agent or any
             Lender, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or
             recommendations  submitted to PNGI by  independent  accountants  in
             connection  with  the  accounts  or  books  of  PNGI  or any of its
             Subsidiaries, or any audit of any of them;

             (a) Promptly  after the filing or delivery  thereof,  copies of all
             financial  information,  proxy materials and reports, if any, which
             PNGI  or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall  publicly  file  with  the
             Securities and Exchange  Commission or its Successors or deliver to
             holders  of  its   Indebtedness   pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the
             documentation governing such Indebtedness (or any trustee, agent or
             other representative therefor);

             (a) Promptly  after the same are  available,  copies of any written
             communication  to PNGI,  Borrower or any other  Subsidiary  of PNGI
             from  any  Regulatory  Board  advising  it  of a  violation  of  or
             non-compliance with any Applicable  Regulation by PNGI, Borrower or
             any other Subsidiary of PNGI;

             (a)                    Notice in writing within 30 days after any
change of PNGI's or Borrower's senior management
             personnel;

             (a) Promptly after an officer of any Credit Party obtains knowledge
             thereof,  notice  of one or  more  of the  following  environmental
             matters,  unless such environmental matters could not, individually
             or when aggregated with all other such  environmental  matters,  be
             reasonably   expected  to  materially  and  adversely   affect  the
             business,  operations,  property,  assets,  liabilities,  condition
             (financial or otherwise) or prospects of PNGI and its  Subsidiaries
             taken as a whole:
                                      128
<PAGE>

(i)  any pending or  threatened  Environmental  Claim against PNGI or any of its
     Subsidiaries  or any Real Property  owned or operated by PNGI or any of its
     Subsidiaries;

                      (i) any  condition  or  occurrence  on or arising from any
                      Real  Property  owned  or  operated  by PNGI or any of its
                      Subsidiaries  that (a) results in noncompliance by PNGI or
                      any of its Subsidiaries with any applicable  Environmental
                      Law or (b)  could  be  expected  to form  the  basis of an
                      Environmental   Claim   against   PNGI   or   any  of  its
                      Subsidiaries or any such Real Property;.

                      (i) any condition or occurrence on any Real Property owned
                      or operated by PNGI or any of its Subsidiaries  that could
                      be expected  to cause such Real  Property to be subject to
                      any  restrictions  on  the  ownership,  occupancy,  use or
                      transferability by PNGI or any of its Subsidiaries of such
                      Real Property under any Environmental Law; and

                      (i) the  taking  of any  removal  or  remedial  action  in
                      response  to  the  actual  or  alleged   presence  of  any
                      Hazardous  Material on any Real Property owned or operated
                      by  PNGI or any of its  Subsidiaries  as  required  by any
                      Environmental   Law   or   any   governmental   or   other
                      administrative  agency;  provided,  that in any event PNGI
                      shall deliver to each Lender all notices  received by PNGI
                      or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries   from  any  government  or
                      governmental  agency  under,  or pursuant to, CERCLA which
                      identify PNGI or any of its  Subsidiaries  as  potentially
                      responsible   parties  for  remediation   costs  or  which
                      otherwise  notify  PNGI  or  any of  its  Subsidiaries  of
                      potential liability under CERCLA.

             All such notices shall describe in reasonable  detail the nature of
             the  claim,  investigation,  condition,  occurrence  or  removal or
             remedial action and PNGI's or such Subsidiary's response thereto.

             (a) Promptly after (i) PNGI or any of its Subsidiaries receives any
             correspondence or other written  communication  from any Regulatory
             Board  (other than  correspondence  relating  to routine  operating
             matters of PNGI or any of its  Subsidiaries  in the ordinary course
             of business) or (ii) PNGI or any of its  Subsidiaries  delivers any
             correspondence  or other written  communication  to any  Regulatory
             Board  (other than  correspondence  relating  to routine  operating
             matters of PNGI or any of its  Subsidiaries),  PNGI  shall  deliver
             copies of any such correspondence or other written communication to
             each of the Lenders;
                                      129
<PAGE>

             (a)  Promptly  after  request  by the  Administrative  Agent or any
             Lender,  copies of any other material report or other document that
             was filed by PNGI or any of its Subsidiaries  with any Governmental
             Agency;

             (a)  Promptly,  and in any event  within ten  Business  Days upon a
             Senior  Officer  becoming  aware,  of the  occurrence  of  any  (i)
             "reportable  event" (as such term is  defined  in  Section  4043 of
             ERISA) or (ii) "prohibited transaction" (as such term is defined in
             Section  406 of ERISA or  Section  4975 of the Code) in  connection
             with any Pension Plan or any trust created  thereunder,  telephonic
             notice  specifying  the  nature  thereof,  and,  no more  than five
             Business Days after such  telephonic  notice,  written notice again
             specifying the nature  thereof and  specifying  what action PNGI or
             any of its  Subsidiaries is taking or proposes to take with respect
             thereto,  and, when known, any action taken by the Internal Revenue
             Service with respect thereto;

             (a) Promptly  upon,  and in any event within  three  Business  Days
             after,  an officer of any Credit Party obtains  knowledge  thereof,
             notice of (i) the  occurrence  of any  event  which  constitutes  a
             Default or an Event of Default; (ii) any litigation or governmental
             investigation  or  proceeding  (including  without  limitation  any
             Regulatory Board  investigation or proceeding)  pending (x) against
             PNGI or any of its Subsidiaries  which could reasonably be expected
             to  materially  and  adversely  affect  the  business,  operations,
             property, assets,  liabilities,  condition (financial or otherwise)
             or prospects  of PNGI and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole,  (y)
             with  respect to any  material  indebtedness  of PNGI or any of its
             Subsidiaries;  and (iii) any actual or  alleged  failure of PNGI or
             any Subsidiary to fail to comply with or perform,  breach,  violate
             or  suffer a default  under  any  local,  state or  federal  law or
             regulation,  or under the terms of any franchise,  license or grant
             of  authority,  or the  occurrence  or  existence  of any  facts or
             circumstances which, with the passage of time, the giving of notice
             or otherwise  could  create such a breach,  violation or default or
             could occasion the  termination of any franchise,  license or grant
             of authority; and

             (a) Such  other  data and  information  as from time to time may be
             reasonably  requested  by  the  Administrative  Agent,  any  Lender
             (through the Administrative Agent) or the Requisite Lenders.

1.1 Compliance  Certificates . For so long as any Advance  remains  unpaid,  any
other Obligation remains unpaid or unperformed, or any portion of the Commitment
remains  outstanding,  Borrower  shall deliver to the  Administrative  Agent for
distribution  by it to the Lenders  concurrently  with the financial  statements
required pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) a properly completed Compliance Certificate
signed by a Senior Officer.
                                      130
<PAGE>


                     Article CONDITIONSArticle 3 CONDITIONS

1.1 The Closing Date . The obligation of each Lender to make the initial Advance
to be made by it on the Closing  Date,  is subject to the  following  conditions
precedent,  each of which shall be satisfied  prior to the making of the initial
Advances  (unless all of the  Lenders,  in their sole and  absolute  discretion,
shall agree otherwise): 1.2

             (a)  The  Administrative  Agent  shall  have  received  all  of the
             following,  each of  which  shall  be  originals  unless  otherwise
             specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Official of each
             party  thereto,  each dated as of the Closing Date and each in form
             and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Administrative  Agent and its
             legal counsel  (unless  otherwise  specified or, in the case of the
             date  of any of the  following,  unless  the  Administrative  Agent
             otherwise agrees or directs):

(1)  executed   counterparts  of  this  Agreement,   sufficient  in  number  for
     distribution to the Lenders and Borrower;

(1)  Notes issued to each Lender in the  principal  amount of that  Lender's Pro
     Rata Share;

(1)  the PNGI Guaranty, executed by PNGI;

(1)  the Security Agreement,  executed by Borrower together with UCC-1 financing
     statements for filing in each appropriate jurisdiction;

(1)  the Charles  Town  Subordination  Agreement,  executed by the Charles  Town
     Joint Venture;

                      (1) such documentation with respect to PNGI,  Borrower and
                      each other Obligor as the Administrative Agent may require
                      to establish  its due  organization,  valid  existence and
                      good standing,  its qualification to engage in business in
                      each  material  jurisdiction  in  which it is  engaged  in
                      business or required to be so qualified,  its authority to
                      execute,  deliver  and  perform  the Loan  Documents,  the
                      identity,  authority  and  capacity  of  each  Responsible
                      Official   thereof   authorized  to  act  on  its  behalf,
                      including  certified  copies of articles of  incorporation
                      and amendments  thereto,  bylaws and  amendments  thereto,
                      certificates  of good  standing  and/or  qualification  to
                      engage   in   business,   tax   clearance    certificates,
                      certificates  of  corporate  resolutions,  and  incumbency
                      certificates;

                      (1)                   the Opinions of Counsel;
                                      131
<PAGE>

                      (1) Such  assurances  as the  Administrative  Agent  deems
                      appropriate  that  the  relevant  Regulatory  Boards  have
                      approved the credit facilities to be provided hereunder to
                      the extent that such  approval  is required by  Applicable
                      Regulations;

(1)  a Certificate of a Responsible  Official signed by a Senior Officer of PNGI
     and Borrower certifying that:

                                            (a)   attached   thereto  are  true,
                              current  and  complete   copies  of  the  10  5/8%
                              Indenture,  the  PNGI  Credit  Agreement  and  the
                              Charles Town Operating  Lease,  each as amended to
                              date; and

(b)  the conditions specified in Sections 8.1(c) and 8.1(d) have been satisfied;

                      (1) Evidence that the  $5,000,000  "Term Loan" (as defined
                      in the PNGI Credit  Agreement) has been repaid in full and
                      any   applicable    commitments   with   respect   thereto
                      terminated;

                      (1) An amendment to the PNGI Credit  Agreement in form and
                      substance  acceptable to the Lenders pursuant to which the
                      requisite  lenders  thereunder  agree to (A) the  removal,
                      waiver  or  modification  of any  provisions  in the  PNGI
                      Credit Agreement which would otherwise prohibit the credit
                      facilities  and related  security  interests  contemplated
                      hereby and by the other Loan  Documents,  and (B) agree to
                      subordinate  their  interest  in the  Collateral  and  the
                      proceeds thereof to the Liens of the Administrative  Agent
                      in the Collateral and the proceeds thereof;

(1)  such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or opinions as the
     Administrative Agent reasonably may require.

(a)  Evidence  that the security  interests of the  Administrative  Agent in the
     Collateral are of first
             priority.

(a)  The  representations  and  warranties  of PNGI and  Borrower  contained  in
     Article 4 shall be true and correct.

             (a) PNGI,  Borrower and any other  Obligors  shall be in compliance
             with all the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents,  and after
             giving  effect  to the  initial  Advance,  no  Default  or Event of
             Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(a)  The fees due and  payable on the Closing  Date  pursuant to Article 3 shall
     have been paid.
                                      132
<PAGE>

             (a) The  Administrative  Agent and the Lenders  shall have reviewed
             and found  satisfactory  information  confirming  that PNGI and its
             Subsidiaries  are taking all necessary and  appropriate  steps,  if
             any, to address the Year 2000 Issue.

(a)  No Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred since December 31, 1998.

             (a) PNGI shall have  transferred  to Borrower the  ownership of the
             G-Tech Equipment and all New Equipment  heretofore  delivered,  and
             Borrower  (and shall have  delivered  a copy of the bill of sale or
             other appropriate  evidence of such transfer to the  Administrative
             Agent) and the Charles Town Joint  Venture  shall have entered into
             the Charles Town Operating Lease with respect thereto.

             (a) All  legal  matters  relating  to the Loan  Documents  shall be
             satisfactory to Sheppard,  Mullin,  Richter & Hampton, LLP, special
             counsel to the Administrative Agent.

1.1  Any Advance . The obligation of each Lender to make any Advance which would
     increase  the  Outstanding   -----------  Obligations  is  subject  to  the
     conditions  precedent that: 1.2 (a) except as disclosed by the Obligors and
     approved  in writing by the  Requisite  Lenders,  the  representations  and
     warranties contained in Article 4 (other than the representations set forth
     in  Sections  4.4,  4.10 and 4.17) shall be true and correct on the date of
     such Advance as though made on that date;

             (a) There  shall not be any  pending or  threatened  action,  suit,
             proceeding  or   investigation   affecting   PNGI  or  any  of  its
             Subsidiaries  before any  Governmental  Agency that  constitutes  a
             Material Adverse Effect;

             (a) except as provided for in Section  2.1(g),  the  Administrative
             Agent shall have timely  received a Request for Loan in  compliance
             with Article 2 (or telephonic or other request for Loan referred to
             in the second sentence of Section 2.1(b), if applicable);

(a)  no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and remain continuing or
     will result from such Advance;

             (a) the amount of the increase in the Outstanding Obligations shall
             not exceed the amount of the  Scheduled  Expenses  made by Borrower
             during the one month period  preceding  the making of the requested
             Loan (which  Scheduled  Expenses  shall not have been the basis for
             any prior such Loan), the invoices for such Scheduled Expenses (and
                                      133
<PAGE>

             in the case of those relating to the purchase of New Equipment, the
             lease schedule to the Charles Town Operating Lease) attached to the
             related  Request  for Loan shall be  reasonably  acceptable  to the
             Administrative Agent;

             (a)  Borrower  shall have  delivered  to the  Administrative  Agent
             amendments  to its Uniform  Commercial  Code  financing  statements
             describing  the New  Equipment  purchased  with the proceeds of the
             Loan;

             (a) no portion of the New  Equipment  shall have been  delivered to
             the  Borrower  more than 20 days  prior to the date of the  related
             Loans,  and the  Collateral  shall be subject be subject to a first
             priority perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative
             Agent; and

             (a) the  Administrative  Agent  shall  have  received,  in form and
             substance  satisfactory  to the  Administrative  Agent,  such other
             assurances,  certificates,  documents  or  consents  related to the
             foregoing  as the  Administrative  Agent or the  Requisite  Lenders
             reasonably may require, including without limitation any assurances
             which the  Administrative  Agent may require to establish  that the
             proposed  Loan is  permitted  under  the  terms of the PNGI  Credit
             Agreement and the 10 5/8 Indenture.



                                      134
<PAGE>


Article EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT Article 3 EVENTS OF
DEFAULT       AND        REMEDIES        UPON       EVENT       OF       DEFAULT
- ----------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------


1.1  Events of Default . The  existence or  occurrence of any one or more of the
     following events, whatever the -----------------  reason therefor and under
     any circumstances whatsoever, shall constitute an Event of Default:
1.2
(a)  Borrower  fails to pay any  principal  on any of the Notes,  or any portion
     thereof, on the date when due; or

             (a) Borrower fails to pay any interest on any of the Notes,  or any
             fees under Sections 3.2 or 3.3 or any portion  thereof,  within two
             Business  Days  after the date when due;  or fails to pay any other
             fee or amount  payable to the Lenders under any Loan  Document,  or
             any  portion  thereof,  within  five  Business  Days  after  demand
             therefor; or

(a)  PNGI or Borrower  fail to comply  with any of the  covenants  contained  in
     Article 6; or

             (a) PNGI, Borrower or any other Obligor fails to perform or observe
             any other  covenant or agreement (not specified in clauses (a), (b)
             or (c)  above)  contained  in any Loan  Document  on its part to be
             performed or observed  within thirty Business Days after the giving
             of notice by the  Administrative  Agent on behalf of the  Requisite
             Lenders of such Default; or

             (a) Any  representation or warranty of PNGI,  Borrower or any other
             Obligor made in any Loan Document,  or in any  certificate or other
             writing delivered by Borrower pursuant to any Loan Document, proves
             to have been incorrect when made or reaffirmed; or

             (a) PNGI or any of its Subsidiaries (i) fails to pay the principal,
             or any principal installment, of any present or future Indebtedness
             for  borrowed  money of  $1,000,000  or more,  or any  guaranty  of
             present or future  Indebtedness for borrowed money of $1,000,000 or
             more, on its part to be paid,  when due (or within any stated grace
             period),  whether at the stated  maturity,  upon  acceleration,  by
             reason of required prepayment,  the exercise of any "put" exercised
             by the holder of such  Indebtedness  or  otherwise or (ii) fails to
             perform or observe any other term,  covenant  or  agreement  on its
             part to be performed or observed, or suffers any event to occur, in
             connection  with any present or future  Indebtedness  for  borrowed
             money of  $1,000,000  or more,  or of any  guaranty  of  present or
             future indebtedness for borrowed money of $1,000,000 or more, if as
             a result of such  failure  or  sufferance  any  holder  or  holders
             thereof  (or an agent or  trustee on its or their  behalf)  has the
             right to declare such  indebtedness due before the date on which it
             otherwise would become due; or
                                      135
<PAGE>

             (a) Any event  occurs  which  gives the  holder or  holders  of any
             Subordinated  Obligation  (or an agent or  trustee  on its or their
             behalf)  the right to  declare  such  Subordinated  Obligation  due
             before the date on which it  otherwise  would  become  due,  or the
             right to require the issuer thereof to redeem or purchase, or offer
             to redeem  or  purchase,  all or any  portion  of any  Subordinated
             Obligation; or

             (a) Any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery
             and for any  reason  other  than the  agreement  of the  Lenders or
             satisfaction  in full of all the  Obligations  ceases to be in full
             force  and  effect  or  is  declared   by  a  court  of   competent
             jurisdiction to be null and void,  invalid or  unenforceable in any
             respect which,  in any such event in the reasonable  opinion of the
             Requisite  Lenders,  is materially  adverse to the interests of the
             Lenders;  or any Obligor  thereto denies that it has any or further
             liability or  obligation  under any Loan  Document,  or purports to
             revoke, terminate or rescind same; or

             (a) A final  judgment  against PNGI or any of its  Subsidiaries  is
             entered  for the  payment of money in excess of  $1,000,000  (other
             than any money judgment  covered in full by insurance)  and, absent
             procurement  of  a  stay  of  execution,   such  judgment   remains
             unsatisfied  for  sixty  calendar  days  after the date of entry of
             judgment, or in any event later than five days prior to the date of
             any proposed sale thereunder;  or any writ or warrant of attachment
             or execution or similar  process is issued or levied against all or
             any part of the  Property of any such  Person and is not  released,
             vacated or fully bonded within sixty  calendar days after its issue
             or levy; or

             (a) PNGI or any of its  Subsidiaries  institutes or consents to the
             institution of any proceeding under a Debtor Relief Law relating to
             it or to all or any part of its Property, or is unable or admits in
             writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature,  or makes an
             assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents
             to  the   appointment   of  any   receiver,   trustee,   custodian,
             conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or
             for all or any  part of its  Property;  or any  receiver,  trustee,
             custodian,  conservator,   liquidator,   rehabilitator  or  similar
             officer is  appointed  without the  application  or consent of that
             Person and the appointment  continues  undischarged or unstayed for
             sixty calendar  days; or any  proceeding  under a Debtor Relief Law
             relating to any such  Person or to all or any part of its  Property
             is  instituted  without the  consent of that  Person and  continues
             undismissed or unstayed for sixty calendar days; or

(a)  The  occurrence of an Event of Default (as such term is or may hereafter be
     specifically  defined  in any other  Loan  Document)  under any other  Loan
     Document; or
                                      136
<PAGE>

(a)  Any  determination  is made by a court of competent  jurisdiction  that any
     Subordinated Obligation is
            not subordinated in accordance with its terms to the Obligations; or

             (a) Any Pension Plan maintained by PNGI or any of its  Subsidiaries
             is determined to have an "accumulated  funding  deficiency" as that
             term is  defined  in  Section  302 of  ERISA  and the  result  is a
             Material Adverse Effect; or

             (a) The  occurrence  of any  License  Revocation  at  Charles  Town
             Facility or the  occurrence of any License  Revocation at any other
             Venue of PNGI or its Subsidiaries which continues for five days; or

(a)  The occurrence of any Change of Control or any Significant Transaction.

1.1  Remedies  Upon  Event of  Default . Without  limiting  any other  rights or
remedies of the  Administrative  Agent or the Lenders  provided for elsewhere in
this  Agreement,  or in the other Loan  Documents,  or by applicable  Law, or in
equity, or otherwise:

1.2

(a)  Upon the occurrence,  and during the  continuance,  of any Event of Default
     other than an Event of ----- ---- Default described in Section 9.1(j):

                      (1)  the   Commitment  to  make  Advances  and  all  other
                      obligations  of the  Creditors  to the  Obligors  and  all
                      rights of Borrower and the other  Obligors  under the Loan
                      Documents  shall be suspended  without notice to or demand
                      upon  Borrower,  which are  expressly  waived by Borrower,
                      except  that all of the Lenders or the  Requisite  Lenders
                      (as the case may be, in accordance  with Section 11.2) may
                      waive an Event of Default or, without waiving,  determine,
                      upon terms and conditions  satisfactory  to the Lenders or
                      Requisite  Lenders,  as the case may be, to reinstate  the
                      Commitment  and make  further  Advances,  which  waiver or
                      determination shall apply equally to, and shall be binding
                      upon, all the Lenders; and

                      (1) the Requisite  Lenders may request the  Administrative
                      Agent to, and the  Administrative  Agent thereupon  shall,
                      terminate the  Commitment  and may declare all or any part
                      of the unpaid principal of the Notes, all interest accrued
                      and unpaid thereon and all other amounts payable under the
                      Loan Documents to be forthwith due and payable,  whereupon
                      the same shall  become and be  forthwith  due and payable,
                      without protest,  presentment,  notice of dishonor, demand
                      or further  notice of any kind, all of which are expressly
                      waived by Borrower.
                                      137
<PAGE>

(a)  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 9.1(j):

                      (1)  the   Commitment  to  make  Advances  and  all  other
                      obligations  of the  Creditors  to the  Obligors  and  all
                      rights of Borrower and any other  Obligors  under the Loan
                      Documents shall terminate without notice to or demand upon
                      Borrower,  which are expressly waived by Borrower,  except
                      that all the  Lenders  may waive the Event of Default  or,
                      without  waiving,  determine,  upon  terms and  conditions
                      satisfactory   to  all  the  Lenders,   to  reinstate  the
                      Commitment and make further Advances,  which determination
                      shall apply equally to, and shall be binding upon, all the
                      Lenders; and

                      (1)  the  unpaid  principal  of all  Notes,  all  interest
                      accrued and unpaid  thereon and all other amounts  payable
                      under  the  Loan  Documents  shall  be  forthwith  due and
                      payable, without protest, presentment, notice of dishonor,
                      demand or  further  notice  of any kind,  all of which are
                      expressly waived by Borrower.

             (a) Upon the occurrence and during the  continuance of any Event of
             Default, the Lenders and the Administrative  Agent, or any of them,
             without  notice to (except as  expressly  provided  for in any Loan
             Document) or demand upon  Borrower,  which are expressly  waived by
             Borrower (except as to notices  expressly  provided for in any Loan
             Document),  may proceed (but only with the consent of the Requisite
             Lenders) to protect, exercise and enforce their rights and remedies
             under the Loan Documents against Borrower and any other Obligor and
             such other rights and remedies as are provided by Law or equity.

             (a) The order and manner in which the Lenders'  rights and remedies
             are to be exercised shall be determined by the Requisite Lenders in
             their  sole   discretion,   and  all   payments   received  by  the
             Administrative  Agent  and the  Lenders,  or any of them,  shall be
             applied  first to the  costs  and  expenses  (including  reasonable
             attorneys'  fees and  disbursements  and the  reasonably  allocated
             costs of attorneys employed by the  Administrative  Agent or by any
             Lender)  of  the  Administrative  Agent  and of  the  Lenders,  and
             thereafter  paid pro rata to the  Lenders  in the same  proportions
             that the aggregate  Obligations  owed to each Lender under the Loan
             Documents  bear to the  aggregate  Obligations  owed under the Loan
             Documents to all the Lenders,  without priority or preference among
             the Lenders.  Regardless of how each Lender may treat  payments for
             the purpose of its own  accounting,  for the  purpose of  computing
             Borrower's  Obligations  hereunder  and under the  Notes,  payments
             shall  be  applied  first,   to  the  costs  and  expenses  of  the
             Administrative  Agent and the Lenders, as set forth above,  second,
             to the  payment of accrued and unpaid  interest  due under any Loan
             Documents to and including the date of such  application  (ratably,
                                      138
<PAGE>

             and  without  duplication,  according  to the  accrued  and  unpaid
             interest due under each of the Loan  Documents),  and third, to the
             payment of all other  amounts  (including  principal and fees) then
             owing to the  Administrative  Agent or the  Lenders  under the Loan
             Documents.  No  application  of  payments  will  cure any  Event of
             Default, or prevent  acceleration,  or continued  acceleration,  of
             amounts payable under the Loan Documents,  or prevent the exercise,
             or  continued  exercise,  of  rights  or  remedies  of the  Lenders
             hereunder or thereunder or at Law or in equity.



                                      139
<PAGE>


Article  THE   ADMINISTRATIVE   AGENT
 Article  3  THE   ADMINISTRATIVE   AGENT
- ------------------------ --------------------------


1.1  Appointment  and  Authorization  . Subject to Section  10.8,  each Creditor
hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such
action as  administrative  agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under
the Loan  Documents as are  delegated to the  Administrative  Agent by the terms
thereof or are reasonably incidental, as determined by the Administrative Agent,
thereto.  This appointment and  authorization is intended solely for the purpose
of facilitating  the servicing of the Loans and does not constitute  appointment
of the  Administrative  Agent  as a  trustee  or  agent  for  any  Lender  or as
representative  of any Lender for any other purpose and,  except as specifically
set forth in the Loan Documents to the contrary,  the Administrative Agent shall
take  such  action  and  exercise  such  powers  only in an  administrative  and
ministerial capacity.

1.2

1.3  Administrative  Agent and  Affiliates . Bank of America (and each successor
Administrative Agent) has the same rights and powers under the Loan Documents as
any  other  Lender  and  may  exercise  the  same  as  though  it  were  not the
Administrative  Agent,  and the term  "Lender"  or  "Lenders"  includes  Bank of
America  in its  individual  capacity.  Bank  of  America  (and  each  successor
Administrative Agent) and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to
and generally  engage in any kind of banking,  trust or other business with PNGI
or any of its  Subsidiaries  as if it were  not  the  Administrative  Agent  and
without  any duty to account  therefor to the other  Creditors.  Bank of America
(and each successor Administrative Agent) need not account to any other Creditor
for any monies  received by it for  reimbursement  of its costs and  expenses as
Administrative Agent hereunder, or for any monies received by it in its capacity
as a Lender hereunder.  The  Administrative  Agent shall not be deemed to hold a
fiduciary trust or other special  relationship or any other special relationship
with any other Creditor and no implied covenants,  functions,  responsibilities,
duties,  obligations  or  liabilities  shall  be read  into  this  Agreement  or
otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.

1.4

1.5  Proportionate  Interest in any Collateral . The  Administrative  Agent,  on
behalf of all the  Creditors,  shall hold in accordance  with the Loan Documents
all  items  of any  collateral  or  interests  therein  received  or held by the
Administrative   Agent.   Subject  to  the   Administrative   Agent's  right  to
reimbursement  for  its  costs  and  expenses  hereunder  (including  reasonable
attorneys'  fees and  disbursements  and  other  professional  services  and the
reasonably  allocated costs of attorneys employed by the  Administrative  Agent)
and subject to the  application of payments in accordance  with Section  9.2(d),
each Lender shall have an interest in the Collateral or interests therein in the
same proportions that the aggregate  Obligations owed such Lender under the Loan
Documents bear to the aggregate Obligations owed under the Loan Documents to all
the Lenders, without priority or preference among the Lenders.

1.6

1.7 Lenders' Credit Decisions . Each Creditor agrees that it has,  independently
and without reliance on any other Creditor or the directors,  officers,  agents,
employees  or  attorneys  thereof,  and  instead in  reliance  upon  information
                                      140
<PAGE>

supplied to it by or on behalf of the Obligors  and upon such other  information
as it has deemed  appropriate,  made its own  independent  credit  analysis  and
decision  to enter  into  this  Agreement.  Each  Lender  agrees  that it shall,
independently  and without  reliance upon any other  Creditor or the  directors,
officers,  agents,  employees  or  attorneys  thereof,  continue to make its own
independent credit analyses and decisions in acting or not acting under the Loan
Documents.

1.1                        Action by Administrative Agent .
                           ------------------------------
1.2

             (a) Absent  actual  knowledge  of the  Administrative  Agent of the
             existence  of a Default  or Event of  Default,  the  Administrative
             Agent may assume that no Default or Event of Default  has  occurred
             and is  continuing,  unless the  Administrative  Agent has received
             notice from the  Obligors  stating the nature of the Default or has
             received notice from a Lender stating the nature of the Default and
             that such Lender  considers  the Default to have occurred and to be
             continuing.

(a)  The  Administrative  Agent  has  only  those  obligations  under  the  Loan
     Documents as are expressly set forth therein.

             (a)  Except  for any  obligation  expressly  set  forth in the Loan
             Documents and as long as the  Administrative  Agent may assume that
             no  Event  of  Default  has   occurred  and  is   continuing,   the
             Administrative  Agent may, but shall not be required  to,  exercise
             its   discretion  to  act  or  not  act,   provided  that  (i)  the
             Administrative  Agent  shall be required to act or not act upon the
             instructions  of the Requisite  Lenders (or of all the Lenders,  to
             the extent required by Section 11.2) and those  instructions  shall
             be  binding  upon the  Administrative  Agent  and all of the  other
             Creditors,  and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall not be required
             to  act or  not  act if to do so  would  be  contrary  to any  Loan
             Document or to applicable  Law or would result,  in the  reasonable
             judgment  of the  Administrative  Agent,  in  substantial  risk  of
             liability to the Administrative Agent.

             (a) If the Administrative  Agent has received a notice specified in
             clause (a), the Administrative  Agent shall immediately give notice
             thereof  to  the  Lenders  and  shall  act  or  not  act  upon  the
             instructions  of the Requisite  Lenders (or of all the Lenders,  to
             the  extent  required  by  Section  11.2),  provided  that  (i) the
             Administrative  Agent shall not be required to act or not act if to
             do so would be contrary to any Loan Document or to  applicable  Law
             or would result, in the reasonable  judgment of the  Administrative
             Agent,  in  substantial  risk of  liability  to the  Administrative
             Agent,  and (ii) if the Requisite  Lenders (or all the Lenders,  if
             required under Section 11.2) fail, for five Business Days after the
             receipt of notice from the  Administrative  Agent,  to instruct the
             Administrative  Agent, then the  Administrative  Agent, in its sole
             discretion,  may  act or not  act as it  deems  advisable  for  the
             protection of the interests of the Lenders.
                                      141
<PAGE>

             (a)  The  Administrative  Agent  shall  have  no  liability  to any
             Creditor for acting,  or not acting, as instructed by the Requisite
             Lenders (or all the  Lenders,  if  required  under  Section  11.2),
             notwithstanding any other provision hereof.

1.1 Liability of Administrative Agent . Neither the Administrative Agent nor any
of its directors,  officers,  agents, employees or attorneys shall be liable for
any  action  taken or not  taken by them  under or in  connection  with the Loan
Documents, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Without
limitation  on the  foregoing,  the  Administrative  Agent  and  its  directors,
officers, agents, employees and attorneys:

1.2

             (a) May treat the payee of any Note as the holder thereof until the
             Administrative  Agent receives notice of the assignment or transfer
             thereof,  in form satisfactory to the Administrative  Agent, signed
             by the  payee,  and may  treat  each  Lender  as the  owner of that
             Lender's  interest  in the  Obligations  for all  purposes  of this
             Agreement  until the  Administrative  Agent receives  notice of the
             assignment  or  transfer  thereof,  in  form  satisfactory  to  the
             Administrative Agent, signed by that Lender.

             (a) May  consult  with  legal  counsel  (including  in-house  legal
             counsel),  accountants  (including in-house  accountants) and other
             professionals  or experts  selected  by it, or with legal  counsel,
             accountants  or  other  professionals  or  experts  for PNGI or its
             Subsidiaries or the Lenders, and shall not be liable for any action
             taken or not  taken  by it in good  faith  in  accordance  with any
             advice of such legal counsel, accountants or other professionals or
             experts.

             (a) Shall not be  responsible  to any Creditor  for any  statement,
             warranty or representation  made in any of the Loan Documents or in
             any  notice,  certificate,   report,  request  or  other  statement
             (written or oral) given or made in connection  with any of the Loan
             Documents.

             (a) Except to the extent expressly set forth in the Loan Documents,
             shall  have no  duty to ask or  inquire  as to the  performance  or
             observance  by any  Obligor  of any of  the  terms,  conditions  or
             covenants of any of the Loan Documents or to inspect any Collateral
             or  the  Property,   books  or  records  of  PNGI  or  any  of  its
             Subsidiaries.

             (a) Will not be  responsible to any Creditor for the due execution,
             legality,  validity,  enforceability,  genuineness,  effectiveness,
             sufficiency or value of any Loan Document,  any other instrument or
             writing furnished pursuant thereto or in connection  therewith,  or
             any Collateral.

             (a) Will not  incur  any  liability  by  acting  or not  acting  in
             reliance  upon any Loan  Document,  notice,  consent,  certificate,
             statement, request or other instrument or writing believed by it to
             be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.
                                      142
<PAGE>

             (a) Will not  incur any  liability  for any  arithmetical  error in
             computing  any amount  paid or  payable  by any  Obligor or paid or
             payable to or received or receivable from any Lender under any Loan
             Document,  including,  without  limitation,   principal,  interest,
             commitment fees, Advances and other amounts.

1.1 Indemnification . Each Lender shall, ratably in accordance with its Pro Rata
Share,  indemnify and hold the Administrative  Agent, and each of its directors,
officers,   agents,  employees  and  attorneys  harmless  against  any  and  all
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs,  expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature  whatsoever  (including,
without limitation,  attorneys' fees and disbursements and reasonably  allocated
costs of attorneys employed by the Administrative Agent) that may be imposed on,
incurred by or asserted against it or them in any way relating to or arising out
of the  Loan  Documents  or any  action  taken or not  taken by such  indemnitee
thereunder,  except  such as result  from its own gross  negligence  or  willful
misconduct. Without limitation on the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the
Administrative  Agent  upon  demand  for that  Lender's  Pro  Rata  Share of any
out-of-pocket cost or expense incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection
with the  negotiation,  preparation,  execution,  delivery,  amendment,  waiver,
restructuring,   reorganization   (including   a   bankruptcy   reorganization),
enforcement or attempted  enforcement of the Loan Documents,  to the extent that
any Obligor is required by Section 11.3 to pay that cost or expense but fails to
do so upon demand.

1.2

1.3 Successor  Administrative  Agent . The Administrative  Agent may, and at the
request of the Requisite  Lenders  shall,  resign as  Administrative  Agent upon
thirty days' notice to the Lenders and  Borrower.  If the  Administrative  Agent
resigns as  Administrative  Agent under this  Agreement,  the Requisite  Lenders
shall  appoint from among the Lenders a successor  administrative  agent for the
Lenders.  If no  successor  administrative  agent  is  appointed  prior  to  the
effective  date  of  the   resignation   of  the   Administrative   Agent,   the
Administrative Agent may appoint a successor administrative agent from among the
Lenders.  Upon the  acceptance of its  appointment  as successor  administrative
agent hereunder,  such successor  administrative  agent shall succeed to all the
rights,  powers and  duties of the  retiring  Administrative  Agent and the term
"Administrative  Agent" shall mean such successor  administrative  agent and the
retiring Administrative Agent's appointment, powers and duties as Administrative
Agent shall be terminated. After any retiring Administrative Agent's resignation
hereunder  as  Administrative  Agent,  the  provisions  of this  Article 10, and
Sections  11.3,  11.11 and 11.22,  shall  inure to its benefit as to any actions
taken or  omitted  to be taken by it while it was  Administrative  Agent.  If no
successor  administrative agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent
by the date  which is  thirty  (30) days  following  a  retiring  Administrative
Agent's notice of resignation,  the retiring  Administrative Agent's resignation
shall nevertheless  thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all
of the duties of the Administrative  Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as
the Requisite Lenders appoint a successor  administrative  agent as provided for
above.
                                      143
<PAGE>

1.4

1.5  Foreclosure  on Collateral . In the event of  foreclosure or enforcement of
the Lien created by any of the  Collateral  Documents,  title to the  Collateral
covered  thereby  shall be taken  and held by the  Administrative  Agent (or any
designee  thereof)  pro rata for the benefit of the Lenders in  accordance  with
their Pro Rata Shares and shall be  administered in accordance with the standard
form of collateral  holding  participation  agreement used by the Administrative
Agent in comparable syndicated credit facilities.

1.6

1.7 No  Obligations  of Borrower or PNGI . Nothing  contained in this Article 10
shall be deemed to impose upon PNGI or Borrower any obligation in respect of the
due and punctual  performance by the Administrative  Agent of its obligations to
the Lenders under any provision of this  Agreement,  and PNGI and Borrower shall
have no liability to the  Administrative  Agent or any of the Lenders in respect
of any failure by the  Administrative  Agent or any Lender to perform any of its
obligations to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under this Agreement.

1.8

1.9  Permitted  Release  of  Collateral  . The  Administrative  Agent is  hereby
authorized  to  release  its Lien on any  Collateral  which is the  subject of a
disposition permitted hereunder,  and each Lender shall confirm upon request the
authority of the Administrative Agent to make any such release of Collateral.



                                      144
<PAGE>


                  Article MISCELLANEOUSArticle 3 MISCELLANEOUS

1.1 Cumulative Remedies; No Waiver . The rights, powers, privileges and remedies
of the Creditors  provided herein,  in the Notes and in the other Loan Documents
are  cumulative  and not  exclusive  of any right,  power,  privilege  or remedy
provided  by Law or equity.  No failure or delay on the part of any  Creditor in
exercising any right, power, privilege or remedy may be, or may be deemed to be,
a waiver thereof;  nor may any single or partial  exercise of any right,  power,
privilege or remedy  preclude  any other or further  exercise of the same or any
other right,  power,  privilege or remedy. The terms and conditions of Article 8
are inserted for the sole  benefit of the  Creditors;  the same may be waived in
whole or in part,  with or without terms or  conditions,  in respect of any Loan
without  prejudicing the Creditors' rights to assert them in whole or in part in
respect of any other Loan.

1.2

1.3 Amendments; Consents . No amendment,  modification,  supplement,  extension,
termination  or waiver of any  provision  of this  Agreement  or any other  Loan
Document, no approval or consent thereunder,  and no consent to any departure by
any Obligor therefrom, may in any event be effective unless in writing signed or
approved in writing by the Requisite Lenders or by the Administrative Agent with
the  consent  of the  Requisite  Lenders  (and,  in the  case of any  amendment,
modification  or  supplement  to (i)  Article 10,  signed by the  Administrative
Agent, and (ii) to any Loan Document, signed by the Obligors party thereto), and
then only in the  specific  instance and for the specific  purpose  given;  and,
without  the  approval  in  writing  of all the  Lenders  affected  thereby,  no
amendment,  modification,  supplement,  termination,  waiver or  consent  may be
effective: 1.4

             (a) To amend or modify the principal of, or the amount of principal
             or principal prepayments on any Note, to increase the amount of the
             Commitment or the Pro Rata Share of any Lender  without the consent
             of that Lender,

             (a) Without the consent of the  affected  Lenders,  to decrease the
             rate of interest or amount of any fee payable to any Lender,  or to
             decrease  the amount of any unused  commitment  fee  payable to any
             Lender,  or to  decrease  any other fee or  amount  payable  to any
             Lender under the Loan Documents;

             (a) To postpone any date  (including  the Maturity  Date) fixed for
             any payment of  principal  of,  prepayment  of  principal of or any
             installment  of  interest  on, any Note or any  installment  of any
             unused commitment fee, or to extend the term of the Commitment,  or
             to release the PNGI Guaranty  (except as otherwise  provided in any
             Loan Document);

(a)  To release  any  portion of the  Collateral  having an  aggregate  value in
     excess  of  $100,000  (except  ------  as  expressly  provided  in any Loan
     Document);
                                      145
<PAGE>

(a)  To release or otherwise terminate the Charles Town Subordination Agreement;

(a)  To amend the provisions of the definition of "Requisite  Lenders",  Section
     8.2, Section 8.3 or this ----------------- Section 11.2; or

(a)  To amend any  provision  of this  Agreement  that  expressly  requires  the
     consent or approval of all the Lenders.

Any amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver or consent pursuant
to this Section 11.2 shall apply equally to, and shall be binding  upon,  all of
the Creditors.

1.1 Costs,  Expenses and Taxes . PNGI shall pay within ten  Business  Days after
demand,  accompanied by an invoice therefor, the reasonable  out-of-pocket costs
and expenses of the  Administrative  Agent in connection  with the  negotiation,
preparation,  syndication,  administration,  execution  and delivery of the Loan
Documents. Borrower shall pay within ten Business Days after demand, accompanied
by an invoice therefor,  the reasonable  out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the
Administrative  Agent in connection  with any amendment to the Loan Documents or
any waiver of the terms thereof,  and the  reasonable  costs and expenses of the
Administrative  Agent and, after a Default,  the Lenders in connection  with the
refinancing,    restructuring,    reorganization    (including    a   bankruptcy
reorganization) and enforcement or attempted  enforcement of the Loan Documents,
and any matter related  thereto.  The foregoing costs and expenses shall include
the actual  environmental  review  fees,  filing  fees,  recording  fees,  title
insurance   premiums  and  fees,   appraisal   fees,   search  fees,  and  other
out-of-pocket expenses and the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of any
legal counsel (including reasonably allocated costs of legal counsel employed by
the  Administrative  Agent or any Lender),  independent  public  accountants and
other  outside  experts  retained  by the  Administrative  Agent or any  Lender,
whether  or not  such  costs  and  expenses  are  incurred  or  suffered  by the
Administrative  Agent or any Lender in  connection  with or during the course of
any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings of any Obligor. Such costs and expenses
shall also include, in the case of any amendment or waiver of any Loan Document,
the  administrative  costs of the Administrative  Agent reasonably  attributable
thereto. Borrower shall pay any and all documentary,  recording, stamp and other
taxes,  and all costs,  expenses,  fees and charges  payable or determined to be
payable in connection with the filing or recording of this Agreement,  any other
Loan Document or any other  instrument  or writing to be delivered  hereunder or
thereunder,  or in connection with any  transaction  pursuant hereto or thereto.
Any amount payable to the Administrative  Agent or any Lender under this Section
11.3 shall bear  interest  from the date of demand  for  payment at the  Default
Rate.

1.2

1.3 Nature of Lenders'  Obligations . The  obligations of the Lenders  hereunder
are  several  and not  joint or joint and  several.  Nothing  contained  in this
Agreement  or any  other  Loan  Document  and no  action  taken by any  Creditor
pursuant hereto or thereto may, or may be deemed to, make any of the Creditors a
partnership,  an  association,  a joint  venture or other  entity,  either among
                                      146
<PAGE>

themselves or with PNGI or any of its Subsidiaries.  Each Lender's obligation to
make any Advance  pursuant hereto is several and not joint or joint and several,
and in the case of the initial Advance only, is conditioned upon the performance
by all other Lenders of their obligations to make initial Advances. A default by
any Lender will not increase the Pro Rata Share of the  Commitment  attributable
to any other  Lender.  Any Lender not in default  may, if it desires,  assume in
such proportion as the nondefaulting Lenders agree the obligations of any Lender
in default, but is not obligated to do so.

1.4

1.5  Survival  of  Representations  and  Warranties  . All  representations  and
warranties contained herein or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate
or other  writing  delivered by or on behalf of any one or more of the Obligors,
will survive the making of the Loans hereunder and the execution and delivery of
the  Notes,   and  have  been  or  will  be  relied   upon  by  each   Creditor,
notwithstanding any investigation made by the Creditors or on their behalf.

1.6

1.7 Notices . Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Loan Documents,  all
notices,  requests,  demands,  directions and other communications  provided for
hereunder  or under any  other  Loan  Document  must be in  writing  and must be
mailed,  telecopied,  dispatched  by  commercial  courier  or  delivered  to the
appropriate  party  at the  address  set  forth on the  signature  pages of this
Agreement  or other  applicable  Loan  Document  or, as to any party to any Loan
Document,  at any other address as may be  designated by it in a written  notice
sent to all other parties to such Loan Document in accordance with this Section.
Except as  otherwise  expressly  provided in any Loan  Document,  if any notice,
request,  demand,  direction or other communication required or permitted by any
Loan Document is given by mail it will be effective on the earlier of receipt or
the third  calendar day after deposit in the United States mail with first class
or airmail postage prepaid; if given by telecopier,  when sent; if dispatched by
commercial  courier,  on the  scheduled  delivery  date; or if given by personal
delivery, when delivered.

1.8

1.9 Execution of Loan Documents . This Agreement and any other Loan Document may
be executed in any number of  counterparts  and any party  hereto or thereto may
execute any  counterpart,  each of which when  executed  and  delivered  will be
deemed to be an original and all of which  counterparts of this Agreement or any
other Loan  Document,  as the case may be, when taken together will be deemed to
be but one and the same instrument. The execution of this Agreement or any other
Loan  Document by any party  hereto or thereto will not become  effective  until
counterparts  hereof or thereof,  as the case may be, have been  executed by all
the parties hereto or thereto.
                                      147
<PAGE>

1.1                        Binding Effect; Assignment .
                           --------------------------
1.2

             (a) This  Agreement  and the  other  Loan  Documents  to which  any
             Obligor is a party will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
             the  relevant  Obligor  and the  Creditors,  and  their  respective
             successors  and  assigns,  except that the  Obligors may not assign
             their rights  hereunder  or  thereunder  or any interest  herein or
             therein without the prior written consent of all the Lenders.  Each
             Lender  represents that it is not acquiring its Note with a view to
             the  distribution  thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act
             of 1933, as amended (subject to any requirement that disposition of
             such Note must be within the  control of such  Lender).  Any Lender
             may at any time pledge its Note or any other instrument  evidencing
             its rights as a Lender under this  Agreement  to a Federal  Reserve
             Bank,  but no such  pledge  shall  release  that  Lender  from  its
             obligations  hereunder  or grant to such  Federal  Reserve Bank the
             rights of a Lender hereunder absent foreclosure of such pledge.

             (a) From time to time  following the Closing Date,  each Lender may
             assign to one or more Eligible  Assignees all or any portion of its
             Pro Rata Share;  provided that (i) such Eligible  Assignee,  if not
             then a Lender or an Affiliate  of the  assigning  Lender,  shall be
             approved by the Administrative Agent and Borrower (neither of which
             approvals shall be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that
             the consent of Borrower to  assignments  shall not be required when
             any  Default  or  Event  of  Default  has   occurred   and  remains
             continuing,   (ii)  such  assignment   shall  be  evidenced  by  an
             Assignment  Agreement,  a copy of which shall be  furnished  to the
             Administrative Agent as provided below, (iii) except in the case of
             an assignment to an Affiliate of the assigning  Lender,  to another
             Lender  or of the  entire  remaining  Commitment  of the  assigning
             Lender,  the  assignment  shall not  assign a Pro Rata Share of the
             Commitment  equivalent  to  less  than  $1,000,000,  and  (iv)  the
             effective date of any such assignment  shall be as specified in the
             Assignment  Agreement,  but not earlier than the date which is five
             Business Days after the date the Administrative  Agent has received
             the  Assignment   Agreement.   Upon  the  effective  date  of  such
             Assignment Agreement,  the Eligible Assignee named therein shall be
             a Lender  for all  purposes  of this  Agreement,  with the Pro Rata
             Share  therein set forth and, to the extent of such Pro Rata Share,
             the assigning Lender shall be released from its further obligations
             under the Loan Documents. Borrower agrees that it shall execute and
             deliver  (against  delivery by the assigning  Lender to Borrower of
             its Note) to such assignee  Lender, a Note evidencing that assignee
             Lender's  Pro  Rata  Share,  and to the  assigning  Lender,  a Note
             evidencing  the  remaining  balance Pro Rata Share  retained by the
             assigning Lender.

             (a) By  executing  and  delivering  an  Assignment  Agreement,  the
             Eligible  Assignee  thereunder  acknowledges  and agrees that:  (i)
             other than the representation and warranty that it is the legal and
                                      148
<PAGE>

             beneficial  owner of the Pro Rata Share being assigned thereby free
             and clear of any adverse  claim,  the assigning  Lender has made no
             representation  or  warranty  and  assumes no  responsibility  with
             respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or
             in  connection  with this  Agreement  or the  execution,  legality,
             validity,  enforceability,   genuineness  or  sufficiency  of  this
             Agreement or any other Loan Document; (ii) the assigning Lender has
             made no  representation  or warranty and assumes no  responsibility
             with  respect  to  the  financial  condition  of  Borrower  or  the
             performance by Borrower of the Obligations; (iii) it has received a
             copy of this  Agreement,  together  with  copies of the most recent
             financial  statements  delivered  pursuant  to Section 7.1 and such
             other  documents and  information  as it has deemed  appropriate to
             make its own  credit  analysis  and  decision  to enter  into  such
             Assignment  Agreement;  (iv) it  will,  independently  and  without
             reliance upon the  Administrative  Agent or any Lender and based on
             such documents and information as it shall deem  appropriate at the
             time,  continue to make its own credit  decisions  in taking or not
             taking action under this Agreement;  (v) it appoints and authorizes
             the  Administrative  Agent to take such action and to exercise such
             powers  under this  Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents as are
             delegated to the Administrative  Agent by this Agreement;  and (vi)
             it  will  perform  in  accordance  with  their  terms  all  of  the
             obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be
             performed by it as a Lender.

             (a) Each Lender may from time to time grant  participations  to one
             or more banks or other financial  institutions  (including  another
             Lender)  in all or a  portion  of its  Pro  Rata  Share;  provided,
             however,  that (i) such Lender's  obligations  under this Agreement
             shall  remain  unchanged,  (ii) such  Lender  shall  remain  solely
             responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such
             obligations,  (iii)  the  participating  banks or  other  financial
             institutions  shall  not be a  Lender  hereunder  for  any  purpose
             except,  if  the  participation  Agreement  so  provides,  for  the
             purposes  of  Sections  3.4,  3.5,  11.11 and 11.22 but only to the
             extent that the cost of such  benefits to Borrower  does not exceed
             the cost  which  Borrower  would have  incurred  in respect of such
             Lender absent the participation,  (iv) Borrower, the Administrative
             Agent and the other  Lenders  shall  continue  to deal  solely  and
             directly with such Lender in connection  with such Lender's  rights
             and  obligations  under  this  Agreement,   (v)  the  participation
             interest  shall  be  expressed  as a  percentage  of  the  granting
             Lender's Pro Rata Share as it then exists and shall not restrict an
             increase in the  Commitment,  or in the granting  Lender's Pro Rata
             Share, so long as the amount of the  participation  interest is not
             affected  thereby  and  (vi)  the  consent  of the  holder  of such
             participation  interest  shall not be required  for  amendments  or
             waivers of provisions of the Loan Documents  other than those which
             (A)  extend  the  Maturity  Date or any other  date upon  which any
             payment  of money is due to the  Lenders,  (B)  reduce  the rate of
             interest payable with respect to the participation,  any fee or any
             other monetary  amount payable to the  participant,  (C) reduce the
             amount of any  installment  of  principal  due under the Notes in a
             manner which affects the  participant,  or (D) release any material
             portion of the Collateral.
                                      149
<PAGE>

             (a) Notwithstanding  anything in this Section 11.8 to the contrary,
             the  rights  of the  Lenders  to make  assignments  of,  and  grant
             participations in, their Pro Rata Shares of the Commitment shall be
             subject to the  approval of any  Regulatory  Board  (including  the
             approval of the identity of any proposed  assignee or participant),
             to the extent required by Applicable Regulations.

1.1 Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default  has  occurred  and is  continuing,
each Creditor may (but only with the consent of the Requisite  Lenders) exercise
its rights under Article 9 of the Uniform  Commercial Code and other  applicable
Laws and, to the extent  permitted by  applicable  Laws,  apply any funds in any
deposit account  maintained with it by PNGI and Borrower or any Property of PNGI
and Borrower in its possession against the Obligations.

1.2

1.3 Sharing of Setoffs . Each Lender  severally  agrees that if it,  through the
exercise  of any right of setoff,  banker's  lien or  counterclaim  against  any
Obligor,  or otherwise,  receives  payment of the Obligations held by it that is
ratably more than any other  Lender,  through any means,  receives in payment of
the Obligations  held by that Lender,  then,  subject to applicable Laws (a) the
Lender  exercising  the  right  of  setoff,  banker's  lien or  counterclaim  or
otherwise  receiving  such payment shall  purchase,  and shall be deemed to have
simultaneously   purchased,  from  the  other  Lender  a  participation  in  the
Obligations  held by the  other  Lender  and  shall  pay to the  other  Lender a
purchase  price in an amount so that the share of the  Obligations  held by each
Lender after the exercise of the right of setoff,  banker's lien or counterclaim
or receipt of payment shall be in the same  proportion that existed prior to the
exercise of the right of setoff,  banker's  lien or  counterclaim  or receipt of
payment; and (b) such other adjustments and purchases of participations shall be
made from time to time as shall be  equitable  to ensure that all of the Lenders
share any payment  obtained in respect of the Obligations  ratably in accordance
with each Lender's share of the  Obligations  immediately  prior to, and without
taking into  account,  the payment;  provided  that,  if all or any portion of a
disproportionate  payment  obtained as a result of the  exercise of the right of
setoff,  banker's lien,  counterclaim or otherwise is thereafter  recovered from
the  purchasing  Lender  by  any  Obligor  or any  Person  claiming  through  or
succeeding to the rights of any Obligor,  the purchase of a participation  shall
be rescinded  and the purchase  price thereof shall be restored to the extent of
the recovery,  but without interest.  Each Lender that purchases a participation
in the  Obligations  pursuant  to this  Section  11.10  shall from and after the
purchase have the right to give all notices, requests,  demands,  directions and
other  communications  under this  Agreement  with respect to the portion of the
Obligations  purchased to the same extent as though the  purchasing  Lender were
the original owner of the Obligations purchased. Each Obligor expressly consents
to the foregoing arrangements and agrees that any Lender holding a participation
in an  Obligation  so  purchased  may  exercise  any and all  rights of  setoff,
banker's lien or counterclaim  with respect to the  participation as fully as if
the Lender were the original owner of the Obligation purchased.

1.4
                                      150
<PAGE>

1.5  Indemnity  by PNGI and  Borrower  . Each of PNGI  and  Borrower  agrees  to
indemnify,  save and hold harmless the Creditors and their directors,  officers,
agents,  attorneys  and  employees  (collectively  the  "Indemnitees")  from and
against:  (a) any and all claims,  demands,  actions or causes of action, if the
claim,  demand,  action  or cause of  action  arises  out of or  relates  to the
Commitment,  the  use or  contemplated  use of  proceeds  of  any  Loan,  or the
relationship between any such Person and the Creditors under this Agreement; (b)
any  administrative  or  investigative  proceeding  by any  Governmental  Agency
arising  out of or  related  to a claim,  demand,  action  or  cause  of  action
described in clause (a) above; and (c) any and all liabilities, losses, costs or
expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and the reasonably  allocated
costs  of  attorneys  employed  by any  Indemnitee  and  disbursements  of  such
attorneys and other professional services) that any Indemnitee suffers or incurs
as a result of the assertion of any foregoing claim, demand,  action or cause of
action; provided that no Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification for any
loss caused by its own gross negligence or willful misconduct or as to any claim
asserted by that Indemnitee  against PNGI or Borrower to the extent that PNGI or
Borrower prevails on that claim in a final and non-appealable determination by a
court  of  competent  jurisdiction  or an  arbitrator  appointed  in  accordance
herewith.  If any claim,  demand,  action or cause of action is asserted against
any Indemnitee, such Indemnitee shall promptly notify PNGI and Borrower, but the
failure to so promptly  notify  PNGI and  Borrower  shall not affect  PNGI's and
Borrower's  obligations  under  this  Section  unless  such  failure  materially
prejudices  PNGI's or  Borrower's,  as  applicable,  right to participate in the
contest  of such  claim,  demand,  action  or cause of  action,  as  hereinafter
provided. Each Indemnitee may contest the validity,  applicability and amount of
such claim,  demand,  action or cause of action with counsel of its own choosing
and  shall  permit  PNGI  and  Borrower  to  participate  in such  contest.  Any
Indemnitee  that  proposes to settle or compromise  any claim or proceeding  for
which PNGI or Borrower  may be liable for payment of indemnity  hereunder  shall
give PNGI and Borrower  written notice of the terms of such proposed  settlement
or compromise  reasonably in advance of settling or  compromising  such claim or
proceeding.  In  connection  with any claim,  demand,  action or cause of action
covered  by this  Section  11.11  against  more  than one  Indemnitee,  all such
Indemnitees  shall be  represented by the same legal counsel (which may be a law
firm engaged by the  Indemnitees  or attorneys  employed by an  Indemnitee  or a
combination  of the  foregoing)  selected  by  the  Indemnitees  and  reasonably
acceptable to PNGI and Borrower; provided, that if such legal counsel determines
in good faith that  representing all such Indemnitees would or could result in a
conflict of interest under Laws or ethical  principles  applicable to such legal
counsel or that a defense or  counterclaim is available to an Indemnitee that is
not available to all such Indemnitees,  then to the extent reasonably  necessary
                                      151
<PAGE>

to avoid such a conflict of interest or to permit unqualified  assertion of such
a defense  or  counterclaim,  each  Indemnitee  shall be  entitled  to  separate
representation  by legal  counsel  selected by that  Indemnitee  and  reasonably
acceptable  to PNGI and Borrower,  with all such legal counsel using  reasonable
efforts  to  avoid  unnecessary   duplication  of  effort  by  counsel  for  all
Indemnitees;   and  further  provided  that  the  Administrative  Agent  (as  an
Indemnitee)  shall at all times be entitled to  representation by separate legal
counsel. Any obligation or liability of PNGI or Borrower to any Indemnitee under
this  Section  11.11  shall  survive  the  expiration  or  termination  of  this
Agreement,  the repayment of all Loans,  and the payment and  performance of all
other Obligations owed to the Lenders.

1.6

1.7  Nonliability  of the Lenders . Each of PNGI and Borrower  acknowledges  and
     agrees that: --------------------------- 1.8

             (a) Any  inspections of any Property of PNGI or Borrower made by or
             through the  Creditors  are for purposes of  administration  of the
             Loans only and PNGI and  Borrower are not entitled to rely upon the
             same;

             (a) By  accepting or  approving  anything  required to be observed,
             performed, fulfilled or given to the Creditors pursuant to the Loan
             Documents,  no  Creditor  shall  be  deemed  to have  warranted  or
             represented  the  sufficiency,  legality,  effectiveness  or  legal
             effect of the same, or of any term, provision or condition thereof,
             and such  acceptance  or approval  thereof  shall not  constitute a
             warranty or  representation  to anyone with respect  thereto by any
             Creditor;

             (a) The  relationship  between each Obligor and  Creditors  is, and
             shall at all times remain,  solely that of borrower and lenders; no
             Creditor shall under any  circumstance be construed to be a partner
             or joint  venturer with the Obligors;  no creditor  shall under any
             circumstance  be deemed to be in a  relationship  of  confidence or
             trust  or a  fiduciary  or  other  special  relationship  with  the
             Obligors, or to owe any fiduciary duty or other special duty to the
             Obligors;  no Creditor  undertakes or assumes any responsibility or
             duty  to  PNGI  or  its  Affiliates  to  select,  review,  inspect,
             supervise,  pass judgment upon or inform the Obligors of any matter
             in  connection  with  their  Property  or  the  operations  of  the
             Obligors;  the Obligors shall rely entirely upon their own judgment
             with  respect  to  such  matters;   and  any  review,   inspection,
             supervision,   exercise  of  judgment  or  supply  of   information
             undertaken  or assumed by the  Creditors  in  connection  with such
             matters is solely for the  protection  of the Creditors and neither
             the Obligors nor any other Person is entitled to rely thereon; and

             (a) The Creditors  shall not be responsible or liable to any Person
             for any loss,  damage,  liability or claim of any kind  relating to
             injury or death to  Persons  or damage  to  Property  caused by the
             actions,  inaction  or  negligence  of the  Obligors  and  PNGI and
             Borrower each hereby  indemnifies and holds each Creditor  harmless
             from any such loss, damage, liability or claim.

1.1 No Third  Parties  Benefitted  . This  Agreement  is made for the purpose of
defining  and  setting  forth  certain  obligations,  rights and duties of PNGI,
Borrower and the Creditors in connection with the Loans and is made for the sole
benefit of PNGI,  Borrower,  the Creditors  and the  Creditors'  successors  and
assigns.  Except as provided in Sections 11.8,  11.11 and 11.14, no other Person
shall have any rights of any nature hereunder or by reason hereof.

1.2
                                      152
<PAGE>

1.3  Confidentiality  . Each Lender agrees to hold any confidential  information
that it may receive from PNGI and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement in
confidence,  except for disclosure:  (i) to other Lenders; (ii) to legal counsel
and  accountants  for PNGI and its  Subsidiaries  or any Lender;  (iii) to other
professional advisors to PNGI and its Subsidiaries or any Lender,  provided that
the  recipient  has  accepted  such  information  subject  to a  confidentiality
Agreement  substantially  similar  to this  Section  11.14;  (iv) to  regulatory
officials  having  jurisdiction  over that Lender;  (v) to any Regulatory  Board
having regulatory  jurisdiction over PNGI or its Subsidiaries;  (vi) as required
by Law or legal process or in connection with any legal proceeding to which that
Lender and PNGI or any of its  Subsidiaries  are adverse  parties;  and (vii) to
another  financial  institution  in connection  with a  disposition  or proposed
disposition  to that  financial  institution  of all or  part  of that  Lender's
interests  hereunder or a participation  interest in its Note, provided that the
recipient has accepted  such  information  subject to a written  confidentiality
Agreement. For purposes of the foregoing,  "confidential information" shall mean
any information respecting PNGI or any of its Subsidiaries reasonably considered
by them to be confidential, other than (i) information previously filed with any
Governmental  Agency and available to the public,  (ii)  information  previously
published in any public medium from a source other than, directly or indirectly,
that Lender,  and (iii) information  previously  disclosed by PNGI or any of its
Subsidiaries   to  any  Person  not  associated   with   themselves   without  a
confidentiality  Agreement or obligation  substantially  similar to this Section
11.14.  Nothing in this Section shall be construed to create or give rise to any
fiduciary  duty or other special duty on the part of any Creditor to PNGI or any
of its Subsidiaries.

1.4

1.5  Further  Assurances  . Each  Obligor  shall,  at their  expense and without
expense  to the  Creditors,  do,  execute  and  deliver  such  further  acts and
documents as any Creditor from time to time reasonably requires for the assuring
and  confirming  unto the Creditors of the rights hereby created or intended now
or hereafter so to be, or for carrying  out the  intention or  facilitating  the
performance of the terms of any Loan Document.

1.6

1.7  Integration  . This  Agreement,  together  with the other  Loan  Documents,
comprises  the complete and  integrated  Agreement of the parties on the subject
matter  hereof and  supersedes  all prior  agreements,  written or oral,  on the
subject  matter hereof.  In the event of any conflict  between the provisions of
this  Agreement  and those of any other Loan  Document,  the  provisions of this
Agreement shall control and govern;  provided that the inclusion of supplemental
rights or remedies in favor of the  Creditors in any other Loan  Document  shall
not be deemed a conflict  with this  Agreement.  Each Loan  Document was drafted
with the joint  participation  of the  respective  parties  thereto and shall be
construed  neither  against nor in favor of any party,  but rather in accordance
with the fair meaning thereof.

1.8

1.9 Governing Law . Except to the extent otherwise  provided therein,  each Loan
Document  shall be governed by, and construed  and enforced in accordance  with,
the  local  Laws  of  California,  without  reference  to the  choice  of law or
conflicts of laws provisions thereof.

1.10
                                      153
<PAGE>

1.11  Severability  of  Provisions . Any  provision in any Loan Document that is
held to be  inoperative,  unenforceable  or  invalid  as to any  party or in any
jurisdiction   shall,  as  to  that  party  or  jurisdiction,   be  inoperative,
unenforceable  or invalid  without  affecting  the  remaining  provisions or the
operation, enforceability or validity of that provision as to any other party or
in any other jurisdiction,  and to this end the provisions of all Loan Documents
are declared to be severable.

1.12

1.13  Headings . Article and Section  headings in this  Agreement  and the other
Loan  Documents are included for  convenience of reference only and are not part
of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents for any other purpose.

1.14

1.15 Time of the  Essence  .  Time  is of the  essence  of the  Loan  Documents.
     ------------------- 1.16

1.17  Foreign  Lenders  and  Participants  . Each  Lender,  and each holder of a
participation interest herein, that is incorporated or otherwise organized under
the Laws of a jurisdiction  other than the United States of America or any State
thereof or the District of Columbia  shall  deliver to Borrower  (with a copy to
the Administrative  Agent) on the Closing Date (or after accepting an assignment
or  receiving a  participation  interest  herein  pursuant to Section  11.8,  if
applicable)   either  Form  W8-ECI  or  other  Internal  Revenue  Service  forms
satisfactory to Borrower and the Administrative  Agent that no withholding under
the federal income tax laws is required with respect to such Person.  Thereafter
and from time to time,  each such Person shall (a)  promptly  submit to Borrower
(with a copy to the  Administrative  Agent) such  additional  duly completed and
signed  copies of one of such forms as may then be available  under then current
United States laws and regulations to avoid, or such evidence as is satisfactory
to Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any available exemption from, United
States withholding taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Person by
Borrower  pursuant  to this  Agreement  and (b) take such  steps as shall not be
materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, and
as may be  reasonably  necessary  (including  the  re-designation  of its  LIBOR
Office,  if any) to avoid any  requirement of applicable Laws that Borrower make
any deduction or withholding for taxes from amounts payable to such Person.

1.18

1.19  Waiver  of Right to Trial by Jury . EACH  PARTY TO THIS  AGREEMENT  HEREBY
EXPRESSLY  WAIVES  ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY  CLAIM,  DEMAND,  ACTION OR
CAUSE OF ACTION  ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR
RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES  HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH
RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT,  OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE
WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER  ARISING,  AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR
TORT OR  OTHERWISE;  AND EACH PARTY  HEREBY  AGREES AND  CONSENTS  THAT ANY SUCH
CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT
A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR
A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN  EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE
SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

1.20
1.1

                                      154
<PAGE>


1.21 Purported Oral Amendments . EACH OBLIGOR  EXPRESSLY  ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS
AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENTS MAY ONLY BE AMENDED OR MODIFIED,  OR THE
PROVISIONS HEREOF OR THEREOF WAIVED OR SUPPLEMENTED, BY AN INSTRUMENT IN WRITING
THAT COMPLIES WITH SECTION  11.2.  BORROWER  AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RELY ON ANY
COURSE OF DEALING,  COURSE OF PERFORMANCE,  OR ORAL OR WRITTEN STATEMENTS BY ANY
CREDITOR OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES THAT DOES NOT COMPLY WITH SECTION 11.2 TO EFFECT
AN AMENDMENT,  MODIFICATION, WAIVER OR SUPPLEMENT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENTS.

1.22

1.23 IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
     duly executed as of the date first above written. 1.24

1.25                                                 "Borrower"
1.26
1.1

                                      155
<PAGE>


PENN NATIONAL GAMING OF WEST VIRGINIA, INC., a West Virginia corporation

By:      _____________________________

         -----------------------------
                  [Printed name and title]
"Guarantor"

PENN NATIONAL GAMING, INC., a Pennsylvania corporation

<PAGE>



By:      _____________________________

         -----------------------------
                  [Printed name and title]

Address for notices:

Penn National Gaming, Inc.
Penn National Gaming of West Virginia, Inc.
==========================
Attention: ________________
Telecopier:_________________
Telephone:_________________


BANK OF AMERICA  N.A., as Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender




By: __________________________________
         Janice Hammond, Vice President

Address:

Bank of America, N.A.
555 South Flower Street
Los Angeles, California 90071
Attn:  Janice Hammond, Vice President

Telecopier:  (213) 228-2299
Telephone:   (213) 222-9861
                                      156
<PAGE>

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender

Pro Rata Share $10,000,000 (50%)


By: __________________________________
         Scott L. Faber, Principal

Address:

Bank of America, N.A.
555 South Flower Street, #3283
Los Angeles, California  90071
Attn: Scott L. Faber, Principal
Telecopier:  (213) 228-2641
Telephone:   (213) 228-2768

With a copy to:

Bank of America, N.A.
555 South Flower Street (LA-5777)
Los Angeles, California  90071
Attn:  William Newby, Managing Director
Telecopier:  (213) 228-3145
Telephone:   (213) 228-2438

FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK

Pro Rata Share $10,000,000 (50%)

By: ______________________________

Title: _____________________________

Address for notices:

===============================
- -------------------------------
Attn:
Telephone:
Telecopier:

                                      157
<PAGE>


                               SECURITY AGREEMENT

                  This SECURITY  AGREEMENT  ("Agreement"),  dated as of December
13,  1999,  is made by Penn  National  Gaming  of West  Virginia,  Inc.,  a West
Virginia  corporation  ("Grantor"),  whose address is 825 Berkshire Blvd., Suite
200,  Wyomissing,  Pennsylvania 19610, in favor of Bank of America,  N.A., whose
address  is  555  South   Flower  St.,  Los  Angeles,   California   90071,   as
Administrative  Agent under the Loan  Agreement  hereafter  referred  to, and in
favor of each of the Lenders therein named  (collectively  referred to herein as
"Secured Party"), with reference to the following facts:

                                    RECITALS

A. Pursuant to the Senior Secured Multiple Draw Term Loan Agreement of even date
herewith by and among  Grantor,  Penn  National  Gaming,  Inc.,  a  Pennsylvania
corporation,  as  Guarantor,  the  lenders  from  time  to  time  party  thereto
(collectively,   the  "Lenders"   and   individually,   a  "Lender"),   and  the
Administrative  Agent  (as  such  agreement  may from  time to time be  amended,
extended,  renewed,  supplemented or otherwise modified,  the "Loan Agreement"),
the Lenders have agreed to extend certain credit facilities to Grantor.

A. The Loan  Agreement  provides,  as a condition  of the  availability  of such
credit facilities,  that Grantor shall enter into this Agreement and shall grant
security interests to Secured Party as herein provided.

                                    AGREEMENT

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in order to induce the Lenders to extend the
aforementioned credit facilities, and for other good and valuable consideration,
the  receipt  and  adequacy  of which  hereby is  acknowledged,  Grantor  hereby
represents, warrants, covenants, agrees, assigns and grants as follows:

1. Definitions. This Agreement is the Security Agreement referred to in the Loan
Agreement. This Agreement is one of the "Loan Documents" referred to in the Loan
Agreement. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement and not otherwise defined in this
Agreement shall have the meanings defined for those terms in the Loan Agreement.
Terms  defined  in the  California  Uniform  Commercial  Code and not  otherwise
defined in this  Agreement  or in the Loan  Agreement  shall  have the  meanings
defined for those terms in the California  Uniform  Commercial  Code. As used in
this  Agreement,  the following terms shall have the meanings  respectively  set
forth after each:

2.

                  "Agreement" means this Security Agreement, and any extensions,
         modifications,   renewals,  restatements,   supplements  or  amendments
         hereof.
                                      158
<PAGE>

                  "Collateral"  means and includes all present and future right,
         title and interest of Grantor in or to the following Property:

                           (a) the  equipment  and other  property  described on
         Schedule  1.1 and  Schedule  1.2  hereto,  and all  the  video  lottery
         terminals,  slot machines, and other gaming equipment,  lights, chairs,
         rails,  and related support  equipment and all fixtures  related to any
         such equipment and located at the Charles Town Facility;

                           (b) all rights of Grantor  under that certain  Master
         Lease Agreement of even date herewith  between Grantor and PNGI Charles
         Town  Gaming  Limited  Liability   Company,  a  West  Virginia  limited
         liability company,  including all rights to receive the payment of rent
         thereunder (the "Lease");

                           (c)  any  and  all  equipment,   fixtures  and  other
         property which may hereafter become subject to the Lease by delivery of
         additional  lease  schedules   thereunder  (it  being  understood  that
         concurrently  with the  delivery  of any  such  lease  schedule  to the
         Administrative  Agent by  Borrower in  connection  with any Request for
         Loan under the Loan Agreement, such additional equipment,  fixtures and
         other  property  will  automatically  and  without  further  action  by
         Borrower or any other Person become  Collateral  subject to the Lien of
         this Security Agreement);

                           (d) all present and future books and records  related
         to the Collateral,  including, without limitation, books of account and
         ledgers of every kind and  nature,  all  electronically  recorded  data
         relating to the  Collateral,  all  receptacles  and containers for such
         records, and all files and correspondence;

                           (e) all present and future accessions, appurtenances,
         components,   repairs,   repair  parts,   spare  parts,   replacements,
         substitutions,  additions,  issue and/or  improvements to or of or with
         respect to any of the foregoing;

(f)  all rights,  remedies,  powers and/or privileges of Grantor with respect to
     any of the foregoing; and

                           (g) any and all  proceeds  and products of any of the
         foregoing,  including, without limitation, all money, accounts, general
         intangibles,  deposit accounts, documents,  instruments, chattel paper,
         goods,  insurance  proceeds,  and  any  other  tangible  or  intangible
         property received upon the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing.

                  "Secured  Obligations"  means any and all  present  and future
Obligations of every kind or nature of Grantor at any time and from time to time
owed to Secured  Party or any one or more of them,  under any one or more of the
Loan Documents,  whether due or to become due, matured or unmatured,  liquidated
or  unliquidated,  or  contingent or  noncontingent,  including  Obligations  of
performance  as well as  Obligations  of payment,  and  including  interest that
                                      159
<PAGE>

accrues after the  commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law by
or against Grantor.

1.  Further  Assurances.  At any time and from  time to time at the  request  of
Secured  Party,  Grantor  shall  execute and  deliver to Secured  Party all such
financing  statements and other  instruments and documents in form and substance
satisfactory  to  Secured  Party as shall be  necessary  or  desirable  to fully
perfect, when filed and/or recorded,  Secured Party's security interests granted
pursuant  to  Section  3 of this  Agreement.  At any time and from time to time,
Secured Party shall be entitled to file and/or record any or all such  financing
statements,  instruments  and documents  held by it, and any or all such further
financing  statements,  documents  and  instruments,  and to take all such other
actions,  as  Secured  Party may deem  appropriate  to perfect  and to  maintain
perfected the security interests granted in Section 3 of this Agreement.  Before
and after the occurrence of any Event of Default,  at Secured  Party's  request,
Grantor shall execute all such further  financing  statements,  instruments  and
documents,  and  shall do all such  further  acts and  things,  as may be deemed
necessary or desirable by Secured  Party to create and perfect,  and to continue
and preserve,  an indefeasible  security  interest in the Collateral in favor of
Secured  Party,  or  the  priority  thereof.  With  respect  to  any  Collateral
consisting of instruments,  documents,  certificates of title or the like, as to
which Secured  Party's  security  interest need be perfected by, or the priority
thereof need be assured by,  possession  of such  Collateral,  Grantor will upon
demand of Secured Party deliver  possession of same in pledge to Secured  Party.
With  respect  to  any  Collateral   consisting  of   securities,   instruments,
partnership or joint venture interests or the like,  Grantor hereby consents and
agrees  that the  issuers  of,  or  obligors  on,  any such  Collateral,  or any
registrar  or  transfer  agent  or  trustee  for any such  Collateral,  shall be
entitled to accept the  provisions of this  Agreement as conclusive  evidence of
the  right of  Secured  Party to  effect  any  transfer  or  exercise  any right
hereunder  or with  respect to any such  Collateral,  notwithstanding  any other
notice or direction to the contrary  heretofore or hereafter given by Grantor or
any other  Person to such issuers or such  obligors or to any such  registrar or
transfer agent or trustee. 2.

3. Security Agreement.  For valuable  consideration,  Grantor hereby assigns and
pledges to Secured  Party,  and grants to Secured Party a security  interest in,
all presently  existing and hereafter acquired  Collateral,  as security for the
timely  payment and  performance of the Secured  Obligations,  and each of them.
This  Agreement is a continuing  and  irrevocable  agreement and all the rights,
powers,  privileges  and remedies  hereunder  shall apply to any and all Secured
Obligations,  including those arising under successive  transactions which shall
either continue the Secured Obligations, increase or decrease them, or from time
to  time  create  new  Secured  Obligations  after  all  or  any  prior  Secured
Obligations have been satisfied,  and  notwithstanding the bankruptcy of Grantor
or any other Person or any other event or proceeding affecting any Person.

4.

5. Grantor's  Representations,  Warranties and  Agreements.  Except as otherwise
disclosed to Secured Party in writing concurrently herewith, Grantor represents,
warrants and agrees that: (a) Grantor will pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes,
charges, Liens and assessments against the Collateral, except such as are timely
                                      160
<PAGE>

contested  in good faith,  and upon its failure to pay or so contest such taxes,
charges, Liens and assessments, Secured Party at its option may pay any of them,
and Secured  Party shall be the sole judge of the  legality or validity  thereof
and the amount  necessary to discharge the same; (b) the Collateral  will not be
used for any unlawful purpose or in material violation of any Law, regulation or
ordinance,  nor used in any way that will void or impair any insurance  required
to be  carried  in  connection  therewith;  (c)  Grantor  will,  to  the  extent
consistent with good business  practice,  keep the Collateral in reasonably good
repair, working order and condition,  and from time to time make all needful and
proper repairs, renewals, replacements,  additions and improvements thereto and,
as appropriate  and  applicable,  will otherwise deal with the Collateral in all
such ways as are  considered  good  practice  by owners  of like  Property;  (d)
Grantor will take all reasonable  steps to preserve and protect the  Collateral;
(e) Grantor will  maintain,  with  responsible  insurance  companies,  insurance
covering the Collateral against such insurable losses as is required by the Loan
Agreement  and as is consistent  with sound  business  practice,  and will cause
Secured  Party to be  designated  as an  additional  insured and loss payee with
respect to all insurance  (whether or not required by the Loan Agreement),  will
obtain the written  agreement of the insurers that such  insurance  shall not be
canceled,  terminated or  materially  modified to the detriment of Secured Party
without at least 30 days prior written notice to Secured Party, and will furnish
copies of such insurance policies or certificates to Secured Party promptly upon
request  therefor;  (f) Grantor will promptly notify Secured Party in writing in
the event of any  substantial  or  material  damage to the  Collateral  from any
source  whatsoever,  and,  except for the  disposition of collections  and other
proceeds  of the  Collateral  permitted  by Section 6 hereof,  Grantor  will not
remove or permit to be removed any part of the Collateral  from the Charles Town
Facility,  without the prior written  consent of Secured Party,  except for such
items of the Collateral as are removed in the ordinary  course of business or in
connection with any transaction or disposition  otherwise  permitted by the Loan
Documents;  and (g) in the event  Grantor  changes  its name or its  address  as
either  are set  forth  herein or in the Loan  Agreement,  Grantor  will  notify
Secured Party of such name and/or  address  change  promptly,  but in any event,
within thirty days.

6.

7. Secured Party's Rights Re Collateral.  Without limitation upon the inspection
and audit rights granted to Secured Party under the Loan Agreement,  if an Event
of Default has occurred and remains continuing,  then at any time without notice
or demand and at the sole expense of Grantor,  Secured  Party may, to the extent
it may be necessary or desirable to protect the security hereunder,  but Secured
Party shall not be obligated to: (a) enter upon any premises on which Collateral
is situated and examine the same or (b) perform any  obligation of Grantor under
this Agreement or any  obligation of any other Person under the Loan  Documents.
At any time and from time to time, at the expense of Grantor, Secured Party may,
to the  extent  it  may be  necessary  or  desirable  to  protect  the  security
hereunder,  but Secured Party shall not be obligated to: (i) notify  obligors on
the Collateral  that the Collateral has been assigned to Secured Party;  (ii) at
any time and from time to time request from obligors on the  Collateral,  in the
name of Grantor  or in the name of Secured  Party,  information  concerning  the
                                      161
<PAGE>

Collateral and the amounts owing thereon; and (iii) while an Event of Default is
continuing  cause the  Collateral to be registered in the name of Secured Party,
as legal owner.  Grantor shall at any time at Secured  Party's  request mark the
Collateral  and/or  Grantor's  ledger cards,  books of account and other records
relating to the Collateral with  appropriate  notations  satisfactory to Secured
Party  disclosing that they are subject to Secured Party's  security  interests.
Secured Party shall be under no duty or obligation whatsoever to take any action
to protect or preserve the  Collateral or any rights of Grantor  therein,  or to
make  collections  or  enforce  payment  thereon,   or  to  participate  in  any
foreclosure or other proceeding in connection therewith.

8.

9.  Collections  on the  Collateral.  Except as  otherwise  provided in any Loan
Document,  Grantor  shall  have  the  right  to use  and  to  continue  to  make
collections on and receive dividends and other proceeds of all of the Collateral
in the  ordinary  course of business  so long as no Event of Default  shall have
occurred and be continuing. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an
Event of  Default,  at the  option of  Secured  Party,  Grantor's  right to make
collections on and receive dividends and other proceeds of the Collateral and to
use or dispose of such collections and proceeds shall terminate, and any and all
dividends, proceeds and collections, including all partial or total prepayments,
then held or thereafter received on or on account of the Collateral will be held
or received by Grantor in trust for Secured Party and  immediately  delivered in
kind to Secured Party. Any remittance  received by Grantor from any Person shall
be presumed  to relate to the  Collateral  and to be subject to Secured  Party's
security  interests.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event
of Default,  Secured Party shall have the right at all times to receive, receipt
for, endorse,  assign,  deposit and deliver,  in the name of Secured Party or in
the name of Grantor, any and all checks, notes, drafts and other instruments for
the  payment of money  constituting  proceeds  of or  otherwise  relating to the
Collateral;  and Grantor hereby authorizes  Secured Party to affix, by facsimile
signature or otherwise, the general or special endorsement of it, in such manner
as Secured Party shall deem  advisable,  to any such instrument in the event the
same has been  delivered  to or obtained by Secured  Party  without  appropriate
endorsement,  and Secured Party and any collecting bank are hereby authorized to
consider such endorsement to be a sufficient, valid and effective endorsement by
Grantor,  to the same  extent as though it were  manually  executed  by the duly
authorized officer of Grantor, regardless of by whom or under what circumstances
or by what authority such facsimile  signature or other endorsement  actually is
affixed,  without  duty of inquiry or  responsibility  as to such  matters,  and
Grantor  hereby  expressly  waives  demand,  presentment,  protest and notice of
protest or dishonor and all other  notices of every kind and nature with respect
to any such instrument.

10.

11.  Possession  of Collateral by Secured  Party.  Any or all of the  Collateral
delivered   to  Secured   Party   consisting   of  Cash  shall  be  held  in  an
interest-bearing  account and,  when an Event of Default  exists,  Secured Party
may,  in its  discretion,  apply any such  interest  to payment  of the  Secured
Obligations.   Nothing  herein  shall  obligate  Secured  Party  to  invest  any
Collateral or obtain any  particular  return  thereon.  Upon the  occurrence and
during the continuance of an Event of Default, whenever any of the Collateral is
in Secured  Party's  possession,  custody  or  control,  Secured  Party may use,
operate and consume the Collateral, whether for the purpose of preserving and/or
protecting  the  Collateral  or for the purpose of  performing  any of Grantor's
obligations  with  respect  thereto.  Secured  Party may at any time  deliver or
                                      162
<PAGE>

redeliver the Collateral or any part thereof to Grantor,  and the receipt of any
of the same by Grantor shall be complete and full acquittance for the Collateral
so  delivered,  and  Secured  Party  thereafter  shall  be  discharged  from any
liability  or  responsibility  therefor.  So long  as  Secured  Party  exercises
reasonable  care with respect to any  Collateral in its  possession,  custody or
control, Secured Party shall have no liability for any loss of or damage to such
Collateral,  and  in no  event  shall  Secured  Party  have  liability  for  any
diminution in value of Collateral occasioned by economic or market conditions or
events.  Secured Party shall be deemed to have exercised  reasonable care within
the meaning of the  preceding  sentence  if the  Collateral  in the  possession,
custody or control of Secured Party is accorded treatment substantially equal to
that which  Secured Party accords its own  property,  it being  understood  that
Secured Party shall not have any  responsibility  for (a) ascertaining or taking
action with respect to calls,  conversions,  exchanges,  maturities,  tenders or
other matters relating to any Collateral, whether or not Secured Party has or is
deemed to have knowledge of such matters,  or (b) taking any necessary  steps to
preserve rights against any Person with respect to any Collateral.

12.

13. Rights Upon Event of Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance
of an Event of Default,  Secured  Party shall have,  in any  jurisdiction  where
enforcement  hereof is sought, in addition to all other rights and remedies that
Secured Party may have under applicable Law or in equity or under this Agreement
(including,  without  limitation,  all  rights set forth in Section 6 hereof) or
under any other Loan Document,  all rights and remedies of a secured party under
the Uniform  Commercial Code as enacted in any  jurisdiction,  and, in addition,
the following rights and remedies, all of which may be exercised with or without
notice to Grantor and without  affecting the Obligations of Grantor hereunder or
under any other Loan Document,  or the  enforceability of the Liens and security
interests  created  hereby:  (a) to foreclose  the Liens and security  interests
created hereunder or under any other agreement relating to any Collateral by any
available  judicial  procedure  or without  judicial  process;  (b) to enter any
premises  where any  Collateral  may be located  for the  purpose  of  securing,
protecting,   inventorying,   appraising,   inspecting,  repairing,  preserving,
storing, preparing,  processing,  taking possession of or removing the same; (c)
to sell,  assign,  lease or  otherwise  dispose  of any  Collateral  or any part
thereof, either at public or private sale or at any broker's board, in lot or in
bulk,  for cash,  on credit or  otherwise,  with or without  representations  or
warranties and upon such terms as shall be acceptable to Secured  Party;  (d) to
notify  obligors on the  Collateral  that the  Collateral  has been  assigned to
Secured  Party  and  that  all  payments  thereon  are to be made  directly  and
exclusively to Secured Party;  (e) to collect by legal  proceedings or otherwise
all dividends, distributions, interest, principal or other sums now or hereafter
payable upon or on account of the Collateral;  (f) to cause the Collateral to be
registered in the name of Secured Party,  as legal owner;  (g) to enter into any
extension,  reorganization,  deposit, merger or consolidation  agreement, or any
other  agreement  relating to or affecting  the  Collateral,  and in  connection
therewith  Secured  Party may  deposit or  surrender  control of the  Collateral
and/or  accept  other  Property in exchange for the  Collateral;  (h) to settle,
                                      163
<PAGE>

compromise  or release,  on terms  acceptable to Secured  Party,  in whole or in
part,  any amounts  owing on the  Collateral  and/or any  disputes  with respect
thereto; (i) to extend the time of payment,  make allowances and adjustments and
issue credits in connection  with the Collateral in the name of Secured Party or
in the name of  Grantor;  (j) to enforce  payment  and  prosecute  any action or
proceeding  with respect to any or all of the Collateral  and take or bring,  in
the name of Secured Party or in the name of Grantor, any and all steps, actions,
suits or  proceedings  deemed by Secured Party  necessary or desirable to effect
collection  of or to realize  upon the  Collateral,  including  any  judicial or
nonjudicial foreclosure thereof or thereon, and Grantor specifically consents to
any nonjudicial  foreclosure of any or all of the Collateral or any other action
taken by Secured Party which may release any obligor from personal  liability on
any of the Collateral,  and Grantor waives any right not expressly  provided for
in this  Agreement  to  receive  notice of any  public or  private  judicial  or
nonjudicial  sale or foreclosure of any security or any of the  Collateral;  and
any money or other  property  received by Secured  Party in  exchange  for or on
account of the  Collateral,  whether  representing  collections  or  proceeds of
Collateral,  and  whether  resulting  from  voluntary  payments  or  foreclosure
proceedings  or other  legal  action  taken by Secured  Party or Grantor  may be
applied by Secured Party without notice to Grantor to the Secured Obligations in
such order and manner as Secured Party in its sole discretion  shall  determine;
(k) to insure, process and preserve the Collateral;  (l) to exercise all rights,
remedies,  powers or privileges provided under any of the Loan Documents; (m) to
remove, from any premises where the same may be located,  the Collateral and any
and all  documents,  instruments,  files and records,  and any  receptacles  and
cabinets containing the same, relating to the Collateral, and Secured Party may,
at the  cost and  expense  of  Grantor,  use  such of its  supplies,  equipment,
facilities  and  space  at  its  places  of  business  as may  be  necessary  or
appropriate to properly administer, process, store, control, prepare for sale or
disposition  and/or sell or dispose of the Collateral or to properly  administer
and control the handling of collections and  realizations  thereon,  and Secured
Party  shall be deemed to have a  rent-free  tenancy of  premises of Grantor for
such  purposes  and for such periods of time as  reasonably  required by Secured
Party;  (n) to receive,  open and dispose of all mail  addressed  to Grantor and
notify  postal  authorities  to change the address for delivery  thereof to such
address as Secured Party may designate;  provided that Secured Party agrees that
it will promptly  deliver over to Grantor such opened mail as does not relate to
the  Collateral;  and (o) to exercise all other rights,  powers,  privileges and
remedies of an owner of the  Collateral;  all at Secured Party's sole option and
as Secured Party in its sole  discretion  may deem  advisable.  Grantor will, at
Secured  Party's  request,  assemble  the  Collateral  and make it  available to
Secured  Party at places  which  Secured  Party may  designate,  whether  at the
premises of Grantor or elsewhere, and will make available to Secured Party, free
of cost,  all premises,  equipment and  facilities of Grantor for the purpose of
Secured Party's taking  possession of the Collateral or storing same or removing
or putting the Collateral in salable form or selling or disposing of same.

14.

15.  Upon the  occurrence  and during the  continuance  of an Event of  Default,
Secured  Party also shall have the right,  without  notice or demand,  either in
person, by agent or by a receiver to be appointed by a court (and Grantor hereby
expressly consents upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
Default  to the  appointment  of such a  receiver),  and  without  regard to the
adequacy of any security for the Secured Obligations,  to take possession of the
Collateral  or any part  thereof and to collect  and receive the rents,  issues,
profits,  income and proceeds thereof. Taking possession of the Collateral shall
                                      164
<PAGE>

not cure or waive any Event of Default or notice  thereof or invalidate  any act
done  pursuant to such notice.  The rights,  remedies and powers of any receiver
appointed by a court shall be as ordered by said court.

16.

17. Any public or private sale or other  disposition  of the  Collateral  may be
held at any office of Secured Party, or at Grantor's  places of business,  or at
any other place  permitted by  applicable  Law, and without the necessity of the
Collateral's being within the view of prospective purchasers.  Secured Party may
direct the order and manner of sale of the Collateral,  or portions thereof,  as
it in its sole and absolute  discretion  may  determine,  and Grantor  expressly
waives  any right to direct  the  order  and  manner of sale of any  Collateral.
Secured  Party or any Person on Secured  Party's  behalf may bid and purchase at
any such sale or other  disposition.  The net cash proceeds  resulting  from the
collection,  liquidation,  sale,  lease or other  disposition  of the Collateral
shall be applied,  first, to the expenses (including  reasonable attorneys' fees
and disbursements) of retaking,  holding, storing,  processing and preparing for
sale or lease, selling, leasing, collecting,  liquidating and the like, and then
to the  satisfaction  of the  Secured  Obligations  in such  order  as  shall be
determined by Secured Party in its sole and absolute discretion. Grantor and any
other Person then  obligated  therefor  shall pay to Secured Party on demand any
deficiency  with regard  thereto which may remain after such sale,  disposition,
collection or  liquidation  of the  Collateral.  Any surplus held by the Secured
Party and remaining after payment in full of all the Secured  Obligations  shall
immediately  be  reassigned  and  redelivered  to  Grantor,  or to the person or
persons otherwise legally entitled thereto.

18.

19. Unless the  Collateral  is  perishable  or threatens to decline  speedily in
value or is of a type  customarily  sold on a recognized  market,  Secured Party
will send or otherwise make available to Grantor  reasonable  notice of the time
and  place of any  public  sale  thereof  or of the time on or after  which  any
private sale thereof is to be made. The requirement of sending reasonable notice
conclusively  shall be met if such notice is mailed,  first class mail,  postage
prepaid, to Grantor at its address set forth in the Loan Agreement, or delivered
or  otherwise  sent to Grantor,  at least five days before the date of the sale.
Grantor  expressly  waives any right to receive  notice of any public or private
sale of any Collateral or other security for the Secured  Obligations  except as
expressly provided for in this paragraph.

20.

1.

                                      165
<PAGE>




                                       13

                  Upon consummation of any sale of Collateral hereunder, Secured
Party shall have the right to assign,  transfer and deliver to the  purchaser or
purchasers  thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any such sale
shall hold the Collateral so sold  absolutely  free from any claim or right upon
the part of Grantor  or any other  Person,  and  Grantor  hereby  waives (to the
extent  permitted  by  applicable  Laws)  all  rights  of  redemption,  stay and
appraisal  which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule
of Law or statute now existing or hereafter  enacted.  If the sale of all or any
part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future  delivery,  Secured Party
shall not be  required  to apply any  portion of the sale  price to the  Secured
Obligations  until such amount  actually is received by Secured  Party,  and any
Collateral so sold may be retained by Secured Party until the sale price is paid
in full by the  purchaser or purchasers  thereof.  Secured Party shall not incur
any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to pay for the
Collateral so sold, and, in case of any such failure, the Collateral may be sold
again.

10. Attorney-in-Fact.  Grantor hereby irrevocably nominates and appoints Secured
Party  as  its  attorney-in-fact  for  the  following  purposes:  (a)  upon  the
occurrence  and during the  continuance  of an Event of  Default,  to  preserve,
process, develop,  maintain and protect the Collateral;  (b) upon the occurrence
and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to do any and every act which
Grantor is obligated to do under this  Agreement,  at the expense of Grantor and
without any obligation to do so; (c) to prepare,  sign, file and/or record,  for
Grantor,  in the name of  Grantor,  any  financing  statement,  application  for
registration,  or like  paper,  and to take any other  action  deemed by Secured
Party  necessary  or  desirable  in order to perfect or maintain  perfected  the
security  interests  granted hereby;  and (d) upon the occurrence and during the
continuance  of an  Event  of  Default,  to  execute  any  and  all  papers  and
instruments  and do all other  things  necessary  or  desirable  to preserve and
protect  the  Collateral  and to  protect  Secured  Party's  security  interests
therein;  provided,  however,  that Secured  Party shall be under no  obligation
whatsoever to take any of the foregoing actions, and, absent bad faith or actual
malice,  Secured  Party shall have no  liability or  responsibility  for any act
taken or omission with respect thereto.

11.

12. Statute of Limitations and Other Laws. Until the Secured  Obligations  shall
have been paid and  performed in full,  the power of sale and all other  rights,
privileges,  powers  and  remedies  granted  to Secured  Party  hereunder  shall
continue  to exist and may be  exercised  by Secured  Party at any time and from
time to time  irrespective  of the fact that any of the Secured  Obligations may
have become barred by any statute of limitations.  Grantor  expressly waives the
benefit of any and all statutes of  limitation,  and any and all Laws  providing
for  exemption of property from  execution or for  valuation and appraisal  upon
foreclosure, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law.

13.

14. Other Agreements. Nothing herein shall in any way modify or limit the effect
of terms or  conditions  set  forth in any  other  security  or other  agreement
executed by Grantor or in connection with the Secured Obligations,  but each and
every term and condition  hereof shall be in addition  thereto.  All  provisions
contained in the Loan  Agreement or any other Loan  Document  that apply to Loan
Documents  generally are fully applicable to this Agreement and are incorporated
herein by this reference. 15.

16.

                                      166
<PAGE>


Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts,  each
     of which shall be deemed an original  ------------ and all of which,  taken
     together,  shall  constitute one and the same agreement.  17. 18. GOVERNING
     LAW. THIS AGREEMENT  SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND
     GOVERNED  BY THE LAWS  -------------  OF THE  STATE OF  CALIFORNIA  WITHOUT
     REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS THEREOF.

IN   WITNESS WHEREOF, Grantor has executed this Agreement by its duly authorized
     officer as of the date first written above.





"Grantor"

PENN NATIONAL GAMING OF WEST VIRGINIA, INC., a West Virginia corporation


By:      ______________________________

         ------------------------------
                  [Printed name and title]


                                      167
<PAGE>


ACCEPTED AND AGREED
AS OF THE DATE FIRST
ABOVE WRITTEN:

"Secured Party"

BANK OF AMERICA , N.A.,
as Administrative Agent, and
for and on behalf of the Lenders


By:      _________________________

         -------------------------
               [Printed name and title]

168
<PAGE>

                             SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

                  This Subordination  Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into as
of December 13, 1999 by and among Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent
for the  Lenders  under the Senior  Secured  Multiple  Draw Term Loan  Agreement
described below ("Agent"),  Penn National Gaming of West Virginia,  Inc., a West
Virginia  corporation  ("Lessor") and PNGI Charles Town Gaming Limited Liability
Company, a West Virginia limited liability company ("Lessee").

                                 R E C I T A L S

         WHEREAS, pursuant to a Senior Secured Multiple Draw Term Loan Agreement
dated as of December 13, 1999 among  Lessor,  Penn  National  Gaming,  Inc.,  as
Guarantor,  the Lenders named therein,  and Agent, the Lenders have made certain
credit  facilities  available to Lessor (as such agreement may from time to time
be amended,  extended,  renewed,  supplemented or otherwise modified,  the "Loan
Agreement").  Capitalized  terms used but not defined in this Agreement have the
meanings set forth for those terms in the Loan Agreement.

         WHEREAS, Lessor's obligations under the Loan Agreement are secured by a
Security  Agreement  made by Lessor in favor of Agent and the  Lenders  (as such
agreement may from time to time be amended, extended,  renewed,  supplemented or
otherwise  modified,  the "Security  Agreement") in which Lessor gave a security
interest  to  Agent  and the  Lenders  (collectively,  "Secured  Party")  in the
personal  property of Lessor  described on Exhibit A attached  hereto and made a
part hereof ("Assets").

         WHEREAS,  Lessor proposes to lease the Assets to Lessee pursuant to the
terms, conditions and agreements contained in the Master Lease Agreement of even
date herewith between Lessor and Lessee (as such agreement may from time to time
be amended, extended, renewed, supplemented or otherwise modified, the "Lease").

         WHEREAS,  it is a  condition  to the making of the Loans under the Loan
Agreement and to Lessor's purchase of the Assets that the Lessee subordinate its
right to the  Assets  under the  Lease to the Lien of  Secured  Party  under the
Security Agreement on the terms and conditions in this Agreement.

         NOW, THEREFORE,  for good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and
sufficiency  of which are hereby  acknowledged,  Agent and  Lessee  acknowledge,
represent and agree for the benefit of the other,  with knowledge that the other
is fully relying thereon, as follows:

                                      169
<PAGE>




1.                Agent consents to the Lease between Lessor and Lessee.
2.

3. 2. Lessee acknowledges that the Lease is an operating lease and that title to
the Assets at all times  during the term of the Lease  shall  remain with Lessor
and that Lessee shall only have the rights of a lessee of the Assets. All rights
and  interests  of Lessee in and to the Assets  pursuant  to the Lease  shall be
subject  and  subordinate  to the  lien  of the  Security  Agreement  and to any
renewals,  modifications,  consolidations,  replacements  and  extensions of the
Security  Agreement  to the full  extent of the  principal  sum  secured  by the
Security  Agreement  including  any  interest.  In the event of any assertion by
Secured Party of its Lien under the Security Agreement, Lessee shall immediately
surrender possession of the Assets to Agent or its designee, notwithstanding the
Lease, or shall attorn to the Agent or its designee in accordance with Section 3
hereof, as elected by the Agent. 4.

5. 3. If Lessor's  interest is  transferred to and owned by Secured Party or any
successor of Secured  Party or their  designee  ("Acquiring  Party")  because of
foreclosure  or other  proceedings  brought  by Secured  Party,  or by any other
manner and Secured Party succeeds to Lessor's  interest under the Lease,  Lessee
shall be bound to the  Acquiring  Party  until such time as  Acquiring  Party or
Lessee shall choose to terminate the Lease, or the Lease  otherwise  terminates,
pursuant to the terms thereof,  with the same effect as if Acquiring  Party were
Lessor under the Lease. Lessee agrees to attorn to Acquiring Party as the Lessor
during  the  term  of  the  Lease,  with  the  attornment  being  effective  and
self-operable  immediately  upon Acquiring  Party  succeeding to the interest of
Lessor under the Lease,  all without the execution by the parties of any further
instruments. The respective rights and obligations of Lessee and Acquiring Party
upon attornment,  to the extent of the then remaining balance of the term of the
Lease, shall be the same as in the Lease.

6.

7. 4. Immediately  upon request by Acquiring  Party,  Lessee and Acquiring Party
shall enter into a new written  lease for the  remainder of the original term of
the  Lease on the  same  terms  and  conditions  as the  Lease,  except  for any
non-material  changes made necessary  because of the  substitution  of Acquiring
Party in place of Lessor.

8.

9. 5. The term "Agent" or any similar term shall  include  Agent and any agents,
successors, or assigns of Agent and the term "Lenders" or any similar term shall
include Lenders and any agents,  successors, or assigns of Lenders, including in
each case any party that  succeeds to Lessor's  interest by  foreclosure  of the
Security  Agreement or by any other proceeding.  The term "Lessor" shall include
Lessor and the successors,  assigns, and sublessors of Lessor. The term "Lessee"
shall include Lessee and the successors, assigns, and sublessees of Lessee.

10.

11. 6. Lessor and Lessee agree not to change,  alter, amend, or otherwise modify
the  Lease  without  the  prior  written  consent  of Agent  which  shall not be
unreasonably   withheld,   conditioned  or  delayed.  Any  change,   alteration,
amendment,  or other modification to the Lease without the prior written consent
of Agent shall be void as to Secured Party,  but shall not otherwise  affect the
terms of this Agreement.

12.
                                      170
<PAGE>

13.  7. Lessee  agrees that it shall not make any  prepayment  of rent under the
     Lease more than one calendar  month in advance of the date when due without
     the prior written consent of the Agent,  and that any prepayment made prior
     to such date or  without  the  written  consent  of the Agent  shall not be
     binding  upon  Secured  Party or any  Acquiring  Party.  14.  15.  8.  This
     Agreement may not be modified  other than by an agreement in writing signed
     by the parties or by their respective successors in interest. 16. 17. 9. If
     any party  commences  any  action  against  any other  party  based on this
     Agreement,  the  prevailing  party shall be entitled to recover  reasonable
     attorney  fees,  expenses,  and costs of suit.  18. 10. In this  Agreement,
     wherever it is required or permitted that notice and demand be given by any
     party to another party, that notice or demand shall be given in writing and
     personally  delivered or sent by certified  mail or  nationally  recognized
     overnight courier addressed as follows: 19.

20.               For Lessor:      Penn National Gaming of West Virginia, Inc.
21.                                         _______________________
22.                                         _______________________
23.                                         Attn: __________________
24.

                  For Agent:        Bank of America, N.A.
                                    Agency Management
                                    #20529
                                    Bank of America, N.A.
                                    555 South Flower Street, 11th Floor
                                    Los Angeles, California  90071
                                    Attn:  Janice Hammond

                  For Lessee: PNGI Charles Town Gaming Limited Liability Company

                                    ======================
                                    ----------------------
                                    Attn:  _________________

                  Any party may  change an  address  given for  notice by giving
written notice of that change by notice as herein provided to all other parties.

         11.      This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit
of the parties and their respective successors and
assigns.

         12.      This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts,
each of which is an original, but all of which shall
constitute one and the same instrument.
                                      171
<PAGE>


         13.      This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and
governed by California law.


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has executed
this Agreement as of the day and year first written
above.

AGENT:                                    LESSEE:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,                    PNGI CHARLES TOWN GAMING LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY,
as Administrative Agent for the Lenders   a West Virginia limited liability company
<S>                                       <C>
By:________________________________
Name: _____________________________       By:_______________________________
Title: ______________________________     Name: ____________________________
                                          Title: _____________________________
</TABLE>



LESSOR:

PENN NATIONAL GAMING OF WEST VIRGINIA, INC.,
a West Virginia corporation

By:________________________________
Name: _____________________________
Title: ______________________________



                                      172
<PAGE>


                                    GUARANTY

                  This GUARANTY ("Guaranty"),  dated as of December 13, 1999, is
made by Penn National Gaming, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation  ("Guarantor") in
favor of Bank of America,  N.A., as Administrative  Agent for the benefit of the
Banks that are party to the Loan Agreement referred to below  (collectively with
the Lenders, "Lender"), with reference to the following facts:

                                    RECITALS

A. Pursuant to the Senior Secured  Multiple Draw Term Loan Agreement dated as of
December 13, 1999 by and among Penn National  Gaming of West  Virginia,  Inc., a
West Virginia corporation (the "Borrower"),  Guarantor, the lenders from time to
time party thereto (collectively,  the "Banks" and individually,  a "Bank"), and
Bank of America,  N.A., as Administrative Agent (as such agreement may from time
to time be extended,  modified, renewed, restated,  supplemented or amended, the
"Loan Agreement"),  the Banks are making certain credit facilities  available to
Borrower.

     A. As a condition to the availability of such credit facilities,  Guarantor
is  required  to  enter  into  this  Guaranty  and to  guaranty  the  Guarantied
Obligations as hereinafter  provided.  B. C. Guarantor expects to realize direct
and indirect  benefits as the result of the  availability of the  aforementioned
credit facilities to Borrower.

                                    AGREEMENT

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in order to induce the Banks to  continue to
extend the  aforementioned  credit  facilities,  and for other good and valuable
consideration,  the  receipt  and  adequacy  of which  hereby are  acknowledged,
Guarantor  hereby  represents,  warrants,  covenants,  agrees and  guaranties as
follows:

1.  Definitions.  This  Guaranty  is the PNGI  Guaranty  referred to in the Loan
Agreement and is one of the Loan Documents.  Terms defined in the Loan Agreement
and not otherwise  defined in this Guaranty  shall have the meanings given those
terms  in  the  Loan  Agreement  when  used  herein  and  such  definitions  are
incorporated  herein as though set forth in full.  In addition,  as used herein,
the following terms shall have the meanings respectively set forth after each:

2.

                      "Guarantied  Obligations"  means all  present  and  future
                      Obligations  of every  kind or nature of  Borrower  at any
                      time and from time to time owed to Lender under any one or
                      more of the Loan Documents,  whether due or to become due,
                                      173
<PAGE>

                      matured  or  unmatured,  liquidated  or  unliquidated,  or
                      contingent  or  noncontingent,  including  Obligations  of
                      performance  as  well  as  Obligations  of  payment,   and
                      including  interest that accrues after the commencement of
                      any  proceeding  under any Debtor Relief Law by or against
                      Guarantor,   Borrower,  any  Subsidiary  or  Affiliate  of
                      Borrower or any other Person.

       "Guarantor" means Penn National Gaming, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation.
                   ---------

                      "Guaranty"  means  this  Guaranty,   and  any  extensions,
                      modifications,  renewals,  restatements,   reaffirmations,
                      supplements or amendments hereof.

                      "Lender"  means the  Administrative  Agent  (acting as the
                      Administrative  Agent and/or on behalf of the Banks),  and
                      the Banks,  and each of them, and any one or more of them.
                      Subject  to the terms of the Loan  Agreement,  any  right,
                      remedy,  privilege  or power of Lender may be exercised by
                      the Administrative  Agent, or by the Requisite Lenders, or
                      by any Bank  acting  with  the  consent  of the  Requisite
                      Lenders.

1.   Guaranty  of  Guarantied   Obligations.   Guarantor   hereby   irrevocably,
unconditionally  guaranties  and  promises  to pay and  perform  on  demand  the
Guarantied Obligations and each and every one of them, including all amendments,
modifications,  supplements, renewals or extensions of any of them, whether such
amendments, modifications,  supplements, renewals or extensions are evidenced by
new or  additional  instruments,  documents or  agreements or change the rate of
interest on any Guarantied Obligation or the security therefor, or otherwise.

2.

     3. Nature of Guaranty.  This  Guaranty is  irrevocable  and  continuing  in
nature and relates to any Guarantied ------------------ Obligations now existing
or hereafter arising. This Guaranty is a guaranty of prompt and punctual payment
and performance and is not merely a guaranty of collection. 4.

5. Relationship to Other  Agreements.  Nothing herein shall in any way modify or
limit  the  effect  of terms or  conditions  set  forth in any  other  document,
instrument  or  agreement  executed  by  Guarantor  or in  connection  with  the
Guarantied Obligations, but each and every term and condition hereof shall be in
addition  thereto.  All provisions  contained in the Loan Agreement or any other
Loan Document  that apply to Loan  Documents  generally are fully  applicable to
this Guaranty and are incorporated herein by this reference.
                                      174
<PAGE>

     1. Subordination of Indebtedness of Borrower to Guarantor to the Guarantied
Obligations.                           Guarantor                          agrees
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
that: 2.

(a)  Any  indebtedness of Borrower now or hereafter owed to Guarantor  hereby is
     subordinated to the
             Guarantied Obligations.

             (a) If Lender so  requests,  upon the  occurrence  and  during  the
             continuance  of any  Event of  Default,  any such  indebtedness  of
             Borrower now or hereafter  owed to  Guarantor  shall be  collected,
             enforced  and received by Guarantor as trustee for Lender and shall
             be  paid  over to  Lender  in kind  on  account  of the  Guarantied
             Obligations,  but without  reducing or  affecting in any manner the
             obligations  of  Guarantor  under  the  other  provisions  of  this
             Guaranty.

             (a)  Should   Guarantor   fail  to  collect  or  enforce  any  such
             indebtedness of Borrower now or hereafter owed to Guarantor and pay
             the  proceeds  thereof to Lender in  accordance  with  Section 5(b)
             hereof, Lender as Guarantor's attorney-in-fact may do such acts and
             sign  such  documents  in  Guarantor's  name  as  Lender  considers
             necessary  or  desirable  to effect  such  collection,  enforcement
             and/or payment.

1. Statutes of  Limitations  and Other Laws.  Until the  Guarantied  Obligations
shall have been paid and performed in full, all the rights,  privileges,  powers
and  remedies  granted to Lender  hereunder  shall  continue to exist and may be
exercised by Lender at any time and from time to time  irrespective  of the fact
that any of the Guarantied  Obligations may have become barred by any statute of
limitations.  Guarantor  expressly waives the benefit of any and all statutes of
limitation,  and any and all Laws  providing  for  exemption  of  property  from
execution or for  evaluation  and  appraisal  upon  foreclosure,  to the maximum
extent permitted by applicable Laws.

2.

3. Waivers and Consents.  Guarantor acknowledges that the obligations undertaken
herein  involve the guaranty of obligations of Persons other than Guarantor and,
in full  recognition  of that fact,  consents and agrees that Lender may, at any
time and from time to time,  without notice or demand, and without affecting the
enforceability  or continuing  effectiveness  hereof:  (a)  supplement,  modify,
amend, extend, renew, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment or the
terms of the Guarantied Obligations or any part thereof,  including any increase
or decrease of the rate(s) of interest thereon; (b) supplement, modify, amend or
waive, or enter into or give any agreement, approval or consent with respect to,
the Guarantied  Obligations or any part thereof, or any of the Loan Documents to
which Guarantor is not a party or any additional security or guaranties,  or any
condition,  covenant,  default, remedy, right, representation or term thereof or
thereunder; (c) accept new or additional instruments, documents or agreements in
exchange  for  or  relative  to  any of the  Loan  Documents  or the  Guarantied
Obligations or any part thereof;  (d) accept partial  payments on the Guarantied
Obligations;  (e) receive and hold  additional  security or  guaranties  for the
Guarantied  Obligations or any part thereof; (f) release,  reconvey,  terminate,
                                      175
<PAGE>

waive, abandon, fail to perfect,  subordinate,  exchange,  substitute,  transfer
and/or enforce any security or guaranties, and apply any security and direct the
order or manner of sale  thereof as Lender in its sole and  absolute  discretion
may determine;  (g) release any Person from any personal  liability with respect
to the Guarantied  Obligations or any part thereof; (h) settle, release on terms
satisfactory to Lender or by operation of applicable Laws or otherwise liquidate
or enforce any Guarantied  Obligations and any security or guaranty  therefor in
any manner,  consent to the transfer of any security and bid and purchase at any
sale;  and/or (i) consent to the merger,  change or any other  restructuring  or
termination  of the  corporate  existence  of  Borrower,  Guarantor or any other
Person, and correspondingly restructure the Guarantied Obligations, and any such
merger,  change,  restructuring or termination shall not affect the liability of
Guarantor or the continuing  effectiveness  hereof, or the enforceability hereof
with respect to all or any part of the Guarantied Obligations.

4.

5. Upon the  occurrence  and during  the  continuance  of any Event of  Default,
Lender may enforce this Guaranty independently as to Guarantor and independently
of any  other  remedy  or  security  Lender  at any  time  may  have  or hold in
connection with the Guarantied Obligations. Guarantor expressly waives any right
to  require  Lender to marshal  assets in favor of  Guarantor,  and agrees  that
Lender may proceed against Borrower or any other Person,  or upon or against any
security or remedy, before proceeding to enforce this Guaranty, in such order as
it shall  determine  in its  sole and  absolute  discretion.  Lender  may file a
separate action or actions against Borrower or any other Person and/or Guarantor
without  respect to whether action is brought or prosecuted  with respect to any
security or against any other  Person,  or whether any other Person is joined in
any such  action or actions.  Guarantor  agrees that  Lender,  Borrower  and any
Affiliates  of  Borrower  may  deal  with  each  other  in  connection  with the
Guarantied Obligations or otherwise, or alter any contracts or agreements now or
hereafter existing between any of them, in any manner whatsoever, all without in
any way altering or affecting  the security of this  Guaranty.  Lender's  rights
hereunder  shall be  reinstated  and  revived,  and the  enforceability  of this
Guaranty shall continue,  with respect to any amount at any time paid on account
of the Guarantied  Obligations which thereafter shall be required to be restored
or returned by Lender  upon the  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or  reorganization  of
Borrower or any other Person,  or  otherwise,  all as though such amount had not
been paid. The rights of Lender created or granted herein and the enforceability
of this Guaranty  with respect to Guarantor at all times shall remain  effective
to guaranty the full amount of all the  Guarantied  Obligations  even though the
Guarantied  Obligations,  or any  part  thereof,  or any  security  or  guaranty
therefor,  may be or hereafter may become invalid or otherwise  unenforceable as
against  Borrower or any other  guarantor  or surety and whether or not Borrower
shall have any personal  liability with respect  thereto.  To the maximum extent
permitted  by law,  Guarantor  expressly  waives  any and  all  defenses  now or
hereafter  arising or asserted by reason of (a) any  disability or other defense
of Borrower with respect to the Guarantied Obligations, (b) the unenforceability
or invalidity of any security or guaranty for the Guarantied  Obligations or the
lack of  perfection  or  continuing  perfection  or failure of  priority  of any
security  for the  Guarantied  Obligations,  (c)  the  cessation  for any  cause
whatsoever  of the  liability  of  Borrower  (other  than by  reason of the full
payment  and  performance  of all  Guarantied  Obligations),  (d) any failure of
Lender to marshal assets in favor of Borrower or any other Person, (e) except as
otherwise  provided  in this  Guaranty,  any failure of Lender to give notice of
sale or other  disposition of Collateral to Guarantor or any other Person or any
defect  in any  notice  that  may be  given  in  connection  with  any  sale  or
disposition of Collateral,  (f) any failure of Lender to comply with  applicable
Laws in connection with the sale or other disposition of any Collateral or other
security  for any  Guarantied  Obligation,  including  without  limitation,  any
failure of Lender to conduct a commercially reasonable sale or other disposition
of any Collateral or other security for any Guarantied  Obligation,  (g) any act
or omission of Lender or others that directly or  indirectly  results in or aids
                                      176
<PAGE>

the  discharge  or release of  Borrower  or the  Guarantied  Obligations  or any
security or guaranty  therefor by  operation  of law or  otherwise,  (h) any Law
which  provides  that the  obligation  of a surety or guarantor  must neither be
larger  in  amount  nor in  other  respects  more  burdensome  than  that of the
principal or which reduces a surety's or guarantor's obligation in proportion to
the principal  obligation,  (i) any failure of Lender to file or enforce a claim
in any  bankruptcy  or other  proceeding  with  respect to any  Person,  (j) the
election  by  Lender,  in  any  bankruptcy  proceeding  of  any  Person,  of the
application  or  non-application  of Section  1111(b)(2)  of the  United  States
Bankruptcy  Code,  (k) any  extension  of credit or the grant of any Lien  under
Section 364 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, (l) any use of cash collateral
under Section 363 of the United  States  Bankruptcy  Code,  (m) any agreement or
stipulation  with  respect  to  the  provision  of  adequate  protection  in any
bankruptcy  proceeding of any Person,  (n) the avoidance of any Lien in favor of
Lender  for  any  reason,  (o)  any  bankruptcy,   insolvency,   reorganization,
arrangement,   readjustment  of  debt,  liquidation  or  dissolution  proceeding
commenced by or against any Person,  including  any discharge of, or bar or stay
against  collecting,  all or any of the Guarantied  Obligations (or any interest
thereon) in or as a result of any such proceeding,  (p) to the extent permitted,
the benefits of any form of  one-action  rule, or (q) any action taken by Lender
that is authorized by this Section or any other  provision of any Loan Document.
Guarantor  expressly waives all setoffs and  counterclaims and all presentments,
demands for payment or  performance,  notices of nonpayment  or  nonperformance,
protests,  notices of  protest,  notices of  dishonor  and all other  notices or
demands  of any  kind  or  nature  whatsoever  with  respect  to the  Guarantied
Obligations, and all notices of acceptance of this Guaranty or of the existence,
creation or incurrence of new or additional Guarantied Obligations.

6.

7. Condition of Borrower and Borrower's  Subsidiaries.  Guarantor represents and
warrants to Lender that  Guarantor has  established  adequate means of obtaining
from Borrower and Borrower's Subsidiaries,  on a continuing basis, financial and
other  information  pertaining  to  the  businesses,  operations  and  condition
(financial  and  otherwise) of Borrower and  Borrower's  Subsidiaries  and their
Properties,  and Guarantor now is and hereafter will be completely familiar with
the businesses,  operations and condition  (financial and otherwise) of Borrower
and Borrower's  Subsidiaries  and their  Properties.  Guarantor hereby expressly
waives and  relinquishes  any duty on the part of Lender  (should  any such duty
exist) to  disclose  to  Guarantor  any  matter,  fact or thing  related  to the
businesses,  operations  or condition  (financial  or  otherwise) of Borrower or
Borrower's  Subsidiaries  or their  Properties,  whether now known or  hereafter
known by Lender  during the life of this  Guaranty.  With  respect to any of the
Guarantied  Obligations,  Lender need not inquire into the powers of Borrower or
any  Subsidiaries  thereof or the officers or employees  acting or purporting to
act on their  behalf,  and all  Guarantied  Obligations  made or created in good
faith  reliance  upon the  professed  exercise of such  powers  shall be secured
hereby.
                                      177

<PAGE>

8.

9. Liens on Real  Property.  In the event that all or any part of the Guarantied
Obligations  at any  time  are  secured  by any one or more  deeds  of  trust or
mortgages or other  instruments  creating or granting  Liens on any interests in
real Property,  Guarantor  authorizes Lender,  upon the occurrence of and during
the continuance of any Event of Default,  at its sole option,  without notice or
demand and without affecting any Obligations of Guarantor, the enforceability of
this Guaranty,  or the validity or  enforceability of any Liens of Lender on any
Collateral, to foreclose any or all of such deeds of trust or mortgages or other
instruments  by judicial or nonjudicial  sale.  Guarantor  expressly  waives any
defenses to the  enforcement of this Guaranty or any rights of Lender created or
granted hereby or to the recovery by Lender against Borrower or any other Person
liable therefor of any deficiency after a judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure or
sale because all or any part of the  Guarantied  Obligations  is secured by real
Property.  This means, among other things: (1) Lender may collect from Guarantor
without first foreclosing on any real or personal Property collateral pledged by
Borrower,  and (2) If the  Lender  forecloses  on any real  Property  collateral
pledged by Borrower: (A) The amount of the Guarantied Obligations may be reduced
only by the price for which that  collateral  is sold at the  foreclosure  sale,
even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price, and (B) The Lender may
collect from Guarantor  even if the Lender,  by foreclosing on the real Property
collateral, has destroyed any right Guarantor may have to collect from Borrower.
This is an  unconditional  and  irrevocable  waiver of any rights  and  defenses
Guarantor  may have  because all or any part of the  Guarantied  Obligations  is
secured by real Property.  Guarantor  expressly  waives any defenses or benefits
that may be derived from California Code of Civil Procedure  ss.ss.  580a, 580b,
580d or 726, or comparable provisions of the Laws of any other jurisdiction, and
all other suretyship  defenses it otherwise might or would have under California
Law or other  applicable Law.  Guarantor  expressly  waives any right to receive
notice of any judicial or  nonjudicial  foreclosure or sale of any real Property
or interest  therein  subject to any such deeds of trust or  mortgages  or other
instruments  and  Guarantor's or any other Person's  failure to receive any such
notice shall not impair or affect Guarantor's  Obligations or the enforceability
of this Guaranty or any rights of Lender created or granted hereunder.

10.

11. Waiver of Rights of  Subrogation.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary
elsewhere contained herein or in any other Loan Document to which Guarantor is a
party,  unless and until all  Obligations  have been paid and performed in full,
Guarantor  hereby  expressly  waives with respect to Borrower and its successors
and assigns  (including  any surety) and any other  Person  which is directly or
indirectly a creditor of Borrower or any surety for Borrower, any and all rights
at Law or in  equity  to  subrogation,  to  reimbursement,  to  exoneration,  to
contribution,  to setoff or to any other  rights  that could  accrue to a surety
against  a  principal,  to a  guarantor  against  a  maker  or  obligor,  to  an
accommodation party against the party accommodated, or to a holder or transferee
against a maker,  and which  Guarantor  may have or  hereafter  acquire  against
Borrower  or any  other  such  Person  in  connection  with  or as a  result  of
Guarantor's execution, delivery and/or performance of this Guaranty or any other
                                      178
<PAGE>

Loan Document to which Guarantor is a party.  Guarantor agrees that it shall not
have or assert any such rights against Borrower or its successors and assigns or
any other  Person  (including  any surety)  which is directly  or  indirectly  a
creditor  of  Borrower  or any surety for  Borrower,  either  directly  or as an
attempted  setoff to any action  commenced  against  Guarantor  by Borrower  (as
borrower or in any other  capacity),  Lender or any other such Person unless and
until all  Obligations  have been paid and performed in full.  Guarantor  hereby
acknowledges  and agrees that this waiver is  intended to benefit  Borrower  and
Lender and shall not limit or otherwise affect Guarantor's  liability hereunder,
under  any  other  Loan  Document  to  which   Guarantor  is  a  party,  or  the
enforceability hereof or thereof. 12.

13. Understandings With Respect to Waivers and Consents.  Guarantor warrants and
agrees that each of the waivers and consents set forth herein are made with full
knowledge of their  significance and consequences,  with the understanding  that
events  giving  rise to any  defense or right  waived may  diminish,  destroy or
otherwise  adversely  affect rights which  Guarantor  otherwise may have against
Borrower,  Lender or others,  or against  any  Collateral,  and that,  under the
circumstances,  the waivers and  consents  herein given are  reasonable  and not
contrary  to public  policy or Law.  Guarantor  acknowledges  that it has either
consulted  with legal  counsel  regarding  the effect of this  Guaranty  and the
waivers and consents set forth herein,  or has made an informed  decision not to
do so. If this Guaranty or any of the waivers or consents  herein are determined
to be  unenforceable  under or in violation of applicable Law, this Guaranty and
such waivers and consents shall be effective to the maximum extent  permitted by
Law. 14.

     15.  Representations and Warranties.  Guarantor hereby makes each and every
representation   and  warranty   ------------------------------   applicable  to
Guarantor  set forth in Article 4 of the Loan  Agreement as if set forth in full
herein. ---------
16.
17. Costs and Expenses. Guarantor agrees to pay to Lender all costs and expenses
(including,  without limitation,  reasonable  attorneys' fees and disbursements)
incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempted enforcement of this Guaranty,
whether or not an action is filed in  connection  therewith,  and in  connection
with any waiver or  amendment  of any term or provision  hereof.  All  advances,
charges,   costs  and  expenses,   including  reasonable   attorneys'  fees  and
disbursements (including the reasonably allocated cost of legal counsel employed
by Lender), incurred or paid by Lender in exercising any right, privilege, power
or  remedy  conferred  by this  Guaranty,  or in the  enforcement  or  attempted
enforcement  thereof,  shall be subject  hereto  and shall  become a part of the
Guarantor's  Obligations  and shall be paid to Lender by Guarantor,  immediately
upon demand,  together with interest  thereon at the rate(s)  provided for under
the Loan Agreement.

18.

19.  Liability.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  elsewhere  contained
herein or in any Loan  Document to which  Guarantor  is a party,  the  aggregate
liability of Guarantor  hereunder for payment and  performance of the Guarantied
Obligations  shall not exceed an amount which,  in the aggregate,  is $1.00 less
than that amount which if so paid or performed  would  constitute or result in a
"fraudulent  transfer",  "fraudulent  conveyance",  or terms of similar  import,
under applicable state or federal Law, including without limitation, Section 548
of the United States  Bankruptcy  Code. The liability of Guarantor  hereunder is
independent of any other guaranties at any time in effect with respect to all or
any part of the Guarantied Obligations,  and Guarantor's liability hereunder may
be enforced regardless of the existence of any such guaranties.  Any termination
                                      179
<PAGE>

by or  release  of any  guarantor  in  whole or in part  shall  not  affect  the
continuing  liability  of  Guarantor  hereunder,  and  no  notice  of  any  such
termination or release shall be required.  The execution  hereof by Guarantor is
not founded upon an  expectation or  understanding  that there will be any other
guarantor of the Guarantied Obligations.

20.

21. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  GUARANTOR AND LENDER EXPRESSLY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE
RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND,  ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED
UPON OR ARISING  OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS  GUARANTY,  THE LOAN  AGREEMENT,  THE
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY OR THEREBY IN ANY
ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES
AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR PARTIES,  WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR  HEREAFTER  ARISING
AND  WHETHER  WITH  RESPECT TO  CONTRACT  CLAIMS,  TORT  CLAIMS,  OR  OTHERWISE.
GUARANTOR  AND LENDER  AGREE  THAT ANY SUCH  CLAIM,  DEMAND,  ACTION OR CAUSE OF
ACTION  SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL  WITHOUT A JURY.  WITHOUT  LIMITING  THE
FOREGOING,  THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR  RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY
JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS  SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION,  COUNTERCLAIM  OR
OTHER  PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR
ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS GUARANTY,  THE LOAN AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS
OR ANY PROVISION  HEREOF OR THEREOF.  THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY  SUBSEQUENT
AMENDMENTS,  RENEWALS,  SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS GUARANTY,  THE LOAN
AGREEMENT  AND THE OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENTS.  ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL
COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN  EVIDENCE OF THE
CONSENT OF  GUARANTOR  AND LENDER TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
22.

23.
THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF

                                      180
<PAGE>


THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA  WITHOUT  REFERENCE TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS OR CHOICE OF
LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor has executed this Guaranty by

its duly authorized officer as of the date first written
above.




"Guarantor"

PENN NATIONAL GAMING, INC.,
a Pennsylvania corporation

By:___________________________

     ---------------------------
        [Printed Name and Title]

Address:
===============================
Telephone:  _____________________



                                      181
<PAGE>


                                      NOTE

                          $10,000,000 December 13, 1999



                             Los Angeles, California

                  FOR VALUE  RECEIVED,  the  undersigned  promises to pay to the
order of BANK OF AMERICA,  N.A. ("Lender"),  the principal amount of TEN MILLION
AND NO/00 DOLLARS  ($10,000,000)  or such lesser aggregate amount of Advances as
may be  made by the  Lender  with  respect  to the  Commitment  under  the  Loan
Agreement  referred to below,  together with interest on the principal amount of
each Advance made hereunder and remaining unpaid from time to time from the date
of each such Advance until the date of payment in full,  payable as  hereinafter
set forth.

                  Reference  is made to the Senior  Secured  Multiple  Draw Term
Loan Agreement dated as of December 13, 1999, by and among the  undersigned,  as
Borrower, Penn National Gaming, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation,  as Guarantor,
the  lenders  from time to time party  thereto,  and Bank of America,  N.A.,  as
Administrative Agent (the "Loan Agreement"). Terms defined in the Loan Agreement
and not otherwise  defined herein are used herein with the meanings  defined for
those terms in the Loan  Agreement.  This is one of the Notes referred to in the
Loan  Agreement,  and  any  holder  hereof  is  entitled  to all of the  rights,
remedies,  benefits  and  privileges  provided  for in  the  Loan  Agreement  as
originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented,  modified or
amended.  The Loan  Agreement,  among  other  things,  contains  provisions  for
acceleration  of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events
upon the terms and conditions therein specified.

                  The  principal  indebtedness  evidenced  by this Note shall be
payable as provided in the Loan Agreement and in any event on the Maturity Date.

                  Interest  shall be payable  on the  outstanding  daily  unpaid
principal amount of Advances from the date of each such Advance until payment in
full and shall  accrue and be payable at the rates and on the dates set forth in
the Loan  Agreement  both before and after default and before and after maturity
and judgment,  with interest on overdue  principal and interest to bear interest
at the rate set  forth in  Section  3.6 of the Loan  Agreement,  to the  fullest
extent permitted by applicable Law.

                  Each  payment  hereunder  shall be made to the  Administrative
Agent at the  Administrative  Agent's  Office  for the  account of the Lender in
immediately  available  funds not later than  11:00  a.m.  on the day of payment
(which must be a Business  Day).  All payments  received after 11:00 a.m. on any
                                      182
<PAGE>

Business Day shall be deemed received on the next  succeeding  Business Day. All
payments shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America.

                  The  Lender  shall  use its best  efforts  to keep a record of
Advances made by it and payments  received by it with respect to this Note,  and
such record shall be presumptive evidence of the amounts owing under this Note.

                  The undersigned  hereby promises to pay all costs and expenses
of any holder  hereof  incurred  in  collecting  the  undersigned's  obligations
hereunder or in enforcing or attempting  to enforce any of such holder's  rights
hereunder,  including reasonable  attorneys' fees and disbursements,  whether or
not an action is filed in connection therewith.

                  The undersigned hereby waives presentment, demand for payment,
dishonor, notice of dishonor, protest, notice of protest and any other notice or
formality, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

                  This Note shall be  delivered to and accepted by the Lender in
the State of California, and shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in
accordance with, the local Laws thereof.



PENN NATIONAL GAMING OF WEST VIRGINIA, INC.,
a West Virginia corporation

By: _____________________________

       -----------------------------
        [Printed Name and Title]

                                       183
<PAGE>



                       SCHEDULE OF COMMITTED ADVANCES AND

                              PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

                                      184
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                 <C>                        <C>                  <C>               <C>
Date       Amount              Interest Period            Amount of            Unpaid            Notation
          of Advance                                      Principal            Principal         Made by
                                                          Paid                 Balance

</TABLE>

                                      NOTE

$10,000,000       December 13, 1999
                    Los Angeles, California

                  FOR VALUE  RECEIVED,  the  undersigned  promises to pay to the
order of FIRST UNION  NATIONAL  BANK  ("Lender"),  the  principal  amount of TEN
MILLION  AND NO/00  DOLLARS  ($10,000,000)  or such lesser  aggregate  amount of
Advances as may be made by the Lender with respect to the  Commitment  under the
Loan Agreement referred to below, together with interest on the principal amount
of each Advance made  hereunder and remaining  unpaid from time to time from the
date of each  such  Advance  until  the  date of  payment  in full,  payable  as
hereinafter set forth.

                  Reference  is made to the Senior  Secured  Multiple  Draw Term
Loan Agreement dated as of December 13, 1999, by and among the  undersigned,  as
Borrower, Penn National Gaming, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation,  as Guarantor,
the  lenders  from time to time party  thereto,  and Bank of America,  N.A.,  as
Administrative Agent (the "Loan Agreement"). Terms defined in the Loan Agreement
and not otherwise  defined herein are used herein with the meanings  defined for
those terms in the Loan  Agreement.  This is one of the Notes referred to in the
Loan  Agreement,  and  any  holder  hereof  is  entitled  to all of the  rights,
remedies,  benefits  and  privileges  provided  for in  the  Loan  Agreement  as
originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented,  modified or
amended.  The Loan  Agreement,  among  other  things,  contains  provisions  for
acceleration  of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events
upon the terms and conditions therein specified.

                  The  principal  indebtedness  evidenced  by this Note shall be
payable as provided in the Loan Agreement and in any event on the Maturity Date.

                  Interest  shall be payable  on the  outstanding  daily  unpaid
principal amount of Advances from the date of each such Advance until payment in
full and shall  accrue and be payable at the rates and on the dates set forth in
the Loan  Agreement  both before and after default and before and after maturity
and judgment,  with interest on overdue  principal and interest to bear interest
at the rate set  forth in  Section  3.6 of the Loan  Agreement,  to the  fullest
extent permitted by applicable Law.

                  Each  payment  hereunder  shall be made to the  Administrative
Agent at the  Administrative  Agent's  Office  for the  account of the Lender in
immediately  available  funds not later than  11:00  a.m.  on the day of payment
                                      185
<PAGE>

(which must be a Business  Day).  All payments  received after 11:00 a.m. on any
Business Day shall be deemed received on the next  succeeding  Business Day. All
payments shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America.

                  The  Lender  shall  use its best  efforts  to keep a record of
Advances made by it and payments  received by it with respect to this Note,  and
such record shall be presumptive evidence of the amounts owing under this Note.

                  The undersigned  hereby promises to pay all costs and expenses
of any holder  hereof  incurred  in  collecting  the  undersigned's  obligations
hereunder or in enforcing or attempting  to enforce any of such holder's  rights
hereunder,  including reasonable  attorneys' fees and disbursements,  whether or
not an action is filed in connection therewith.

                  The undersigned hereby waives presentment, demand for payment,
dishonor, notice of dishonor, protest, notice of protest and any other notice or
formality, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

                  This Note shall be  delivered to and accepted by the Lender in
the State of California, and shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in
accordance with, the local Laws thereof.


PENN NATIONAL GAMING OF WEST VIRGINIA, INC.,
a West Virginia corporation

By: _____________________________

       -----------------------------
        [Printed Name and Title]


                                      186
<PAGE>


                       SCHEDULE OF COMMITTED ADVANCES AND

                              PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

                                      187
<PAGE>


LA:LFJ\OTHER\BN1\70099161.1


Date      Amount        Interest Period       Amount of     Unpaid      Notation
          of Advance                          Principal     Principal   Made by
                                              Paid          Balance






Telecopier:  _____________________

                                      188




                 AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO AND CONSENT AND WAIVER UNDER

                  SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

                  THIS  AMENDMENT  NO. 3 TO AND CONSENT AND WAIVER  UNDER SECOND
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "Amendment No. 3") is made this 13th
day of December,  1999 by and among PENN NATIONAL  GAMING,  INC., a Pennsylvania
corporation  ("Borrower");   FIRST  UNION  NATIONAL  BANK,  a  national  banking
association  (for itself and in its capacity as agent hereunder,  "Agent");  and
the banks  signatory  to this  Amendment  No. 3 (together  with the Agent,  each
individually a "Bank" and individually and collectively, the "Banks").

                                   BACKGROUND

                  Borrower and Banks entered into a Second  Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement dated January 28, 1999, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Second
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Joinder of Subsidiary  Guarantor dated
July 22,  1999 and  Amendment  No. 2 to and  Consent  under  Second  Amended and
Restated  Credit  Agreement dated July 29, 1999 (as amended hereby and as may be
further  amended from time to time, the "Credit  Agreement") for the purposes of
providing a revolving credit facility, for the financing of a loan from Borrower
to FR Park Racing L.P., the  refinancing  of certain  existing  indebtedness  of
Borrower, the issuance of letters of credit for the benefit of Borrower, and for
the working capital needs and general corporate purposes of the Borrower.

                           Borrower has  informed  Agent and Banks of the intent
of Penn National Gaming of West Virginia, Inc.

("PNGWV"),  a subsidiary of Borrower,  to enter into a three year senior secured
multiple  draw term  credit  facility  (the "Bank of America  Facility")  in the
original  principal  amount  of  $20,000,000  with  Bank of  America,  N.A.,  as
Administrative  Agent ("BA"), and lenders to be determined.  The Bank of America
Facility  will be used solely to finance or  refinance  the purchase by Borrower
and/or PNGWV of gaming equipment  through:  (i) the refinancing of the Term Loan
under the  Credit  Agreement  and (ii) the  payment  of the  purchase  price for
additional gaming equipment and gaming-related fixtures and furniture for use at
the  Charles  Town  Race  Track,   together   with  related   construction   and
improvements.  The obligations of PNGWV under the Bank of America  Facility will
be: (i) guaranteed by the Borrower,  under a guaranty of payment in favor of BA,
for the  benefit of lenders  under the Bank of  America  Facility  (the "Bank of
America  Guaranty")  and (ii)  secured by a grant to BA, for the  benefit of all
lenders  under the Bank of America  Facility of: (A) a first  priority  security
interest in all gaming  equipment  and  gaming-related  fixtures  and  furniture
located at the Charles Town Race Track, including without limitation the Charles
Town Video Lottery Terminals (the "West Virginia  Assets"),  and (B) a pledge of
PNGWV's lessor interest under the operating lease (the "West Virginia Lease") of
such gaming equipment to the Charles Town Joint Venture,

                  For approximately $200,000,000 Borrower, through a Mississippi
subsidiary, will acquire the operating assets and operations of Casino Magic Bay
St. Louis and Boomtown Casino in Biloxi. The price is subject to adjustment. The
assets include  approximately  590 acres of land in Bay St. Louis,  Mississippi.
Contained thereon is a casino,  200 room hotel, 18 hole golf course,  river park
and marina.  Boomtown is a leasehold interest improved with approximately 33,000
square feet of casino space, a theatre,  restaurants and other amenities.  These
facilities are currently  licensed and operated by Hollywood Park, Inc. Borrower
will pay a $5,000,000 deposit for such transaction  (collectively the "Hollywood
Park Transaction").

                  Borrower and Banks have agreed to make certain  amendments  to
the Credit Agreement, and Banks have agreed to permit Borrower to enter into the
Bank of America  Facility,  all as set forth herein and subject to the terms and
conditions hereof.

                  In  consideration  of the  foregoing  and the premises and the
agreements  hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

                           Definitions
                                      189
<PAGE>

     General Rule. Unless otherwise defined herein,  terms used herein which are
defined in the Credit ------------ Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to
them in the Credit Agreement.

     Additional  Definitions.  The  following  definitions  are hereby  added to
Section  10 of the  Credit  ----------------------  Agreement  to read in  their
entirety as follows:
     "Amendment No. 3" means the Amendment No. 3 to and Consent and Waiver under
Second  Amended  and  ---------------  Restated  Credit  Agreement  by and among
Borrowers and Banks dated December 13, 1999.

     "Amendment No. 3 Effective Date" means the date on which the conditions set
forth in Paragraph 5 ------------------------------ of Amendment No. 3 have been
satisfied.

                           "Bank  of  America  Security   Agreement"  means  the
                  Security  Agreement  dated the date  hereof  by Penn  National
                  Gaming of West  Virginia,  Inc.  in favor of Bank of  America,
                  N.A,  as  administrative  agent for the benefit of the lenders
                  under the Bank of America Term Loan Agreement.

                           "Bank of  America  Term  Loan  Agreement"  means  the
                  Senior  Secured  Multiple Draw Term Loan  Agreement  dated the
                  date  hereof  by  and  among  Penn  National  Gaming  of  West
                  Virginia,  Inc.,  as borrower;  Borrower,  as  guarantor;  the
                  lenders  referred  to therein  and Bank of  America,  N.A,  as
                  administrative agent.

     "Hollywood   Park   Transaction"   shall   have  the   meaning   set  forth
- -------------------------- in the recitals of Amendment No. 3.

     Amended  Definition.  The following  definition  found in Section 10 of the
Credit  Agreement  is hereby  amended  ------------------  and  restated  in its
entirety

                           "Asset  Sale" shall mean any sale,  transfer or other
                  disposition  by the Borrower or any Credit Party to any Person
                  (including  by-way-of redemption of such Person) other than to
                  the Borrower or a  Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary of the Borrower of
                  any asset (including, without limitation, any capital stock or
                  other  securities of, or equity  interests in, another Person)
                  if:  (i)  such  asset  constitutes  Collateral  under  (and as
                  defined in) the Security Agreement or Collateral under (and as
                  defined in) the Pledge  Agreement and (ii) such asset does not
                  constitute  Collateral  under  the  Bank of  America  Security
                  Agreement.  The term "Asset  Sale" shall not include  sales of
                  assets  permitted  pursuant  to  Sections  8.02(v)  (sales  of
                  inventory  in the  ordinary  course),  (vi) (sales of obsolete
                  items),  (vii) (certain  leases) or (viii) (certain  licenses)
                  hereof.

 . Acknowledgment by Banks. On the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, Banks
acknowledge:
                           -----------------------

     That the $5,000,000  deposit  required under the Hollywood Park Transaction
to be paid on or before  December 15, 1999 may be borrowed  under the  Revolving
Loans Commitment.

     That the  Borrowers  may sell the Premises (as defined in the  Agreement of
Sale for Real Estate dated  September  20, 1999 by and between The Downs Racing,
Inc.  and Chester M.  Burns,  Trustee  for  Chester E. Burns  Trust,  the "Burns
Agreement") as provided in the Burns Agreement for $154,000, and further that no
mandatory  prepayment under the Credit Agreement shall be required in connection
with such Transaction.

                                      190
<PAGE>


                           Consents, Waivers and Amendments.
                           --------------------------------

                                    The  security  PNGWV  will  grant  to  BA to
secure the Bank of America Facility on the West Virginia

Assets  will  include  a Lien on assets  with a value  exceeding  $250,000,  and
because  such  security  extends  beyond a Lien on the West  Virginia  Assets to
include an assignment of PNGWV's rights under the West Virginia Lease, BA's Lien
on the West  Virginia  Assets is not  permitted  by the  exception  set forth in
Section 8.01(viii) of the Credit Agreement and is not otherwise permitted by the
Credit  Agreement.  Banks hereby consent to PNGWV's grant of a security interest
to BA in the West Virginia Assets.

     BA's Lien on the West Virginia Assets is not permitted by the exception set
forth  in  Section  8.01(viii)  of  the  Credit  Agreement,  and  therefore,  by
cross-reference,   the  West  Virginia   Indebtedness   is  not  purchase  money
indebtedness permitted by Section 8.04(iv) of the Credit Agreement. Banks hereby
consent to the Borrower's incurrence of the West Virginia Indebtedness.

                                    The security  PNGWV will grant to BA for the
West Virginia Assets (including without limitation the

Charles  Town  Video  Lottery  Terminals)  is  broader  than a Lien on the  West
Virginia Assets and includes,  inter alia, an assignment of PNGWV's rights under
the West Virginia Lease,  BA's Lien on the Charles Town Video Lottery  Terminals
is not permitted by the exceptions set forth in Section  8.01(xiv) of the Credit
Agreement and is not otherwise  permitted by the Credit Agreement.  Banks hereby
consent to Borrower's  grant of a Lien and negative  pledge to BA on the Charles
Town Video Lottery Terminals to the extent set forth in the documents evidencing
the Bank of America Facility as in effect on the date of this Amendment No. 3.

     PNGWV's  pledge to BA of its lessor  interest under the West Virginia Lease
is not  permitted  due to Section  8.01 of the Credit  Agreement.  Banks  hereby
consent to PNGWV's pledge of its rights under the West Virginia Lease to BA.

                                    The sale of the Charles  Town Video  Lottery
Terminals must be in compliance with Sections 8.02 and

8.06 of the Credit Agreement. Banks hereby consent to the Borrower's sale of the
Charles  Town  Video  Lottery  Terminals  to PNGWV  free and clear of any liens;
provided,  however,  that  Borrower  complies  with the  provisions  of Sections
8.02(x)  and  (y) of  the  Credit  Agreement  and  Section  8.06  of the  Credit
Agreement.

     . Sections 8.04 and 8.16 of the Credit Agreement prohibit the Borrower from
entering into the Bank of America  Guaranty.  Banks hereby consent to Borrower's
entering into the Bank of America Guaranty.



<PAGE>


     Banks hereby waive any mandatory prepayment which may be due to Banks under
Sections  3.03(b) or (c) of the Credit  Agreement in connection  with Borrower's
entering  into the Bank of America  Facility or the West  Virginia  Lease or the
Borrower's  sale  of  the  Charles  Town  Video  Lottery   Terminals  to  PNGWV,
respectively.

     Section 8.07 of the Credit Agreement (Leases) is hereby amended so that the
final word in the section is "$1,600,000" instead of "$1,400,000."

     Section  8.08 of the  Credit  Agreement  (Capital  Expenditures)  is hereby
amended so that the penultimate word in clause (a)(x) is  "$10,000,000"  and not
"$9,000,000";  and  pursuant  to clause  (a)(y) of  Section  8.08 of the  Credit
Agreement,  the Required Banks hereby approve  $17,000,000 as permitted  Capital
Expenditures for the fiscal year 2000.
                                      191
<PAGE>

     a. The Banks hereby  acknowledge that borrowings under the Revolving Credit
Commitment may be used by the Borrowers to finance  deposits for acquisitions of
assets.

     1.  Representations and Warranties.  Borrowers hereby represent and warrant
to Banks as follows: ------------------------------

     a. Representations. The representations and warranties set forth in Section
6 of the Credit  ---------------  Agreement are true and correct in all material
respects as of the date  hereof;  there is no Event of Default or Default  under
the Credit Agreement,  as amended hereby; and there has been no material adverse
change in the financial condition or business of Borrower or any Subsidiary from
the date on which Borrower last delivered financial statements to Banks.

     b. Power and  Authority.  Borrower  and each  Subsidiary  has the power and
authority under the laws of
                                    -------------------
each of their states of  incorporation  or formation and under their articles or
certificates of incorporation  and bylaws or other formation  documents or other
formation documents to enter into and perform this Amendment No. 3 and the other
documents  and  agreements  required  hereunder  (collectively,  the  "Amendment
Documents");  all actions (corporate or otherwise)  necessary or appropriate for
the execution and  performance by Borrower and each  Subsidiary of the Amendment
Documents have been taken; and the Amendment Documents and the Credit Agreement,
as amended,  each  constitute the valid and binding  obligations of Borrower and
each Subsidiary, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

     c. No Violations of Law or  Agreements.  The making and  performance of the
Amendment  Documents  by  ----------------------------------  Borrower  and each
Subsidiary  will  not (i)  violate  any  provisions  of any  law or  regulation,
federal,  state or local, or the articles or certificates  of  incorporation  or
bylaws or other formation documents of any Borrower or Subsidiary or (ii) result
in any breach or violation  of, or constitute a default or require the obtaining
of any consent  under,  any  agreement  or  instrument  by which any Borrower or
Subsidiary or its property may be bound.

                  2.       Conditions to Effectiveness of Amendment. This
Amendment No. 3 shall be effective upon Agent's receipt of
                           ----------------------------------------
the following, each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent:

                           a.       Amendment No. 3.  This Amendment No. 3
duly executed by Borrower, Agent, Banks and Subsidiary
                                    ---------------
Guarantors.

                           b.      Bank of America Facility; Security Documents.
  (i) An executed copy of the Bank of America
                                    --------------------------------------------
Facility;  (ii) an executed copy of the security agreement to be entered into by
PNGWV in favor of BA (the "BA  Security  Agreement");  and  (iii)  copies of all
UCC-1  financing  statements to be filed by BA to perfect the security  interest
granted to it under the BA Security Agreement.

                           c.       Opinion Letter.   An opinion letter from
 counsel to Borrower, which may be addressed to BA, but on
                                    --------------
which Agent and Banks may rely, which includes an opinion, in form and substance
satisfactory  to Agent,  that the terms of the Bank of America  Facility  do not
conflict with, or constitute a default  under,  the Senior Note  Indenture,  the
Senior Notes, or any document in connection therewith.

                           d.       Payoff of Term Loan.   Payment in full of
the Obligations outstanding under the Term Loan pursuant
                                    -------------------
to the payoff letter dated December 10, 1999 from the Agent to the Borrower (the
"Payoff Letter").
                                      192

<PAGE>

                           e.       Waiver Fee.  Payment of a  waiver fee for
the benefit of Banks of one-eighth of one percent (1/8%)
                                    ----------
of each Bank's Commitment, to be shared between the Banks on a pro rata basis.

                           f.       Other Documents.  Such additional documents
 as Agent may reasonably request.
                                    ---------------

                  3.  Limited  Release  of  Banks'  and First  Union's  Security
Interest.  Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment and the receipt by the Agent
of all amounts due pursuant to the Payoff Letter:  (i) First Union will release,
relinquish  and no longer claim to hold a security  interest in or a lien on the
Charles Town Video Lottery Terminals and all of the Security Agreement Term Loan
Collateral;  (ii) Agent and Banks will release, relinquish and not claim to hold
a security  interest in or a lien on any of the West  Virginia  Assets and (iii)
Agent and First Union will deliver all documents  reasonably  requested by BA to
evidence the payoff of the Term Loan and the release of First  Union's  security
interest  in the  Charles  Town  Video  Lottery  Terminals,  the other  Security
Agreement Term Loan  Collateral,  and the West Virginia  Assets,  which includes
without  limitation  the  equipment  listed on  Schedules  1.1 and 1.2  attached
hereto.

                  4.       Affirmations.  Borrower hereby: (i) affirms all the
 provisions of the Credit Agreement, Security Agreement,
                           ------------
     Pledge Agreement and Contribution and Indemnification Agreement, as amended
or modified by this Amendment No. 3 (including  without  limitation  Paragraph 6
hereof),  and (ii) agrees that the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement,
Security  Agreement,  Pledge  Agreement  and  Contribution  and  Indemnification
Agreement  shall continue in full force and effect as modified,  supplemented or
amended by this  Amendment  No. 3  (including  without  limitation  Paragraph  6
hereof).

                  5.       Miscellaneous.
                           -------------

     a. Borrower  agrees to pay or reimburse  Agent for all reasonable  fees and
expenses (including without limitation  reasonable fees and expenses of counsel)
incurred by Agent in connection with the preparation,  execution and delivery of
this Amendment No. 3.

     b. This  Amendment  No. 3 shall be governed by and  construed in accordance
with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

     c.  All  terms  and  provisions  of this  Amendment  No. 3 shall be for the
benefit of and be binding upon and enforceable by the respective  successors and
assigns of the parties hereto.

     d. This Amendment No. 3 may be executed in any number of counterparts  with
the same effect as if all the  signatures on such  counterparts  appeared on one
document and each such counterpart shall be deemed an original.

     e. Except as expressly set forth herein,  neither the  execution,  delivery
and  performance of this Amendment No. 3, any of the Banks'  consents or waivers
set forth herein,  nor anything  contained herein shall be construed as or shall
operate as a consent  to or waiver of any  further  provision  of, or any right,
power or remedy of Banks under the Credit

                                      193
<PAGE>


Agreement and the agreements and documents executed in connection therewith. The
consents and waivers granted hereby are limited to the matters set forth herein.

                  IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   the  undersigned  have  executed  this
Amendment No. 3 the day and year first above written.

                                            PENN NATIONAL GAMING, INC.

                    By:      _/s/Robert S. Ippolito______________________
                    Name: Robert S. Ippolito

 Title: Chief Financial Officer

                    FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK, as Agent

                    By:      _/s/Lynn b. Eagleson__________________________
                             Name: Lynn B. Eagleson
                             Title: Vice President


                    SUMMIT BANK

                    By:      _/s/Scott A. Wickel_________________________
                             Name: Scott A. Wickel

                         Title: Regional Vice President

Accepted and Agreed:
- -------------------

MOUNTAINVIEW THOROUGHBRED
RACING ASSOCIATION, as a Subsidiary
Guarantor

By:      _/s/Robert S. Ippolito__________________________
         Name: Robert S. Ippolito
         Title: Secretary/Treasurer





                             [EXECUTIONS CONTINUED]

                                      194
<PAGE>


PENNSYLVANIA NATIONAL TURF
CLUB, INC., as a Subsidiary Guarantor

By:      _/s/Robert S. Ippolito__________________________
         Name: Robert S. Ippolito
         Title: Secretary


PENN NATIONAL SPEEDWAY,
INC., as a Subsidiary Guarantor

By:      _/s/Robert S. Ippolito__________________________
         Name: Robert S. Ippolito
         Title: Secretary


STERLING AVIATION, INC.,
as a Subsidiary Guarantor

By:      _/s/Robert S. Ippolito__________________________
         Name: Robert S. Ippolito
          Title: Secretary

PENN NATIONAL HOLDING
COMPANY, as a Subsidiary
Guarantor

By:      _/s/Robert S. Ippolito__________________________
         Name: Robert S. Ippolito
         Title: Secretary


PENN NATIONAL GAMING OF WEST
VIRGINIA, INC., as a Subsidiary Guarantor

By:      _/s/Robert S. Ippolito__________________________
         Name: Robert S. Ippolito
                  Title: Secretary

                             [EXECUTIONS CONTINUED]

                                      195
<PAGE>


PNGI POCONO, INC.,
as a Subsidiary Guarantor

By:      _/s/Robert S. Ippolito__________________________
         Name: Robert S. Ippolito
          Title: Secretary/Treasurer

TENNESSEE DOWNS, INC.,
as a Subsidiary Guarantor

By:      _/s/Robert S. Ippolito__________________________
         Name: Robert S. Ippolito
          Title: Secretary

THE DOWNS RACING, INC.,
as a Subsidiary Guarantor

By:      /s/Joseph A. Lashinger_______________________
         Name: Joseph A. Lashinger
         Title:


NORTHEAST CONCESSIONS, INC.,
as a Subsidiary Guarantor

By:      _/s/Robert S. Ippolito__________________________
         Name: Robert S. Ippolito
          Title: Secretary

BACKSIDE, INC.,
as a Subsidiary Guarantor

By:      _/s/Robert S. Ippolito__________________________
         Name: Robert S. Ippolito
          Title: Secretary

                             [EXECUTIONS CONTINUED]

                                      196
<PAGE>





MILL CREEK LAND, INC.,
as a Subsidiary Guarantor

By:      _/s/Robert S. Ippolito__________________________
         Name: Robert S. Ippolito
          Title: Assistant Secretary

WILKES BARRE DOWNS, INC.,
as a Subsidiary Guarantor

By:      /s/ Robert E. Abraham_______________________
         Name: Robert E. Abraham
         Title: President


PENN NATIONAL GSFR, INC.,
as a Subsidiary Guarantor

By:      _/s/Robert S. Ippolito__________________________
         Name: Robert S. Ippolito
          Title: Secretary

                                      197





                  AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE DOWNS RACING, INC. AND

                PENNSYLVANIA HARNESS HORSEMEN'S ASSOCIATION, INC.

     THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into on the 17 day of December, 1999, by
and between THE DOWNS  RACING,  INC.  (hereinafter  called "The  Downs") and THE
PENNSYLVANIA HARNESS HORSEMEN'S  ASSOCIATION,  INC., a Pennsylvania  Corporation
(hereinafter called "PHHA") and,

     WITNESSETH THAT:  WHEREAS,  The Downs is licensed to conduct and is engaged
in the business of conducting harness racing meetings,  simulcasting and account
wagering of races to and from other locations, at, to and from The Downs, and

         WHEREAS, PHHA's membership consists of owners, trainers, and drivers of
harness horses participating in harness race meetings at The Downs and elsewhere
in the United States and Canada,  and PHHA has been organized and exists for the
purpose of promoting the sport of harness  racing;  improving the lot of owners,
trainers, drivers, breeders and grooms of harness racing horses participating in
race meetings;  establishing health, welfare and insurance programs for drivers,
trainers and grooms of harness  racing horses;  negotiating  with harness racing
tracks on behalf of owners,  trainers,  drivers  and  grooms of  harness  racing
horses;  and  generally  rendering  assistance  to them  whenever  and  wherever
possible; and

         WHEREAS,  the parties  hereto  believe  that the amount of  pari-mutuel
wagering  at The  Downs  is the  best  basis  upon  which  to fix the  financial
arrangements between the parties, and

         WHEREAS,  the parties  have agreed that all existing  agreements  shall
remain in full  force and  effect  until the  effective  date of this  agreement
(January 16, 2000 - 12:01 AM).

         NOW,  THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  the  promises  and  covenants
contained herein, it is agreed as follows:

         1.       TERM OF AGREEMENT

The provisions of this Agreement  shall apply to and govern every harness racing
meeting and all simulcasting conducted at, from or to The Downs from 12:00 AM on
January 16, 2000 (Effective Date) through 12:00AM January 15, 2003.

         2.       PURSE DISTRIBUTION

    A.       The parties hereto have agreed that The Downs shall pay to the PHHA

                                      198
<PAGE>


            horsemen's account a fixed percentage of 4.25% (for the term through
                           January 15, 2002 with the sum  elevating  to 4.3% for
                           the  balance of the term  beginning  January 15, 2002
                           through  January 15,  2003) of total  system  handle.
                           Total system handle shall mean all wagering conducted
                           at the primary  location,  all non-primary  locations
                           and all telephone wagering.

                                    (1)  Interactive  Wagering - All interactive
                           wagering   conducted  via  an   authorized   personal
                           computer  connection  to The  Downs  (eBetUSA  or its
                           equivalent) will be handled.

                                            Separately   from  the  formula  for
                                            total  system  handle.  The  parties
                                            hereto  agree  that net  commissions
                                            for this  purpose  will also be less
                                            host  fees  paid to other  tracks or
                                            trade  organizations  and  less  any
                                            service  charges from an interactive
                                            company.  For this section only, The
                                            Downs  agrees  to  pay  PHHA  purses
                                            equal to the  following  percentages
                                            of  the  net  commissions  for  this
                                            product:

                                                     Year 1    -       32%
                                                     Year II  -        32 2/3%
                                                     Year III -        33 1/3%


                  B.       RACES CONDUCTED AT POCONO DOWNS RACETRACK

     Throughout the Term of this  Agreement,  The Downs shall  distribute to the
PHHA purse account fifty percent (50%) of breakage from wagering at The Downs on
live races conducted at The Downs.
     (1) Each  Contract  Year,  (12:00 AM January  16, 2000  through  12:00AM on
January 15, 2003) during the Term of this Agreement,  The Downs shall pay to the
PHHA the sum of Three Hundred Sixty Thousand  Dollars  ($360,000) to be used for
the purposes described in paragraph 5 below.

                                    (2)     Each Contract  Year,  the balance of
                                            the   amounts    determined    under
                                            paragraph  2A, after  deducting  the
                                            amounts  payable  under  (1)  above,
                                            shall be paid in racing purses.

                                    (3)     The amount due to the PHHA  annually
                                            shall  be  accrued  at the  rate  of
                                            Thirty  Thousand  Dollars  ($30,000)
                                            per  month  every   Contract   year.
                                            Payment   shall  be  made  in  equal
                                            monthly  payments  to the PHHA to be
                                            used  for   purposes   described  in
                                            paragraph  5  below  and  shall  not
                                            exceed  the  amounts  stated  in (1)
                                            above. At the written request of

                                      199
<PAGE>


the PHHA,  The Downs  shall make  direct  payments  for  insurance  or for other
purposes  allowed under  paragraph 5 below,  or shall make direct payment to the
PHHA up to any amount payable to the PHHA. However, the total amount paid out in
any  Contract  Year to or on  behalf  of the  PHHA  for  purposes  described  in
paragraph 5 below may, by mutual  agreement of the parties hereto,  exceed Three
Hundred Sixty Thousand Dollars ($360,000).
                                    (4)     A maximum of three  percent  (3%) of
                                            the total  overnight  purse payments
                                            in each  Contract  Year  may be paid
                                            out in racing  purses  for early and
                                            late   closing   events   and  stake
                                            events.   Stake   events   requiring
                                            funding  exceeding the three percent
                                            (3%) limit  herein may be  scheduled
                                            if agreed to by both parties.

                  C.       INTERSTATE SIMULCASTING

(1)  In addition to the amounts  otherwise  provided for in this Agreement,  The
     Downs  shall   distribute  in  racing  purses  during  each  Contract  Year
     throughout  the Term of this  Agreement,  1% of the  first  Twelve  Million
     Dollars  ($12,000,000)  in fees  earned  by The  Downs  for  live  programs
     simulcast to wagering  locations outside  Pennsylvania  (export signal) and
     50% of any amount over Twelve Million Dollars ($12,000,000).

                                    (2)     It is also  specifically  understood
                                            and  agreed  that if the host  track
                                            (e.g.  the track from which the live
                                            racing is being broadcast)  requires
                                            written agreement or permission from
                                            PHHA for receipt of a simulcast  for
                                            any race(s), then PHHA will normally
                                            automatically     and    immediately
                                            provide its written agreement and/or
                                            permission  (whichever  is required)
                                            on the forms  required.  The  PHHA's
                                            granting   of  such   agreement   or
                                            permission  or its prompt  execution
                                            of the  forms  supplied  to  it,  as
                                            referenced   above,   will   not  be
                                            unreasonably withheld or delayed. If
                                            The  Downs  believes  that  PHHA has
                                            unreasonably   withheld  or  delayed
                                            such   agreement  or  permission  or
                                            execution,  then it  shall  have the
                                            right  to  initiate   an   immediate
                                            expedited   arbitration  to  resolve
                                            such dispute.

                                      200
<PAGE>


                  D.       INTRASTATE SIMULCASTING

                           In addition to the amount (s) otherwise  provided for
                           in Paragraph 2, The Downs shall  distribute in racing
                           purses the  following  amounts  based upon  handle on
                           racing conducted within Pennsylvania and simulcast to
                           Primary Locations within Pennsylvania.

                           (1)      Two and  one-half  (2 1/2%)  percent  of the
                                    total   handle  on  The  Downs   live  races
                                    simulcast to the Primary Location of another
                                    Pennsylvania Racetrack shall be distributed,
                                    throughout   the   entire   Term   of   this
                                    Agreement.

                  E.       NON-PRIMARY LOCATIONS

     The  percentage  to be  applied  to  the  purses  from  wagering  at  other
Pennsylvania  Racing  Associations  Non-Primary  Locations  is  as  provided  by
applicable Pennsylvania statute.

         3.       MINIMUM PURSES/MAXIMUM PURSES

                  A.       During the Term of this  Agreement  the minimum purse
                           payable by The Downs for any pari-mutuel betting race
                           shall be One Thousand Two Hundred Dollars ($1,200.00)
                           unless circumstances  warrant a change which shall be
                           mutually agreeable to both parties.

B.   During the Term of this  Agreement,  the maximum purse payable by The Downs
     for any overnight  pari-mutuel  race from the purse account created by this
     Agreement shall be Ten Thousand Dollars  ($10,000.00) unless  circumstances
     warrant a change which shall be mutually agreed upon by both parties.


         4.       RACING SCHEDULE

                  A.       The Downs  will  schedule  a minimum  of one  hundred
                           thirty-five  (135) race days and one  thousand  three
                           hundred  fifty  (1,350) live  overnight  races at The
                           Downs during each race season during the Term of this
                           Agreement,  subject however to conditions  beyond its
                           control. The PHHA membership waives the provisions of
                           the Race Horse  Industry  Reform Act to require  more
                           than one thousand  three  hundred  fifty (1,350) live
                           overnight races

                                      201
<PAGE>


                           annually.   The  PHHA   membership  also  waives  the
                           provisions of the Race Horse  Industry  Reform Act to
                           require more than one hundred  thirty-five (135) race
                           days annually.

                           The  parties  hereto  agree  that said  waiver  shall
                           continue  for  the  life of this  Contract  only  and
                           agreed upon  extensions  scheduling  a minimum of one
                           hundred  thirty-five (135) race days and one thousand
                           three hundred fifty (1,350) live  overnight  races at
                           The Downs in accordance with this Sub- paragraph A of
                           Paragraph 4 of this Agreement.

                  B.       The Downs  management  will prepare a weekly schedule
                           showing the number of live races and simulcast  races
                           to be  presented  each day during a given week.  That
                           schedule  will be  presented to the PHHA at least two
                           weeks prior to the first racing day of the  scheduled
                           week. If the live overnight  races do not fill,  then
                           his will be considered a condition beyond the control
                           of The Downs  and the  minimum  number of 1,350  live
                           overnight  races  will be  reduced  by the  number of
                           races not filled.

         5.       ARRANGEMENTS WITH PHHA

                  A.       As per Paragraph 2 (B) (3) of this Agreement said
amounts shall be used for:

   (1)      To defray PHHA's operating expenses;
   (2)      To pay PHHA's dues to any national organization of horsemen to
            which it belongs;
   (3)      To pay premiums for a group health and medical insurance policy
            for drivers, trainers and grooms;
   (4)      To  pay   premiums   for  an  accident   and
            disability  insurance  policy  which  covers
            trainers  and drivers  that are  involved in
            accidents while training or racing;

B.   The Downs shall provide an office for the use of the PHHA representative on
     its racing grounds.

C.   Representatives  of The Downs and PHHA will be  available  to consult  with
     each other at reasonably convenient times concerning any matters pertaining
     to the  operation of race  meetings of The Downs or the  provisions of this
     Agreement. Specifically, representatives of The

                         Downs and PHHA shall meet before each racing season and

                                      202
<PAGE>


                           throughout  the same on a  bi-weekly  basis  whenever
                           possible to discuss and agree on racing dates,  purse
                           structures  and races offered on the condition  sheet
                           and qualifying standards.

         6.       STALL ASSIGNMENTS

                  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to limit or restrict
                  in any manner the absolute  discretion  of The Downs to assign
                  stalls to owners and trainers  whether or not members of PHHA,
                  except  that  stall  space  shall  not be  denied by reason of
                  membership  in,  or  activity  on  behalf  of,  PHHA  or  duly
                  constituted horsemen's committees,  or as otherwise prohibited
                  or restricted by law.

         7.       RACING APPLICATION

     Each  owner  and/or  trainer  having  horses  racing at The Downs  shall be
required to complete a racing application that details the complete inventory of
horses in that owner's or trainer's racing stable.  Such form may be required to
be updated on a monthly basis.

         8.       PENNSYLVANIA-OWNED AND/OR SIRED RACES OR HORSES WHO
                  HAVE RACED A NUMBER OF TIMES AT THE MEET

A.   At the request of PHHA,  The Downs  shall  offer on each  weekly  condition
     sheet up to six (6)  Pennsylvania-Owned  and/or  Sired  Races or races  for
     horses  that have  started  a certain  number of times at the meet per live
     race week during the Term of this Agreement.  Pennsylvania-  Owned or Sired
     Races shall  carry a purse  enhancement  of a minimum of ten percent  (10%)
     over the base purse for such condition or claiming race.

                           "Pennsylvania-Owned  Races"  when  used  above  means
                           races restricted to horses which are (a) wholly owned
                           and  declared  by  Pennsylvania  resident  (s) or (b)
                           wholly  owned  by   Pennsylvania   resident  (s)  and
                           declared  by a  Pennsylvania  resident  lessee of the
                           horse.

"Pennsylvania   Sired   Races":    Pennsylvania    Harness   Racing   Commission
Regulations/definitions shall govern.

                           "Pennsylvania  Residence"  shall  be  established  by
                           presentation,  on  request of The Downs  and/or  PHHA
                           representative, of (a) a valid Pennsylvania

                                      203
<PAGE>


                           Vehicle   Registration   and  a  valid   Pennsylvania
                           Driver's License or (b) Pennsylvania State Income Tax
                           Return showing permanent domicile in Pennsylvania.

         9.       INDEMNITY AND COOPERATION - HOLD HARMLESS

A.   PHHA hereby  agrees to indemnify  and hold The Downs  harmless of, from and
     against any and all claims, losses, expenses, judgments, penalties or extra
     distributions  imposed  upon or suffered by The Downs  arising  from claims
     made by another organization that represents the horsemen  participating in
     any  meeting of The Downs and is  entitled  to  receive  some or all of the
     payments  previously  provided to PHHA, or in connection  with, the payment
     provided in Paragraphs 2 and 5 above.  In the event any other  organization
     shall claim to represent the horsemen  participating  in any meeting of The
     Downs  during the Term of this  Agreement,  The Downs and PHHA shall  there
     upon take all necessary and proper steps to cooperate with and support each
     other in sustaining and preserving the effectiveness of this Agreement.

                  B.       The PHHA  agrees to  indemnify  and save and hold The
                           Downs  harmless  from any liability for bodily injury
                           or property damage to any owner,  driver,  trainer or
                           his property, arising out of or related to practicing
                           for or  participating  in harness racing at The Downs
                           except  where such  damage or injury is the result of
                           gross negligence on the part of The Downs.

         10.      CONTROLLING LAW AND REGULATIONS: ARBITRATION

A.   The interpretation of the provisions of this Agreement shall be governed by
     the laws of Pennsylvania.

B.   The  performance  and operation of this  Agreement,  during the entire term
     hereof,  shall  be  subject  in  all  respects  to  the  provisions  of the
     Pennsylvania Race Horse Industry Reform Act, all the  Commonwealth's  rules
     and  regulations,  and subject to the  approval of the  Pennsylvania  State
     Harness Racing Commission.

C.   This is the entire  agreement  between the  parties.  Any  modification  or
     amendment to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by the parties or
     their duly authorized representatives.




                                      204

<PAGE>


                  D.       Any and  all  disputes  between  the  parties  hereto
                           arising out of or relating to this  Agreement  or any
                           breach thereof shall be resolved by arbitration to be
                           held in  Wilkes-Barre,  Pennsylvania,  in  accordance
                           with   the   Rules   of  the   American   Arbitration
                           Association then in effect. Any award rendered by the
                           arbitrator  (s) may be  entered  in any court  having
                           jurisdiction  thereof.  The costs of such arbitration
                           shall be borne equally by the parties hereof.

         11.      ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER, ADOPTION OF AGREEMENT

                  Any assignment of all the rights and  obligations of The Downs
                  or transfer or  adoption of this  Agreement  shall not require
                  PHHA's consent and upon such assignment, transfer or adoption,
                  such assignee of transferee shall be substituted as a party to
                  this Agreement.

         12.      NINE HORSE FIELDS

                  Nine horse or larger  fields  with one or more horse  trailers
may be permitted in any overnight,  early or late closer or stake race only with
the  permission of the PHHA.  The purse for a nine horses  overnight  race field
shall carry a ten  percent  (10%)  increase on the base purse.  There will be no
nine horse  fields  for  maidens or non-  winners of two (2)  pari-mutuel  races
lifetime.

         13.      NEW INCOME SOURCES

                  If The Downs  becomes  aware of a new  source of  wagering  or
                  simulcasting income not addressed in this Agreement, The Downs
                  will notify the PHHA of such income source and PHHA will enter
                  negotiations concerning such income source.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  with the  intention of being legally  bound,  the
parties by their  respective  chief officers who are authorized and empowered to
bind the respective  parties,  have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as
of this _17____ day of December 1999.

                       [Next Page is Signature Page Only]

                                      205
<PAGE>


                                 Signature Page

                                      206




                              SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT

     This settlement  agreement  ("Agreement")  is entered into this 11th day of
February,  2000 among AMTOTE INTERNATIONAL,  INC. ("AmTote"),  PNGI CHARLES TOWN
GAMING LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY ("PNGI"), and PENN NATIONAL GAMING, INC. ("Penn
National").

                                     RECITAL

                  A.  AmTote sued PNGI and Penn  National  in the United  States
District Court for the Northern District of West Virginia for claims arising out
of  certain   contracts   relating  to  the  Charles  Town  Race  Track,   ("the
Litigation"). Judgment ("Judgment") was awarded in AmTote's favor.

     B. PNGI and Penn  National  have  filed an appeal  ("the  Appeal")  of that
Judgment  in the United  States  Court of Appeals  for the  Fourth  Circuit.  C.
AmTote,  PNGI and Penn National have reached an agreement with respect to all of
their  disputes  arising  from or relating to the  Litigation,  the Judgment and
Appeal and/or to operations at the Charles Town Race Track.

                  NOW  THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  the  mutual  promises
contained  herein and other good an  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and
sufficiency  of  which is  hereby  acknowledged,  the  parties  hereto  agree as
follows:

                  1.  Penn   National   and  PNGI   shall  pay  AmTote  in  full
satisfaction of the Judgment the sum of  $1,500,000.00 on or before the close of
business on February  25,  2000 by wire  transfer to such  account as shall have
been designated by AmTote.

     2. PNGI and Penn National agree to dismiss with prejudice the Appeal,  with
each party to bear its own costs.

     3. AmTote, on behalf of itself, its predecessors, successors, and assignees
has released and discharged  and by these presents does hereby remise,  release,
acquit,  quit  claim  and  forever  discharge  PNGI  and  Penn  National,  their
predecessors, trustees, directors, officers, agents, representatives, employees,
shareholders,  attorneys,  successors  and  assigns,  as well as their  parents,
subsidiaries and affiliates of and from any and all claims,  demands,  causes of
action, suits in law or in equity,  judgments,  obligations,  debts, agreements,
covenants, liens, damages, expenses, losses and liabilities of whatever kind and
nature,  whether known or unknown,  which AmTote now owns or holds or has at any
other time  previously  owned or held or had which  refer,  relate or  otherwise
pertain to the  Litigation,  the  Judgment,  the Appeal or to Charles  Town Race
Track.

                  4. PNGI and Penn  National  on  behalf of their  predecessors,
trustees, directors, officers, agents, representatives, employees, shareholders,
attorneys,  successors and assigns,  as well as their parents,  subsidiaries and
affiliates  have  released  and  discharged  and by these  presents  does hereby
remise,   release,   acquit,  quit  claim  and  forever  discharge  AmTote,  its
predecessors, successors, and assignees of and from any and all claims, demands,
causes of action,  suits in law or in  equity,  judgments,  obligations,  debts,
agreements,  covenants,  liens,  damages,  expenses,  losses and  liabilities of
whatever  kind and nature,  whether  known or unknown,  which AmTote now owns or
holds or has at any other  time  previously  owned or held or had  which  refer,
relate or otherwise  pertain to the Litigation,  the Judgment,  the Appeal or to
Charles Town Race Track.

     5. This Agreement  represents a compromise of disputed claims and shall not
in any way be considered an admission of liability by any person or entity named
or described herein.

6. This Agreement is entered into without reliance upon any
statement,  representation,  promise,  inducement  or  agreement  not  expressly
contained herein, and constitutes the entire agreement between the parties,  and
supersedes  all prior oral or written  agreements  concerning  the settlement of
claims among them.

     7.  This  Agreement  shall  binding  upon and inure to the  benefit  of the
parties, their respective, heirs, beneficiaries, successors and assigns.
                                      207
<PAGE>

8. This
Agreement may not be amended,  modified or supplemented  except by an instrument
in writing  signed by the parties  hereto.  9. Each party agrees to execute such
further and additional  documents,  instruments or writings as may be necessary,
proper, required, desirable or convenient for the purpose of fully effecting the
terms and  provisions  of this  agreement,  including but not limited to a paper
dismissing with prejudice the Appeal.

     10. This Agreement  shall be governed and construed in accordance  with the
laws of the State of Maryland.

       AMTOTE INTERNATIONAL, INC.

       By: /s/Edmund T. Mudge

             Edmund T. Mudge, IV, President

       PNGI CHARLES TOWN GAMING, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY,

       By:  Penn National Gaming of West Virginia, Inc., Managing Member

                By: /s/William J. Bork

                      William J. Bork, Vice President

       PENN NATIONAL GAMING, INC.


       By: /s/William J. Bork

             William J. Bork

            President and Chief Operating Officer

                                      208
<PAGE>






THE DOWNS, INC.                             PENNSYLVANIA HARNESS
                                                    HORSEMEN'S ASSOCIATION, INC.



By: __/s/Joseph A. Lashinger Jr.         By: _____________________________
    ---------------------------
       Joseph A. Lashinger, Jr., Esq.                 President


By: _____________________________       By: _____________________________
       Secretary                                       Secretary


(Corporate Seal)                                 (Corporate Seal)




Attest: ___________________________     Attest: ___________________________


                                      209




February 24, 2000

Mr. William Bork, Sr.
President
Penn National Gaming, Inc.
825 Berkshire Blvd.
Wyomissing, PA 19610

Dear Bill,

         I refer to the  contract  dated May 7,  1997  between  and  among  PNGI
Charles  Town  Gaming,  LLC and the  Charles  Town HBPA,  Inc.  The term of this
contract is in full force until December 31, 2000 (initial term).  There are two
one-year  rollover  terms called  first and second  extension  terms.  Notice to
terminate,  must be given,  by either  party,  prior to  September  30,  2000 or
September 30, 2001, whichever is applicable.

         The Charles Town HBPA,  Inc. hereby waives it's right to terminate this
contract  either the first or second  extension term. This waiver is irrevocable
and thus to insure  understanding the Charles Town HBPA, Inc. agrees to abide by
the  provisions  of  aforesaid  contract  until the end of the second  extension
period.

Sincerely,


/s/Richard C. Watson

Richard C. Watson
President

Charles Town HBPA, Inc.

RCW/pe
cc: Jim Buchanan
Richard L. Moore
                                      210



                             Joint Venture Agreement

Between:                                      eBet Limited

                  (ACN 056 210 774)
                  Level 4, 500 Pacific Highway
                  St Leonards  NSW  2065
                  Australia; and

                  TrackPower, Inc

                  580 Granite Court
                  Pickering Ontario L1W3Z4
                  Canada; and

                  Penn National Gaming, Inc

                  825 Berkshire Boulevard
                  Wyomissing Pennsylvania 19610
                  USA

1.   Background:

     1.1   eBet Limited ("eBet") and certain of its subsidiaries  ("eBet Group")
           develop,  operate and market  interactive  gaming & wagering  systems
           ("eBet  System")  to  facilitate,  among  other  things,  the  online
           distribution of race wagering  products and services via the Internet
           and other distribution networks ("eBet Race Wagering Business").  For
           the avoidance of doubt eBet group does not include eBet  subsidiaries
           not involved in  development,  operation and marketing of interactive
           gaming and wagering systems.

     1.2   eBet Group holds copyright,  title and proprietary rights to the eBet
           System and its interfaces to various gaming & wagering systems.

     1.3   eBet Group is a party to a  contract  with New  Zealand  TAB ("NZ TAB
           Contract") to distribute  the NZ TAB's  pari-mutuel  race betting and
           fixed-odds sports betting products on an agency basis.

     1.4   eBet  Group owns  various  Internet  domain  names  including,  among
           others, eBetRacing.com and eBet USA.com ("eBet Racing Domains").

     1.5   eBet Group is in negotiations with various international race betting
           operators to provide various services and/or act as an agent on their
           behalf ("eBet Race Negotiations")

     1.6   eBet  Group is a party to a  license  agreement  with  Penn  National
           Gaming,  Inc ("Penn") to establish an operating entity to be known as
           eBet USA Inc  ("eBetUSA  Contract")  to offer  Internet  wagering  on
           racing events hubbed by Penn.

1.7      TrackPower,  Inc  ("TrackPower")  is a NASDAQ  OTCBB  ("OTCBB")  listed
         company  that,  among  other  things,  operates a  satellite  broadcast
         business,  which broadcasts  horseracing to subscribers of the US-based
         Dish Network ("Dish") ("TrackPower Business").
                                      211
<PAGE>

1.8      TrackPower  is a party to various  contracts  ("TrackPower  Contracts")
         with  racetracks,   broadcasters,   technology  developers,   satellite
         operators and Penn which  facilitate  the  operation of the  TrackPower
         Business.

1.9  TrackPower  owns various  Internet  domain names  including,  among others,
TrackPower.com ("TrackPower Domains").

     1.10  Penn holds a license  ("Wagering  License")  to operate,  among other
           things,  telephone  wagering  services  whereby  it  facilitates  the
           placing of wagers by customers  ("Penn  Customers") via the telephone
           ("Penn Phone Wagering Business").

2.   Establishment of TrackPower Joint Venture

     2.1   eBet Group, TrackPower and Penn ("The Parties") intend to consolidate
           the  TrackPower  Business,  the  management and operation of the Penn
           Phone Wagering Business, the eBetUSA Contract, the NZ TAB Contract in
           part and the eBet Race Wagering Business ("Consolidation").

     2.2   To  facilitate  Consolidation,  by way of the issue of its shares and
           warrants,   TrackPower  will  acquire   various  assets,   interests,
           contracts  and  licenses  from eBet  Group  and  Penn.  Specifically,
           TrackPower  will  acquire,  directly  or  indirectly,  subject to the
           provisions  of  this  Agreement  and on an  on-going  basis  relevant
           regulatory, horsemen and shareholder approvals ("Approvals"):

           2.2.1  From eBet Group:

         a)   Subject to any  necessary  shareholder  approvals,  an  exclusive,
              perpetual  worldwide  license  to  operate  the  eBet  System  for
              pari-mutuel  race  wagering  applications  and on a  non-exclusive
              basis,  fixed  odds  race  wagering   applications  ("eBet  System
              License"); and

         b)   subject to the approval of NZ TAB, all rights and obligations of
the NZ TAB contract with respect to race wagering; and

         c)   the eBet Race Wagering Business and eBet Racing Domains; and

         d)   rights  and   obligations   in  other   contracts  and  eBet  Race
              Negotiations  necessary  and relevant to the operation of the eBet
              Race Wagering Business,

      in consideration  of the issue of  18,000,000  fully paid common shares in
         the capital of TrackPower,  and 5,000,000 warrants to acquire shares in
         the capital of  TrackPower  at an  exercise  price of US$1.00 per share
         exercisable at any time for a period of two years from the date of this
         Agreement issued on terms, and with rights, no less favourable than any
         other  TrackPower  shares  or  warrants  on  issue  at the time of this
         Agreement.

         eBet Group is not obliged to transfer to TrackPower:

         e)   any interest in any fixed odds race wagering business conducted
by eBet Group as principal using the eBet System; or

         f)   any interest eBet Group has in any contract  relating to any fixed
              odds race wagering or sports betting  conducted by New Zealand TAB
              using the eBet System.

         g)   for the avoidance of doubt the eBet System  License is a perpetual
              license to use,  develop and sub-license the source code necessary
                                      212
<PAGE>

              to conduct the eBet Race  Wagering  Business  ("eBet Race Wagering
              System").  TrackPower  acquires no right, title or interest in the
              intellectual  property  rights to the source code,  object code or
              any other part of the  technology  necessary  to conduct  the eBet
              Race Wagering System except as provided for by this Agreement.

         2.2.2 From Penn:

         a)   Subject  to  any  on-going   necessary   horsemen  or   regulatory
              approvals, a worldwide,  perpetual license and management contract
              ("Management   Contract")  to  manage  the  Penn  Phone   Wagering
              Business, whereby TrackPower will assume the management, marketing
              and operation of all facets of the Penn Phone Wagering Business on
              an exclusive basis in accordance with the Wagering License,

      in consideration  for the issue of 18,000,000  fully paid common shares in
         the capital of TrackPower;  and 1,000,000 warrants to acquire shares in
         the capital of TrackPower at an exercise price of US$1.00,  exercisable
         at any time for a period  of one year  from the date of this  Agreement
         and issued on terms, and with rights, no less favourable than any other
         TrackPower shares or warrants on issue at the time of this Agreement.

b)            For the avoidance of doubt, Penn must make available to TrackPower
              all information relating to the customers of and suppliers to Penn
              and its affiliates relating to the Penn Phone Wagering Business to
              enable   TrackPower  to  manage  all  aspects  of  that  business.
              TrackPower  is entitled  to all  revenue and profits  ("Revenues")
              derived from the conduct of that business.

         For the  avoidance  of  doubt  Revenues  to  TrackPower  will be net of
         horsemen percentages, simulcast fees, taxes, and any source market fees
         or TrackPower will be obligated to pay such fees and taxes.

c)            This Management Contract will be on terms customary for management
              of gaming  operations.  Penn must, at its own expense,  provide to
              TrackPower  all necessary  equipment and  facilities  currently in
              place and necessary  for the operation of the Penn Phone  Wagering
              Business. TrackPower will meet all capital expenditure and working
              capital  requirements  in  respect  of  the  Penn  Phone  Wagering
              Business  from the date of execution  of the Long Form  Agreements
              referred to below.

d)            The Management Contract may be terminated by Penn if an insolvency
              event  occurs  with  respect to  TrackPower,  TrackPower  fails to
              operate  in a manner so as to  preserve  licenses  held by Penn to
              conduct the Penn Phone Wagering Business or otherwise fails to use
              its best  efforts to promote and manage that  business.  In return
              for  its  appointment  of  TrackPower  as  manager,  Penn  will be
              entitled to a fee ("Account Wagering Fee") that will be:

              (i) the first US$150,000 per month of Revenues.

            For the avoidance of doubt,  the maximum annual account wagering fee
payable shall be US$1,800,000 per annum.

         2.2.3  TrackPower.

         For the avoidance of doubt TrackPower will retain and must preserve:

         a)   the TrackPower Business; and

         b)   all rights and obligation in the TrackPower Contracts, including,
 but not limited to, those with Dish and Penn; and

         c)   other such contracts and negotiations relevant to the operation
of the TrackPower Business; and
                                      213
<PAGE>

         d)   the TrackPower Domain Names.


     2.3   It is the  intention of the Parties that the terms of this  Agreement
           be reflected in long form agreements ("Long Form  Agreements")  which
           will set out the relationship  between the Parties in greater detail.
           The Parties  will  negotiate in good faith to agree the terms of Long
           Form  Agreements  as soon as possible and in any event within 90 days
           of the  date  of  this  Agreement.  However,  until  such  Long  Form
           Agreements  are executed,  this  Agreement is legally  binding on the
           Parties.  If the Long Form  Agreements  are not executed  within this
           timeframe or should all necessary shareholder,  regulatory, Horsemen,
           contractual  or  other  approvals  not  be  gained  within  the  same
           timeframe,  unless  otherwise  agreed by the Parties,  this Agreement
           terminates and each Party is released from all obligations under this
           agreement.  Any such  release  is without  prejudice  to any rights a
           party may have  against  another in respect of any breach that occurs
           prior to termination.  The  confidentiality  undertakings  set out in
           Part 8 survive termination of this Term Sheet.

         2.3.1  The Parties must  negotiate in good faith to settle the terms of
                the Long Form  Agreements  within 90 days of  execution  of this
                Agreement including,  but not limited to providing access to due
                diligence material as customary in completion of transactions of
                the nature contemplated by this Agreement.

     2.4   Each Party must not and must  ensure that none of its  affiliates  do
           not  provide  any  information  to  a  third  party  in  relation  to
           encouraging,  soliciting,  negotiating or otherwise being involved in
           any transaction that may in any way prejudice its ability to complete
           the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2.5      No Party may be involved in and must  procure that its  affiliates  are
         not involved in any way (including without limitation,  as shareholder,
         unit holder, principal, agent, manager, consultant, service provider or
         adviser) in any race  wagering  business  similar to that  conducted by
         TrackPower  anywhere  in the world from the date of  completion  of the
         transfers  under  Clause  2.2 until the date 2 years  after  that Party
         ceases to hold at least 10% of the issued share capital of TrackPower.

           This restriction does not restrict eBet Group from:

             a) conducting a fixed odds race wagering business as principal
using the Bet System; or

             b) eBet Group  making the eBet System  available to the New Zealand
                TAB to enable it to conduct a fixed odds race wagering  business
                under the NZ TAB Contract.

3.    TrackPower Management

     3.1   The board of directors  of  TrackPower  ("TrackPower  Board") will be
           comprised of initially six members("Initial Board") during the period
           between this  Agreement and  execution of the Long Form  Agreement or
           ninety (90) days whichever  occurs  earlier,  and when the New Board,
           referred to below, is constituted, seven members.

3.2        eBet Group and Penn will have the right to nominate a  representative
           to  the  TrackPower   Board  and  TrackPower  must  secure  requisite
           resignations   and/or   approvals  to  facilitate  this  so  as  such
           appointments coincide with the execution of the Long Form Agreements.

3.2.1             Upon execution of the Long Form  Agreements,  unless otherwise
                  agreed by eBet and Penn,  all of the  TrackPower  Board  other
                  than John  Simmonds,  and the nominees of eBet and  TrackPower
                  referred  to  above,   must  tender  their   resignations  for
                  consideration by the remaining board members to facilitate the
                  formation of a new TrackPower  board ("New  Board"),  with the
                  nominees to be agreed by the parties.
                                      214
<PAGE>

3.2.2    Upon formation, the New Board will:

a)       elect a chairman by unanimous vote; and

b)       the independent nominees will by unanimous vote elect a further
 independent director; and

c)       determine the terms, conditions and timing of the Secondary Offering
and NASDAQ Listing referred to below.

3.2.3    Until formation of the New Board TrackPower agrees not to:

a)       issue any securities including, without limitation, options to acquire
 any shares in the capital of TrackPower; or

b)       pay any dividend or undertake any other distribution; or

c)       dispose of any material asset or grant any security or other third
 party interest over any asset; or

d)       permit the amendment of the constituent documents of TrackPower; or

e)     proceed with the Secondary Offering or NASDAQ Listing, referred to below,

               without the written consent of eBet and Penn.


     3.3   The Parties will each nominate an executive management representative
           to  the  executive   management   team  of  TrackPower   ("TrackPower
           Executive")  with such  nominations to be confirmed by the TrackPower
           Board and CEO.  For the  avoidance  of doubt,  Penn shall  nominate a
           suitably  qualified North American racing executive:  the identity of
           each executive nominee must be approved by all the parties.

          3.3.1 The TrackPower  Executive  will be responsible  for, among other
things:

                  a) the development and coordination of the Long Form
 Agreements; and

                  b) the development and coordination of the Business Plan,
referred to below in 5.3; and

                  c) the coordination and management of the Secondary Offering
and NASDAQ listing; and

                  d) other such duties as are  customary  in the  operation of a
                  company such as TrackPower  and as agreed  between the Parties
                  and/or as directed by the TrackPower Board .

          3.3.2   TrackPower  will be headed by the TrackPower  Chief  Executive
                  Officer  ("CEO"),  who shall report directly to the TrackPower
                  Board.

          3.3.3   eBet  Group  shall   appoint  the  CEO  on  terms   reasonably
                  acceptable  to the  Parties.  The  identity of the CEO must be
                  approved by all the Parties.

4.    Secondary Offering and NASDAQ Listing
                                      215
<PAGE>

     4.1   It is the  intention  of the  Parties  to secure an  underwriting  or
           sponsorship agreement  ("Underwriting  Agreement") from an investment
           bank/s  satisfactory  to all Parties in  preparation  for a secondary
           offering of securities  in  TrackPower  to raise capital  ("Secondary
           Offering") and NASDAQ listing or listing on an alternative  exchange,
           by way of  application  to the relevant  exchange  and/or  regulatory
           bodies,  to give  effect  to a  transference  of  TrackPower's  OTCBB
           listing..

     4.2   The Long  Form  Agreements  to give  effect  to this  Agreement,  and
           without limitation, the parts of Clause 2 of this Agreement, shall be
           conditional upon the TrackPower Board [and, if necessary,  TrackPower
           Shareholder,]  passing  any and  all  necessary  resolutions  to give
           effect  to  the  Secondary  Offering  and  NASDAQ  listing  on  terms
           acceptable to the Parties.

     5.  Current Operations and Business Plan

5.1      Prior to execution of the Long Form Agreements the Parties:

a)               will continue to operate their business activities, referred to
                 in the  parts of  Clause  2 of this  Agreement,  using  prudent
                 business practices and their best endeavours to maximize growth
                 opportunities    and   ensure    compliance   with   contracts,
                 regulations,   and  legislation   relevant  to  those  business
                 activities; and

b)               the current contractual  arrangements between the Parties shall
                 remain  enforceable  until  the  execution  of  the  Long  Form
                 Agreements or upon termination of this Agreement if termination
                 is in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     5.2   Each Party agrees that their respective employees are critical to the
           day to day  operation of their  businesses.  Given this,  the Parties
           agree to avoid any  discussions  concerning the hiring of the other's
           employees.   Any  contact  or  discussions  concerning  an  offer  of
           employment  to the  other  Party's  employee/s  shall  have the prior
           approval of an officer of that employee's employer.

     5.3   The Parties  intend that  TrackPower  will be operated in  accordance
           with a business plan ("Business Plan") that will address, among other
           things,  corporate and business development,  financing,  operations,
           marketing,   expenditure  and  revenue   budgeting,   compliance  and
           staffing.

     5.4   The Parties  will use their best  endeavours  to develop and agree to
           the terms of the Business Plan within 60 days of this Agreement. This
           Business  Plan  will  form an  exhibit  to the Long  Form  Agreements
           representing the agreed Business Plan for TrackPower.

     6.  No Assignment

     6.1 The rights of the Parties under this Agreement may not be assigned or
 otherwise
         made available  to any third party except as expressly  provided for by
           this Agreement with the written  consent of the other parties such to
           not be unreasonably withheld.

     7.  Representations and Warranties

     7.1   Each  Party  will  grant  the  other  customary  representations  and
           warranties. Without limitation, each Party represents and warrants to
           the other as follows:

a)   it has the full power, right and authority to enter into this Agreement and
     to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

b)   this Agreement has been duly authorized by all requisite  corporate  action
     and is a valid and legally binding obligation of that Party;
                                      216
<PAGE>

           c)     it has no prior  commitments,  arrangements or agreements with
                  any other person,  entity or corporation which might interfere
                  with or preclude it from carrying out its obligations;

           (d)    it is able to pay its debts as and when they fall due;

(e)  it holds all necessary assets to perform its obligations in accordance with
     this Agreement;

           (f)    the audited financial statements in respect of it which it has
                  provided to the other Parties  provide a true and fair view of
                  its  financial  position as at the balance  date  referable to
                  those accounts; and

           (g)    other than as has been  disclosed to another party or has been
                  disclosed to the  securities  exchange on which its securities
                  are traded,  there has been no material  adverse change in the
                  financial  circumstances  of the Party since the balance  date
                  for  the  last  financial  statements  referred  to in  Clause
                  7.1(f).

     8.  Confidential Information

     8.1   The Parties acknowledge all information relating to the other Parties
           and their respective businesses,  including, without limitation, each
           others'  business plans,  operations,  contracts,  negotiations,  and
           technology not in the public domain and all information in the public
           domain which has been made public by a Party in breach of this Part 8
           ("Confidential  Information")  is  confidential.  Each  Party will be
           required to make available such  Confidential  Information for, among
           other  things,  the  development  of the  Business  Plan  and the due
           diligence enquiries of each of the other Parties.

     8.2   Each Party will use its best  endeavours to ensure that  Confidential
           Information is maintained in confidence. A Party need not comply with
           clause 8.2 to the extent that:

         (a)      disclosure is required by applicable law; or

           (b)    disclosure  is  made  to an  employee,  agent,  consultant  or
                  adviser  provided  such  disclosure  is limited to  disclosure
                  required  on a  "need-to-know"  basis  and  that  third  party
                  undertakes  to be  bound by the  confidentiality  undertakings
                  under this Part 8.

           8.2.1  Notwithstanding Clause 8.2 a), the parties must use their best
                  endeavours to provide  advance  notice to the other parties as
                  to any disclosure,  and the form of such disclosure,  required
                  by applicable law prior to its release.

    8.3    Each recognizes that the other is obliged by the listing rules of the
           stock exchange on which its shares are traded  ("Listing  Rules") and
           other applicable law to disclose material information relevant to its
           business.

    8.4    If a Party is required by applicable  law or the Listing Rules of the
           exchange on which its shares are quoted to disclose any  Confidential
           Information,  it must  consult  fully  with the  other  Parties  with
           respect to the form, content and timing of that disclosure. Any Party
           so required to disclose  Confidential  Information must in good faith
           have regard to the  reasonable  requests of the others  regarding the
           form,  content  and  timing  of  the  release  of  that  Confidential
           Information.  In  relation  to the form,  content  and timing of that
           disclosure,  however,  the determination of the Party obliged to make
           disclosure will be final.

     9.  Governing Law
                                      217
<PAGE>

9.1  This Term Sheet is  governed  by the laws of the State of  Wyoming,  United
     States of America and the Federal laws in force in that State.


Executed as an Agreement

Dated this...............6.....    Day of......March, 2000......................


Signed for and on behalf of:                        Signed for and on behalf of:

EBET LIMITED                                                     TRACKPOWER, INC
(ACN 056 210 774)

Signature /s/Keith R. Cullen                       Signature /s/John G. Simmonds



NAME:             Keith R. Cullen                      NAME: John G. Simmonds

POSITION:         Managing Director.............POSITION:...Chairman/CEO......



In the presence of:                        In the presence of:



Signature     ................              Signature


                                      218
<PAGE>



Signed for and on behalf of:

PENN NATIONAL GAMING, INC

Signature       .../s/Joseph A. Lashinger

NAME:            Joseph A. Lashinger                       In the Presence of:

POSITION:     .Vice President/General Counsel..................................
                Signature                  .../s/Colleen A. Kline..............
                                     Witness

                                      219




Schedule 21

Penn National Gaming, Inc.
Mountainview Thoroughbred Racing Association
Pennsylvania National Turf Club
Penn National Holding Company
Penn National Gaming of West Virginia, Inc.
PNGI Charles Town Gaming, Limited Liability Company.
PNGI Charles Town Food & Beverage, LLC.
Tennessee Downs, Inc.
Penn National GSFR, Inc.
PNGI Pocono, Inc.
The Downs Racing, Inc.
Northeast Concessions, Inc.
Mill Creek Land, Inc.
Backside, Inc.
Wilkes Barre Downs, Inc.
Casino Holding, Inc.
BSL, Inc.
BTN, Inc.
eBetUSA.com, Inc.
Penn National Speedway, Inc.
Sterling Aviation, Inc.




                                      220


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<MULTIPLIER>                                     1,000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   Year
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1999
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1999
<CASH>                                           9,434
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    4,779
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                17,982
<PP&E>                                         147,695
<DEPRECIATION>                                  20,824
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 190,600
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           25,351
<BONDS>                                         69,000
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           153
<OTHER-SE>                                           0
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   190,600
<SALES>                                        171,458
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               171,458
<CGS>                                          140,581
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  140,581
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                13,060
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               8,667
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 10,510
<INCOME-TAX>                                     3,777
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              6,733
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     6,733
<EPS-BASIC>                                        .45
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .44



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission